Home

LEIF - Parker

1. Disposable 933180 coalescing da Air Cooled Condenser Option Water Cooled Condenser Option Air Breather ug MM Cooling Water In Packed tower 933553 1 5 bI High Level Switch 22 I 5 7 LPM cleanable ARMEN A Cooling Water Out nan EEE ZEE LS High Level Condensate BA Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump Y Seal Water Inlet O2QE 9337340 57050 Low Oil Flow O5QE 933612Q Flow Switch Direction Liquid Ring Vacuum rain 10QE 933735Q Hun Oi Lubricator Pump 5 Oil Disch 20QE 9337360 Absolute Fiter Pump Low Watt Density Heater Portable filtration systems Parker B Portable Purification Systems PVS 1900 Specification Flow rate 114 lpm 25 gpm Height 1651mm 65 Width 1066 8mm 42 Length 1943 1mm 76 5 Weight 1156 7 kg 2550 Ibs Seal material Fluorocarbon EPR opt Condensate tank 31 4 Itrs 6 9 gals Dispersal elements 8 Minimum operating capacity 68 1 Itrs 14 98 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg Viscosity max 108 cSt 500sus disposable 460 cSt 2150 sus packed tower Outlet pressure max 4 1 bar 60 psi Ports 2 NPTF inlet 1 5 JIC male outlet FLA full load amps 40 65 amps 460 V 6Ohz
2. Min oil level E 2000090 050 Ref Description PotsA PortsB G1 BSP G11 4 BSP 9 1 Cover 4 1 Cover seal SAE16 SAE20 5 1 Top spring Note All ports for return flow only 6 1 Insert Type 1 125 2 170 2 230 2 300 Type 1 60 1 90 1 120 1 Insert seal 2 400 2 600 8 1 Element Max nominal return flow 120 200 250 l min 9a 0 1 Indicator Max working pressure 10 bar 9b 0 3 Plug M10x1 Temperature range 30 to 100 10 0 3 Unit ring Bypass pressure 1781527 1 Housing LEIF filtration ratio 2u 5u tOu 20u 12 1 Gasket Seals NBR 13 1 Sleeve Options Dipstick 1A 1 Funnel diffuser Indicator electrical visual 15 1 O ring 16 1 Bypass set Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Senes Specification cont NER ins Ss lt Ss XS zi P a x 2 Section Without Funnel H2 For TTF length 5 and larger Section A A With Funnel For TTF length 2 3 and 4 M Torqueload filter cover Torqueload filter tank For TTF up to length 5 4 Nm max For TTF up to length 5 15 Nm max For TTF length 6 and larger 10 Nm max For TTF length 6 and larger 40 Nm max Optional for TTF2 series 11 2 SAE 3000PSI or G2 pre Optional plugged filling port NOTE TTF2 length 9 and 10
3. Element media Glass fibre Seal material Code Media code Fluoroelastomer Ecoglass Ill element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Nitrile B Note When using Ecoglass elements a bowl with reusable Eco adaptor is required Filter assemblies with Microglass lll elements are available by request Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Ports Code No indicator port N 1 7 bar 1 2 bar G 15CN Thread Ga G12 Visual indicator 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Thread G1 Electrical indicator When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Thread SAE 12 512 Plugged with steel plug code denotes bypass setting Thread SAE 16 S16 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O 1 Thread M27 15306149 M27 Electronic 4 LED NPN N O 2 400N Thread G1 4 G20 Electronic 4 LED PNP N C Thread G1 2 124 Electronic 4 LED F4 Thread 16 16 Thread SAE 24 S24 Thread M33 15306149 M33 Box 8 80CN Thread G1 2 G24 Options Thread SAE 24 S24 Standard drain port on bowl Thread SAE 32 S32 Thread M42 ISO6149 M42 Thread M48 ISO6149 M48 SAE flange 2 3000 M R32 Model 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Model Nitrile Fluoroelastomer 15CN 1 936698Q 936699Q 936700Q 936701Q 15CN S04449 S04450 15CN 2 936702Q 936703Q 936704Q 936705Q 40CN S04447 S04448 40CN 1 936706Q 936707Q 936708Q 9367090 80CN S04458 S04459 40CN 2 936710Q 936711Q 936601Q 936712Q 9367130 Hee 936602Q 9367150 Replacement element numbers for conventi
4. 20 2 micron 9326650 5Q micron 9326660 Air Cooled Condenser 100 10 micron 9326670 200 20 micron 9299270 High Level Switch CAZA KN STN Disposable 9331 80 High Level Condensate coalescing Packed tower 938952 cleanable Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump E Lubricator Low Oil Flow Switch Flow Direction Condensate Drain Oil Discharge Pump a Inlet Flow O2QE 93373409 Low Watt Density O5QE 933612Q Ae E Fie 10QE 933735Q 20QE 933736Q Portable filtration systems Parker Portable Purification Systems PVS 600 Specification Flow rate 38 8 3 Height 1638 3mm 64 5 Width 1117 6mm 44 Length 1549 4mm 61 Weight 408 2 kg 900 Ibs Seal material Fluorocarbon EPR opt Condensate tank 15 5 Itrs 3 4 gals Dispersal elements 2 Minimum operating capacity 22 7 5 0 gals Vacuum max 251000 Viscosity max 108 cSt 500sus disposable 460 cSt 2150 sus packed tower Outlet pressure max 4 1 bar 60 psi Ports 1 JIC male inlet 1 JIC male outlet FLA full load amps 24 38 amps Depending on options amp voltages 20 2 micron 9326650 50 5 micron 932666Q 100 10 micron 9326670 UR EX 200 20 micron 9299270 Disp
5. High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 1 M3 M 1 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability _ Item is standard Model 12 Item is standard green option Small size high pressure filter T port 123 Item is semi standard Medium size high pressure filter T port 123 Item is non standard Large size high pressure filter T port Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Length Element media Glass fibre Length 1 Media code Length 2 Microglass Ill element 020 050 High collapse element 02QH 05QH 100H 20QH Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile No indicator port N 3 5 bar 2 5 bar K Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Electrical indicator No bypass 5 0 bar M Box 8 code 2 Plugged with steel plug No bypass No indicator X 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP F1 When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4 LED PNP N C F3 Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code 18P Thread G
6. Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 Dimensions in mm Filter tank a torque load 45 Nm BGT 4 without diffuser es ss torque load 30 Nm crm EX MIRE zd u EE LLI gt Flange SAE 3 B T View A A UE E st NL 18 BGT600 385 20 5 View B B 14 BGT800 495 23 0 without diffuser see 15 BGT1000 DOSE 178 67 80 37 40 598 064 62 170 20 14 20 4 125 5 16 BGT1500 878 30 0 17 BGT2000 1143 SO 18 BGT2400 1143 37 0 Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 Dimensions in mm Low pressure filters 25 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Series Specification cont BGT 11 4 manifold type with diffuser with diffuser Cover house torque load 30 Nm 150 View A A 0 5 0240 5 0 11 4 SAE 6000PSI 3x Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 F1 4 manifold type without diffuser 31 8 without diffuser 0 5 9240 5 0 Cover house torque load 30 Nm View A A SAE 6000PSI qa Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 26 Filter tank torque load 45 Nm 200 1 2 SAE GOO0OPSI Indicator 92 13 BGT600L 420 14 BGT800L 530 15 BGT1000L 636
7. DC 28 M16 16 0mm 5 0mm 18 4mm DC 28 M19 19 0mm 6 0mm 21 9mm DC 28 M20 20 0mm 6 0mm 22 9mm DC 28 M22 22 0mm 6 0mm 24 9mm DC 28 M24 24 0mm 8 0mm 27 Smm DC 28 M25 25 0mm 8 0mm 28 5mm DC 28 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 31 5mm DCR 28 PB N A 8 0mm N A pl 255 N A N A N A DC28M10 DC 28 M10 10 0mm 3 0mm 11 5mm DC28M11 DC 28 M1 1 11 0mm 4 0mm 12 9mm DC28M14 DC 28 M14 14 0mm 5 0mm 16 4mm DC28M18 DC 28 M18 18 0mm 6 0mm 20 9mm DC28B03K DC 28 B03K 7 16 0 125 ins 0 50 ins DC28B04K DC 28 B04K 1 2 0 125 ins 0 57 ins DC28BO5K DC 28 B05K 5 8 0 188 ins 0 72 ins DC28B06K DC 28 B06K 3 4 0 188 ins 0 84 ins DC28BO7K DC 28 BO7K 7 8 0 250 ins 0 99 ins DC28B08K DC 28 B08K 1 0 250 ins 1 12 ins DC28B09K DC 28 B09K 11 8 0 313 ins 1 24 ins Range from 0 259Kg to 0 411Kg Model DC 42 DC 42 M25 8 0mm 28 5mm DC 42 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 31 5mm DC 42 M30 30 0mm 8 0mm 3mm DC 42 M35 35 0mm 10 0mm 38 5mm DC 42 M38 38 0mm 10 0mm 41 5mm DC 42 M42 42 0mm 12 0mm 45 5mm DCR 42 PB N A 12 0mm N A DC 42 S N A N A N A DC42M18 DC 42 M18 18 0mm 6 0mm 20 9mm DC42M19 DC 42 M19 19 0mm 6 0mm 21 9mm Range DC42M20 DC 42 M20 20 0mm 6 0mm 22 9mm from 0 436Kg DC42M22 DC 42 M22 22 0mm 6 0mm 24 9mm to 0 753Kg DC42M24 DC 42 M24 24 0mm 8 0mm 27 5mm DC42M32 DC 42 M32 32 0mm 10 0mm
8. 1 2 Material Code Operating volume L Gross volume L HxDxW Code Steel standard tank shape S 70 89 500 x 650 x 300 075 Steel customised tank design on request 90 113 500 x 650 x 425 100 Aluminium customised tank design on request 125 163 500 x 650 x 620 150 Co polymer customised tank design on request 160 208 500 x 650 x 795 200 215 275 500 x 650 x 975 250 3 4 Location Code Suction port connections Code Right hand side H Swivel type 42mm nominal 2 N on request Left hand side L Swivel type 55mm nominal 2 1 2 W on request Swivel type SAE 3 standard G2 Female BSP ISO 228 on request G2 1 2 Female BSP ISO 228 on request G2 Female ball valve manual operated on request G2 1 2 Female ball valve manual operated on request Box 5 Box 6 Filter Qmax Code Recommended tank size Media code ETF310QBP2FG164 90 ETES Code 075 and 100 10Q TTF310QLBP2EG121 90 075 100 10QL TTF610QLBP2EG203 170 TTF6 Code 150 and larger 10QL TPR210QLBP2EG12L 80 TPR2 Code 075 and 100 10QL TPR710QLBP2E2G241 250 TPR7 Code 150 and larger 10QL SRL1210QLBPGG161 130 SRL1 Code 075 and 100 10QL SRL2210QLBPGG201 250 SRL2 Code 150 and larger 10QL Note Refer to the relevant product information to compose the required filter configuration Box 7 Breather type Code Average filtration beta ratio
9. Product configurator 2 abs polyester 6 hole fixing No overpressure valve No indicator 3 external Vacuum pressure C015 1 5u abs water resistant GE12 V2 0 2 bar A thread gauge G1 external thread Q010 1 0p abs glass fibre intemal thread 9512 2 thread Replacement elements 2 abs polyester 1 5p abs water resistant 1 0p abs glass fibre Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 For alternative part number options consult Parker Filtration 178 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Typical Applications e Saw mills Technical Data Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Threads G11 4 ISO 228 11 2 UN 16 2B Seal material Seals integrated in LEIF element Operating temperature range 20 to 80 Filtration media 3 micron Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Pressure Drop Curves ABL1 Flow US GPM 396 pe 79 159 238 317 JOE Ap mbar Ap PSID 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 Flow l min Reservoir equipment Reservoir Equipment Series The Parker Filtration ABL 1 and ABL 2 Series Air Filters e Agricultural machines e Articul
10. EF7731111220 EFW 0302 Water 2 30 EF 01551 Water i 16 7731112220 EFW 0502 Water 4 50 EFW 030S1 Water 2 30 9590 EF7731113220 EFW 1002 Water 5 100 EF7731110121 EFL 01581 Oil 17 713 2 19 EF7731114220 EFW 1502 Water 0 EF7731111121 03051 Oil 2 30 5 50 EF7731110120 ONE Oil il 19 EF7731112121 EFL 050S1 Oil 4 50 1050 EF7731111120 EFL 0301 Oil DSG EF7731113121 EFL 100S1 Oil 5 100 20 100 7731112120 0501 4 50 EF7731114121 EFL 15081 Oil 10 150 30 150 EF7731113120 EFL 1001 Oil 5 100 EF7731112221 05051 Water 4 50 10 50 7731114120 EFL 1501 Oil 10 150 EF7731113221 EFW 100S1 Water 100 205100 EF7731110220 EFW 0152 Water 1 EF7731114221 EFW 15081 Water 10 150 30 150 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flowmeters amp monitors Parker Hannifin 281 Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 45 Flowmeters amp Monitors Dataflow 4 to 20mA and Pulse Output Flow Transmitters Features amp Benefits e 4 to 20mA output e P
11. Power supply 22 55 Vdc 110 240 0 01 typical 0 1 typical Sample rate 10 per second 2 5 per second Operating temp 0 55 0 50 Storage temp 10 to 70 10 to 70 Display 5 digit LED 3 digit LED Power output Vdc 24 24 Weight kg 0 21 0 30 Panel cutout mm 92x48 0 5 93x45 0 5 Dimensions mm 48x96x100 48x96x93 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 40 Parker Oilcheck Fluid condition monitoring 269 Hand held Oil Condition Monitor Oilcheck Features amp Benefits e A comparator between new and used oils Oilcheck gives early warning of impending engine failure e Cost effective solution to save money and help increase engine life e Completely portable battery powered e deal for fleet owners garages and DIY mechanics e Numerical display to show positive or negative increase in dielectrics Typical Applications e Fleet owners e Construction equipment maintenance e Vehicle service garages e Plant hire maintenance The Oilcheck from Parker Filtration s Condition Monitoring Centre detects and measures the dielectric constant of oil by comparing the measurements obtained from used and unused oils of the same brand Used as a regular service monitoring instrument the Oilcheck will give the engineer warning of an impending engine failure and promote increased engine life Oilcheck is the l
12. Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Bx c 100 Bx ckc200 85521996 123 Item is standard efficiency based on the above beta ratio Metal free 123 Item is standard green option 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Ecoglass 123 Item is semi standard N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02QE 123 Item is non standard N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05QE Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10QE within four weeks 6 1 17 18 20 22 20 94 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 15D 30P Series 200 l min 207 bar Lili TY ds ee ree Di J fi LT T UID a PET p rune po ae i imu n PPS i see pupa umen ey m STITT 2 7 SS in 1 H mr i i mmi EDIDI m a ur LII High pressure filters 95 15 Series Features amp Benefits Compact aluminium housing Light weight but still robust design Reliable and continuous operation both in mobile and industrial applications Two head sizes and two bowl Optimised sizing Efficient filtration iens Hight filter for each application Large ports and wide flow paths Low differential pressure across housing Higher
13. 18P 1 Elements 18P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM CEE ENT DE ET PET EEE EEE ES 0 5 11 16 21 26 32 37 4 nn nn N ig Flow l min Flow l min 18P 1 Empty Housing and High Collapse 18P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 1 i u TE ie jw 108840 3 3 is Flow l min pom REN 28P 1 Elements 28P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM E 8 3 5 1 1 28 EE Flow l min Flow l min 28P 1 Empty Housing and High Collapse 28P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM XE EE LE EE EE EEE EE EEE 79 _ sl se ECT e ET met PEE enn eee i 00 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min High pressure filters Parker i High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Pressure Drop Curves cont 38P 1 Elements 38P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM uu uuu AP E ese Equum qe 0 26 53 106 132 159 185 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 is is 2 ig 8 18 0 0 25 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Flow l min Flow l min 38P 1 Empty Housing and High Collapse 38P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM l E i AN EN na m a jee EL E NE iw E EE ei 2 R 48 jn 2 4 J m 6 Empty Housing 3 2 i a E EET 4 0 10
14. Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 LN 3 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Insert IN AGB Code Element media Glass fibre 0 0 Microglass Ill for disposable elements INGO 2 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh IN90 3 Nom rating Abs rating IN120 4 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q i 040W IN125 5 LEIF element 020 05QL 10QL 20QL IN170 6 IN230 6 IN300 8 INAOO 9 IN500 10 IN390 3 11 DENNE 12 Box 4 Box 5 IN600 18 IN800 14 Sealtype 00 Indicator 000 IN1000 15 Seal material Code Code IN1500 16 Nitrile B No indicator N IN2000 17 Fluoroelastomer V IN2400 18 Neoprene N Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Bypass valve Code Ports Code Options 0 8 bar B No ports applicable XXX No diffuser required 1 5 bar E Diffuser type T with perforated plate area 2 0 bar for IN AGB up to length 12 H Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 Blocked bypass X No magnets 5 Other bypass settings on request Diffuser type T and no magnets A Diffuser type P and no magnets B Note IN AGB size 2 400 and 2 500 are standard supplied diii Key Denotes part number availability without magnets Item is standard 123 Item is standard green option 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part n
15. STM6611110 STM 661 1 110 Oil US GPM Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F STM6211120 STM 6211 120 Water l min Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F STM6611120 STM 661 1 120 Water US GPM Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Accessories P653607 Monitor and sensor carrying case P653106 Metal sensor protective cap 244 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 Fluid condition monitoring 245 Autoremote Particle Counter 2 Features amp Benefits e MCM20 is an online continuous particle e Simple data formatting programme for trend counter ensuring constant system monitoring analysis within defined parameters e User friendly instrument improving familiarity e PC PLC controlled and awareness of service and maintenance e Ensures constant system monitoring personnel e Can be pre set to carry out tests at specific intervals e Can also be set up via detachable Handset e Enclosed in a metal casing with internal workings on a removable chassis for ease of service and calibration e Connects permanently to a System 20 sensor via 2 meter hose assembly supplied Typical Applications e lest rigs e Construction machinery e Industrial plan
16. a 3 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters EIF Series Features amp Benefits Co polymer head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelope and cleaner appearance Multiple return line ports Flexibility related to return line hose s More compact solutions can be arrangement realised Quick release cover No tools required to release the filter cover Easy change of filter element Optional magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass Improved fluid cleanliness levels conditions In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the No recontamination of system during element change of elements Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low Improved protection of system hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Optional funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oignificant reduction of oil foaming oil level Typical Applications e Lorry mounted cranes e Agricultural equipment e Container hook loaders The Parker Filtration ETF Series Low Pressure Filters For tank top mounting installation The ETF Series utilises a reinforced co polymer head equipped with two return ports and quick release cover This filter represents an economic solution for hydraulic systems with nominal flows up to 140 l min 6 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK S
17. Note 1 numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 214 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 31 Ordering Information Series 32 Product configurator MC 32 1 Single clamp 10 pairs 40 0 9 4 76 2 95 0 38 0 76 2 ide 2 25 MC 32 2 Double clamp 10 pairs 41 0 9 4 76 2 171 0 3 amp 0 76 2 Til 3 82 Kg MC 32 16 16 bay clamp 1 pair 72 0 76 2 40 0 34 0 76 2 1211 0 38 5 77 0 11 0 3 80 Kg MC N 32 Stacking nut 50 19800715 M10 x 1 5 1 99 Kg MC S 32 Stacking stud 50 38 0 22 0 4 0 M10 x 1 5 0 90 Kg MC WP 32 Weld plate 10 17 5 32 0 12 0 8 0 32 0 11 0 0 70 Kg MC SB 32 Standard bolt 50 1 5 1 30 Kg MCB32MO MC B 32 MO Mounting adaptor 1 40 0 58 0 10 7 0 26 Kg 32 10 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 15 16 5 8 1 10 Kg MO G 32 12 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 18 20 3 4 1 10 Kg MC G 32 16 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 25 1 1 00 MC G 32 18 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 28 30 1 00 Kg MC G 32 20 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 32 34 1 1 4 0 80 Kg MC G 32 24 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 35 88 1 1 4 0 80 Kg MC G 32 32 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 50 2 0 40 Kg MCG326 MC G 32 6 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 10 3 8 1 30 Kg MCG328 MC G 32 8 Split bush 10
18. Hydraulic Air Cooled Je gt r X de heater Condenser ge der Compressor lubrication Self diagnosing controls include Calenders Programmable e Steel mills thermostat Reverse pole switch Bearing lubrication phase fail 96 displ Continuous casters ded Press roll lubrication e Power generation holding tank Turbine oil Transformer oil TT T EHC systems sump glass e Industrial aerospace Caster wheels Test stands Machine tools Variable flow circuit Allows oil to heat to required Starts removing water quickly temperature quickly Forklift guides Moisture sensor Real time water content indication Indicates when safe water content level is obtained Condensate holding tank Captures removed water solvents Eliminate potential hazard of exhausting Large enough to provide long service to atmosphere interval Reduced maintenance costs Compact size Smallest envelope in the industry Fits through doorways and down Ease of portability narrow aisles Increased use Forklift guides Provides safe and secure method to Employee safety Lifting eyes lift unit Easily transported Programmable thermostat Maintains oil within 1 C Unattended operation Prevents overheating oil Increases oil life Automatic operation Unattended use Heduced labour costs Increased running time Heverse pole switch phase fail Change motor rotation for dif
19. Panel Mounted 3 hole flange PG 1001250 PGE 1001250 0 250 bar Panel Flange Dimensions mm Panel Mounting Lower Back PGF1001400 PGF 1001 400 0 400 bar G Panel Flange PGF1001010 PGF 1001 010 0 10 bar Panel Flange PGF1001016 PGE 10010165 0 16 bar 61 Panel Flange En OE 500 _ Panel Flange Oe MPO IE S av Y PGF1001060 PGF 1001 060 0 60 bar G Panel Flange Note 2 13mm on the outside radius required to allow for fixing clamp PGF1001 100 PGF 1001 100 0 100 bar G 2 Panel Flange PGF1001 160 PGF 1001 160 0 160 bar G Panel Flange rane allie 3 mele flange PGF1001600 PGF 1001 600 0 600 bar G Panel Flange Note 1 dimensions as for PGF10011000 PGF 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G 2 Panel Flange panel mounting option above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Any subsequent changes to gauge accuracy will be notified with flange as shown below Note 2 Panel cut out for 3 hole mounting 104 0 5 Dimensions mm 116 132 4 8 Reservoir equipment 219 Notes 220 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Parker aser OM Fluid Condition Monitoring Fl
20. 129 N 13 0 19 9 E co 14 0 14 5 15 0 15 5 16 0 16 5 17 0 Wes 18 0 18 9 19 0 OVERRANGE TS OVERRANGE 20 0 ERROR The following table can be used to equate the analogue output to an ISO or NAS Code Example ISO code 12 is equal to 10mA 4 20mA output settings ISO Setting mA current ISO Code 2 4 Or ISO Code mA current 4 2 eg 10mA z ISO 12 2 44 eg ISO 12 10mA 4 2 NAS Setting mA current Code 5 Or NAS Code mA current 5 eg 15 NAS 10 5 eg NAS 10 15mA 5 The variable voltage output option has the capability of two different voltage ranges a O 5Vdc range as standard and a user selectable 0 3Vdc range The Full list of commands on how to change the voltage output are available from Parker The following tables can be used to relate the analogue ouptut to an ISO or NAS code For example O 5Vdc range ISO code 16 is equal to an output of 3 5Vdc In a 0 3Vdc range ISO code 8 is equal to an output of 1 0Vdc Table cont relating ISO codes to Voltage output 02 03 OG 07 0 9 1 ee 1 5 1 7 1 9 ZS 2 6 2 5 Oo 15 0 2 Ore 0 4 0 5 0 6 Ow 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 PE 2 2 9 ol Os 25 Sp 3 9 4 1 a 45 4 7 gt 4 8 TA 1 6
21. 98 105 105 275 92 32 216 2 219 78 218 83 0 05 0 06 0 06 3 4 16 7 a 14 7 8 14 2 2 2 U14M model U14H model l 2H m Sp ott C D D Safety feature The 250 bar U14M indicator does not fit into the U14H cavity which is used in 420 bar filters Programmable p indicator All settings adjustable settings made PC Connections cable and software available from Parker 4 LEDs giving visual indication Green G Power ON Yellow 1 Y1 Pre alarm 1 presetting 5096 Yellow 2 Y2 Pre alarm 2 presetting 75 Red Indication presetting 100 two independently programmable indication outputs can be set independently from each other and LED setting output type NPN or PNP switching type N O or N C setting range 0 5 thermal lock out range O includes a microchip with memory logs number of alarms max 65535 time indication on output 1 max 1092 hours time power on running hours max 7 1 2 years upload and reset via PC 10 bar 100 Filter indicators FMU p Indicators Indicators Series Ordering Information Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 FW J Box 1 Indicator series Code Filter monitoring unit FMU Box 2 Box 3 Differential pressure
22. boe eo pede a de TR ET 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 21 a 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 z E 27 8 5 5 o housing amp a 9 3 I 0 0 0 0 gr 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min 100P 1 Elements 100P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 106 132 159 185 1 238 264 20 29 5 a a 2 a lt 8 8 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min 104 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 13 Ordering Information Standard products table 1074A 2HN70 FZ1210 600 100P Length 1 5 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 1 gt 6000 1070Z121A 1074A 2HN70 FZ1220 700 100P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 1 gt 6000 10704122 1074A 2HN70 FZ1230 800 100P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 1 gt 6000 10707123A 1074A 2HN70 TZ2210 840 100P Length 2 5 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 10702221A 1074A 2HN70 TZ2220 920 100P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 10702222A 1074A 2HN70 TZ2230 1000 100P Length 2 20 Nitrle Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 10707223 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your sele
23. re 02Q 020E 520 250 270 270 270 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 05Q 05QE 230 260 300 330 330 123 Itemis standard 10Q 10QE 250 280 330 360 430 123 Item is standard green option 20Q 20QE 260 300 950 380 450 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c 2 10 75 100 200 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Disposable Metal free High collapse 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass lll Ecoglass Il element 1 4 ons 2 de 02Q 02QE 02QH product selection N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 050 5 05QH Note 2 Alternate displayed part number N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10QE 10QH selection will require you to contact Parker 6 11 17 18 20 20 20QE 20QH Filtration for availability 122 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 xA 22PD 32PD Series 260 l min 210 bar TO CHANGE FILTER 1 OPEN HED WINE tT DUREE IU CHANGE THE ELEMEI i P ba Li ni High pressure filters 123 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD Series Features amp Benefits Duplex design Element service possible during operation Allows to keep machine running with full contamination protection Int
24. Bx c 2 10 100 200 1000 123 Item is standard 123 Hour Pom OGTR efficiency based on the above beta ratio Disposable rd gr i re su _ re E 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass II 123 arne N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q em is non standar N A N A 45 5 6 7 EET Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available N A 6 85 9 10 12 within four weeks 6 41 17 18 20 22 Seal kit nitrile order code 8069000070 Mounting clamp order code 84 47 265 01 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability High pressure filters THERES SOLUTION When it comes to replacement hydraulic filter elements there is only one solution The ParFit interchange element range With over 10 000 standard off the shelf variations there s ParFit element to fit most sizes and makes of OEM filters on mobile construction agricultural and industrial plant Every ParFit filter element is manufactured in Europe to the highest standards and is backed by our unrivalled technical support and money back guarantees That means that you can reduce stockholdings cut costs and be sure of the ultimate performance with long trouble free operating life ParFit filters are available from ParkerStores
25. Coreless Ecoglass replacement elements No metal content in element Reduced overall weight of 50 Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration Easy compaction of used elements Lower element replacement costs Eco adaptors available Lower disposal costs Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Industrial power units e Mobile construction equipment e Forestry equipment The Parker Filtration 45M 45 Eco Series Medium Pressure Filters The 45M 45 Eco Series of medium pressure filters offer an ideal solution to the problem of protecting system components at lower pressures These filters are a realistic high quality alternative to low specification spin on filters The 45M 45 Eco Series offers high dirt holding capacity 40 bar capability and rapid element replacement Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 40 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses 0 40 bar Connections Threads G1 G11 4 ISO 228 1 or flange SAE 11 2 3000 M Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 to 100 Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass t
26. Lexan structural foam and ABS case ABS handheld display Mechanical composition Brass plated steel stainless steel and aluminium e Fluorocarbon seals Perfluoroelastomer seals Nylon hoses kevlar braided microbore Stainless steel armoured hose ends 1 2m fluid connection hose System 20 sensors Higher with single point sampler Rechargeable battery pack 12Vdc power supply Fast blow fuse Unique optical scanning system Bonded glass optical window enclosed in SS plate Micron channels analysis 2 5 15 25 50 amp 100 Analysis range ISO 7 to 22 incl NAS O to 12 32 character dot matrix LCD Alpha numeric keypad Data retrieval Calibration to ISO standards Viscosity range 2 to 100 cSt 500 cSt with SPS Operating temp 5 to 80 Ambient temp 5 to 40 C 2 minute test completion time Memory store 300 test memory Commissioning Kit Limit socket fuse Datum amp P 12Vdc regulated power supply input Battery operated 6 x 1 5 D cells Phosphate Ester group compatibility Mineral oil amp petroleum based fluid compatibility Up to 420 bar 6000 psi Integral 16 column printer HS232 computer interface Astra board case weight Kg Unit weight Kg DATUM software and cable link pack Weather protector cover CE certified Auto logging e o e e 0 o o o 0 0 0 9 nb Pee dile e e
27. 1 Built in Contamination Residual contamination from the manufacturing and assembly processes cannot be avoided Examples are machining debris weld spatters casting sand paint pipe sealant or fibres from cleaning rags Flushing system components prior to assembly and decent housekeeping during the various stages of the assembly process are a must to reduce the amount of built in contamination udi i Filter media pleating 2 Natural Contamination In general the cleanliness level of new oil does not always meet the requirements of the system Despite the efforts to control the fluid cleanliness level during the production processes transport and distribution may contaminate the oil Depending on the requirements for system cleanliness we advise that you filter new oil before usage 3 Ingressed Contamination oystems are always under attack from contamination Unfortunately it is not possible to avoid ingressed contamination Air breathers cylinder rod seals wiper seals component seals or poorly fitted covers are a few examples of system parts that may have an important influence on the amount of ingressed contamination 4 Generated Contamination Particles generate particles This phenomenon is known as abrasion Other processes like cavitation corrosion erosion fatigue and metallic contact between moving parts generates particles and thus influences the contamination that is already
28. 2 3 8 Flow l min Medium pressure filters 77 M gt T Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80CN Series Element Service Stop the system s power unit Relieve any system pressure in the filter line Drain the filter bowl if drain port option is provided Loosen and remove bowl Hemove element by pulling downward with a slight twisting motion and discard Check bowl o ring and anti extrusion ring for damage and replace if necessary Lubricate element o ring with system fluid and place on post in filter head Install bowl by rotating counter clockwise and tighten to specified torque 15 20 27 Nm 15 20ft Ibs AOCN 57 68 Nm 42 50ft Ibs 80CN 80 95 Nm 60 70ft lbs Confirm there are no leaks after powering the system CN Filters Parts List 1 2 Head Indicators M3 visual auto reset 1 2 bar M3 visual auto reset 2 5 bar T1 electrical 1 2 bar c w DIN 43650 connector T1 electrical 2 5 bar c w DIN 43650 connector F1 electronic PNP with 4 LEDs 1 2 bar F1 electronic PNP with 4 LEDs 2 5 bar F2 electronic NPN with 4 LEDs 1 2 bar F2 electronic NPN with 4 LEDs 2 5 bar Bypass valve 1 7 bar assembly 3 5 bar assembly Element see replacement element part numbers Bowl Single length with drain Single length with reusable core and drain Single length without drain Double length with drain Double length with reusable core and drai
29. E 1 2 3 70 Flow l min IN90 Element length code 3 IN120 Element length code 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM PM CO qe decies dete rv ET a i8 0 710 a 16 8 18 Flow l min Flow l min IN125 Element length code 5 IN170 Element length code 6 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 8 i8 2 2 3 8 lt lt Flow l min Flow l min IN230 Element length code 7 IN300 Element length code 8 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 13 26 39 53 66 92 106 A 132 na LC ja it 8 i8 Flow l min low l min Low pressure filters Darker i In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters IN400 Element length code 9 Flow US GPM zd Flow l min IN390 3 Element length code 11 Flow US GPM Flow l min IN600 Element length code 13 dud ES hode 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 a E FR 0 3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Flow l min IN1000 Element length code 15 Flow US GPM 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 Flow l min IN2000 Element length code 17 Flow US GPM 1 Flow l min PSID LLLI p PSID PSID LLLI C PSID LLLI Ap PSID 38 N AGB Series Pressure Drop Curves cont IN500 Element length code 10 Flow US GPM inng 1 11 Ap PSID Flow l min IN500 3
30. Electrical indicator FMUT1KVAU14M F1 Electronic indicator PNP with 4 LED FMUFIKVAU14M F2 Electronic indicator NPN with 4 LED FMUF2KVAUT1 4M 98 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 Pressure Drop Curves recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p30 x viscosity of medium used 30 cSt 15P Empty Housing 30P Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 25 E a 48 o 7 a Jg HTa lt 4 4 Flow l min Flow l min 15P 1 Elements 30P 1 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 13 26 39 53 66 7905 B St P a a 5 TT I lt lt Flow l min Flow l min 15P 2 Elements 30P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TT TI TT T 1 I Tir pop de A TT T 1 TT TI i amp 4 8 Flow l min Flow l min High pressure filters Parker i High Pressure Filters 15P 30P Series Ordering Information Standard products table 15P 1 10Q M2 50 B2B2 1 45 15P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar 15P 1 10Q TW3 50 B2B2 1 45 15P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar GY 15P 2 10Q M2 50 B2B2 1 70 15P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar GY 15P 2 10Q TW3 50 B2B2 1 70 15P Length 2 10 Ni
31. 0 25 Strainers Unique design diffuses oll flow into the reservoir 1 Single length in polypropylene 95mm length 2 2 piece telescopic in polypropylene 195mm length max Filtration element Expanded polyurethane foam 10 micron nominal Seals Nitrile Working temperature 30 C to 90 C Pressurised filler breathers Available in 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Pressurisation options 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure 1 0 0 7 Valve 0 8 ar Flow l sec Air Lc ue d Pressurisation valve Nylon Nitrile Dipstick Available for use with options 1 and 2 Dipsticks are available in 2 lengths and in packs of 10 Dipstick material ABS Hi Lo indicators Acetal Adjustable Red Green level indicators Dipstick lengths 200mm and 400mm Breather weight 0 2K9 Anti splash feature The unique design anti splash feature is standard on all options 1 and 2 and allows for dipstick to be fitted if required AB98XXX Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves Ap PSID AB98XXX Non Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves Ap PSID _ Option 1 Single Hole Filler Breathers Pressurised E AB 98212011 UC Pressurised 0 2bar with 95mm strainer 0 Eo 7 AB 98213011 UC Pressurised 0 35bar with 95mm strainer AB98212001 AB 98212001 UC Pressurised O 2bar without strainer AB98212021 AB 98212021 UC Pres
32. Filter element has a lower removal efficiency for smaller sized particles Smaller sized particles can easily flow in narrow tolerances areas Smaller sized particles will accelerate the amount of generated contamination effecting the functionality of other system components and accelerating oil degradation 296 The overall removal efficiency of the element forms the core of fluid cleanliness levels The correct degree of filtration is chosen based on the required fluid cleanliness level not based on one B value 1000 Beta Micron e 03 1 03 2 3 5 03 10 03 20 An indication of recommended fluid cleanliness levels is given in this table It is common use in the industry that manufacturers of components prescribe required fluid cleanliness level for the reliable functioning of their products Servo control valves 16 14 11 Proportional valves me Valve amp piston pumps motors 18 16 13 Directional amp pressure control valves 131013 Gear pumps motors 19 17 14 Flow control valves 20 18 15 Oylinders 20 18 15 The ISO codes are indicative values only Filter media composition Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 53 Flow Rate amp Pressure Lost Flow Rate and Allowable Pressure Lost Filter Types and Locations Each filter element is designed to handle a nominal flow rate The allowed flow rate depends on fluid viscosity de
33. ND po SEN EI S S e ES 2 1 H 01250 M Tankhol 5 T RS Max torque load N Q fiter tank 18Nm SB f S AS The Parker suction filters type ATZ are designed for Am LT ITI submerged operation The filters contain a unique check valve ES suum N7 which automatically closes when the filter insert is removed ANS 2 from the housing thus enabling element change below oil level Cr erri Construction is based on the field proven Parker Filter System ATZ 300 224 Indicator Min element clearance BSP ISO 228 G11 2 Visual 130 Elect 155 ISO 228 G11 2 BSP PCD 195 398 A 21 2 SAE 3000psi Max torque load filter tank 45Nm 70 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 8 Pressure Drop Curves recommended level of the initial pressure drop for suction filters is 0 03 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density ATZ 1 120 G11 2 Empty Housing ATZ 300 21 2 SAE FLANGE Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 2030 3 5 16 18 21 24 26 29 T 39 53 66 79 2 2 0 04 0 58 t 0 03 0442 8 16 8 Jg m
34. Suction element SE75111110 is supplied with all assemblies and must be installed Ensure that a minimum 75mm 2 95 head of oil is maintained above the suction element The outlet pipe should be as large as possible to reduce the possibility of delivery pressure exceeding the bypass valve setting It should not be less than 10mm 0 39 internal diameter The discharge end of this pipe should always be below the oil surface to minimise aeration It is equally important to ensure the ends of the inlet and outlet pipes are as far apart as possible It is recommended that a baffle be positioned between the suction and return pipes to give maximum circulation of oil Outlet 10 Multipass tested element Circuit symbol Enlargement of bypass valve Installation details 2742 Filtration Unit is available without an electrical motor any type motor may be used of identical frame flange and shaft size to that stated in the specification Remove the key fitted to electric motor shaft There are four nuts and bolts M8 1 25mm thread supplied loose the pump housing is complete with a shaft adaptor with internal drive pin To fit pump to electric motor simply insert drive shaft of motor into the pump drive adaptor ensuring the drive pin engages in shaft keyway and that the locating spigot are correctly engaged Complete the assembly by fitting the four nuts bolts and washers Parker Hannifin Hyd
35. element x working viscosity 30 130 Eco Single Empty Housing 130 Eco System Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM VS LE LL EL p Egg VL Fr Tr I TT TT T FI rd TFT T FT TT IT TITI 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 264 0 55 106 159 214 264 317 370 423 1 14 5 29 a 8 3 B 8 8 2 0 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Flow min Flow l min 130 Elements 02QE 130 Elements 05QE Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TT TT TTTT TT TT TITI TT TT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT TTTT 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 ss 0 500 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 2o a 2 a 2 2 4 E 4 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min 130 Elements 10QE 130 Elements 20QE Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ae 25 WE dX di b Ox Puy roar PP er TT 0 26 53 106 132 159 211 238 0 5 00 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 gt 3 2 2 zd a 4 i a B 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table 130M210QEBM3KR401 FF1302 QE10 BA35 SL40 700 130M _ Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938723
36. 30 7 12 100 55 151 149 139 5 18 138 407 62 30 7 12 100 55 151 149 139 5 18 138 599 62 30 7 12 100 55 151 149 139 5 18 in mm SS IN AGB 3 IN AGB 4 FARE eo 0193 0260 ER nemli 0203 TE ee ll without diffuser K E i with diffuser 555 183 239 145 60 2505 2 5 660 183 239 145 60 2505 25 940 183 239 145 60 2505 25 1220 183 239 145 60 2505 25 1220 183 239 145 60 2505 25 4 Series Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm 36 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density IN30 Element length code IN60 Element length code 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM EE Gp b A EE EEE le denied deo pode 836 3 36 3 2 2 1 218 8 i8 1 2 18 14 5 g
37. 4 20mA Output Signal Continuous Principle of operation Laser diode optical detection of actual particulates Reporting Codes ISO 7 21 NAS 0 12 AS 00 12 Contact Parker Icount will also report less than ISO 7 subject to the statistical uncertainty defined in I504406 1999 which is shown in the HS232 reporting results as appropriate e g gt 6 Calibration By recognised on line methods confirmed by the relevant International Standard Organisation procedures Calibration Recommendation 12 months Performance 1 ISO Code Dependant on stability of flow Reproducibility Repeatability Better than 1 ISO Code Power Requirement Hegulated 9 to 40Vdc Maximum Current Draw 150mA Hydraulic Connection M16 x 2 hydraulic test points 5 8 BSF for aggressive version e Independent monitoring of system contamination trends e Early warning LED or digital display indicators for Low Medium and High contamination levels e Moisture 96 RH LED indicator optional e Cost effective solution in prolonging fluid life and reducing machine downtime e Visual indicators with power and alarm output warnings e Continuous performance for prolonged analysis e Hydraulic Phosphate Ester amp Fuel fluid compatible construction e Self diagnostic software e Fully PC PLC integration technology such as RS232 and 0 5 Volt 4 20mA Contact Parker for other options Flow Range through the device
38. Filler Division 51055 Business Park England 2 Fax 444 1929 ABT O01 193 OO Reservoir Equipment in On Air Breathers Specification e High capacity air breathers designed for the removal of airborne contamination in hydraulic systems to support environmental maintenance e Ideal for high flow systems and heavily contaminated environments e Disposable spin on elements quickly and easily replaced e o micron nominal quality filtration elements e 2 models available 700 l min and 1500 l min e Available with a pressurised valve in the mounting adaptor Standard spin on air breather stem Reservoir cutout 225 maximum O51 Circuit symbol standard 3 off M6 fixing holes equispaced on 41 3 P C D Pressurised spin on air breather stem Reservoir cutout 225 maximum 063 5 Circuit symbol pressurised Note Spin on air breather elements can also be mounted directly on to any suitable length of 3 4 BSP threaded pipe 3 off M6 fixing holes equispaced on 50 P C D Ordering Information Spin on air breathers N A 700 l min Unpressurised 60 120 0 6Kg N A 1500 l min Unpressurised 148 208 0 75Kg S 340058 700 l min 0 35 Bar 60 120 0 69Kg 5 340059 700 l min 0 70 60 120 0 69Kg S 340054 1500 l min 0 35 Bar 148 208 0 8Kg 5 340055 1500 l min 0 70 Bar 148 208 0 8Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a
39. Principles of operation 1 Return oil from both the open and closed circuits is fed into the Suction Return Series Filter at port R The filtered oil is maintained at a nominal 0 5 bar by the unique back pressure valve assembly and fed into the closed loop hydrostatic circuit via port S Surplus filtered oil is fed back to the tank via the back pressure valve assembly Emergency suction anti cavitation valve This valve is fitted as standard to ensure oil is always available to the closed loop system even on emergency occasions when the return flows do not meet the flow demands of the closed loop circuit Additional installation guidance notes 1 Return oil flow should always be greater than the oil flow rate demanded by the closed loop charge pump 2 Oil level at all times should not fall below valve assembly at the base of the filter bowl Visual indicator 2 bar Thread connection G s Code FMUGSHBMGO2L Elec rating A2V 2A Thread connection G s Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3 x 0 8 Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Setting 2 bar Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS6HBMGO2L NO switch FMUS7HBMGO2L NC switch Note Vacuum indicators visual or electrical are available on request for filter type SR2 only Benefits 1 Only one filter is required to supply filtered oil to both open and closed loop circuits 2 Feeding the closed loop circuit with filtered oil at
40. Visual indicator 1 2 bar M10 code FMUG1EBPM10L G1 8 code FMUG2EBPGO2L recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density BGT Empty Housing 2 SAE Length code 11 and 12 Flow US GPM 13 26 53 79 92 106 119 132 145 LU 0 03 2 0 02 029 amp w LLL LLLI su 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 55 Flow l min BGT500 Element length code 12 Flow US GPM EEE EE SE MO EE 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 _ 1617 10 Je Ja 441 Flow l min Low pressure filters 27 BGT390 Element length code 11 Flow US GPM 106 132 159 129 Ap PSID Flow l min Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BGI Seres Pressure Drop Curves cont BGT Empty Housing 3 SAE Length 13 and larger Flow US GPM Ap PSID 0 0 20 800 100 1200 140 1600 1800 2000 Flow l min BGT800 Element length code 14 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 106 159 211 264 5 Ap PSID LLLI 2 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Flow l min BGT1500 Element length code 16
41. aerospace climate control electromechanical filtration fluid amp gas handling hydraulics pneumatics process control sealing amp shielding Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Control Solutions for Industry ENGINEERING YOUR SUCCESS e Consistent quality e Technical innovation e Premier customer service Parkers technical resources provide the correct filtration technologies that conform to your requirements That s why thousands of manufacturers and equipment users around the world rely on Parker Filtration products and people Worldwide Sales and Service Parker Filtration s global reputation as a reliable supplier of superior filtration products 1 the result of a focused and integrated development and manufacturing system Parker Filtration consolidates quality filtration products manufactured by process filtration air and gas filtration and separation fuel conditioning and filtration hydraulic and lubrication filtration fluid power products and fluid condition monitoring equipment into one broad based range that covers many markets and most applications as detailed here Hydraulic Lubrication amp Coolant Filtration High performance filtration systems for production machinery industrial mobile and military marine applications Compressed Air amp Gas Filtration Complete line of compressed air gas filtration products coalescing particulate a
42. 0110 00 CO O O1 O 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 4 276 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 42 ASIC Performer 25 60 100 250 400 and 600 bar Brochure FDHB240UK March 2007 Sion Euro Ik 1P24 Pressure Transducers and Transmitters ASIC Pertormer Fork lift trucks braking and load systems Truck mounted cranes load safety systems Earth moving machinery hydraulic gearbox control Forest Machinery felling and logging Paper mills speed control and weighing systems The ASIC Performer offers a wide range of pressure sensors for mobile or m industrial applications lil These sensors have been designed for the requirements of industrial instrumentation Systems Accordingly the housings and all components in contact with the medium are made of stainless steel Thus giving compatibility with a wide range of media There is a choice of two plug connectors of either DIN or M12 There are Hacing car gearbox fuel cooling and suspension systems Water usage systems pressurised systems for industrial and hi rise usage The Parker Filtration ASIC Performer Pressure Transducers and Transmitters Applications for the ASIC Performer six measuring ranges available and a choice of outputs in the form of either voltage or current signals oensors with output signals from 4 20 mA are available in two wire techn
43. 10214 01 2 75 element removal c S52 IN Pe j EE Element removal QJ 9 clearance demere Minimum for element QM mz v removal 2 mounting holes nid Y CN SS Minimum for element removal 2 ports s BSPT for optional indicators 2 Filter selection To select the correct filter use the appropriate pressure drop graphs For details and an example of how to select the correct filter see next page 5 Circuit symbol Type 19 147 178 95 97 38 94 88 72 T 0 75 5 79 6 81 3 74 3 82 1 49 3 7 3 46 2 83 22 165 187 95 38 93 107 0 86 6 49 7 36 8 74 N A 1 49 8 66 4 21 N A 30 179 213 188 129 50 127 130 72 1 18 7 04 8 38 5 24 5 08 1 97 5 0 5 12 2 83 G114 28 208 236 133 m 50 130 51 54 16 ma va 1693 7 05 8 42 5 51 jus 2 56 5 0 M10 x 1 5 Low pressure filters Darker Spin on Filters Maxiflow Series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p30 x viscosity of medium used 30cSt Maxiflow MXA
44. 16 BGT1500L 915 17 BGT2000L 180 18 BGT2400L1180 Dimensions in mm Filter tank torque load 45 Nm 13 BGT600L 385 14 BGT800L 495 15 BGT1000L 598 16 BGT1500L 878 17 BGT2000L 1143 18 BGT2400L 1143 Dimensions in mm Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Indicator Options Indinatar DC nracenira cuntnh Protective cap with dual cable duct fort 7 2 3mm diameter cable Amp 6 3x8 terminals 75 27 Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch 74 G s BSP Protective cover Normally open contacts e Normally closed contacts e e 24 AF Elec rating 42 Thread connection M10x1 Elec connection AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap Protection IP65 with cap terminals IPOO Code FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Port s Filter head Indicator Thread 2 SAE BGT length 11 and 12 M10 3 SAE BGT Length 13 and larger M10 1 2 Flanged 2 x 11 4 SAE Flanged for BGT Length 11 and 12 1 3x11 4 SAE Flanges 1x 1 2 SAE for BGT Length 13 and larger M10 Pressure Drop Curves Elec rating 42N 2A Thread connection 1 Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch
45. 22 Ps 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 9377720 TXW14 10B BGT1720QBPER483 BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 20 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 937805Q TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator examples filter including LEIF element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 ger 45 oa B s1 J E J Re Configurator examples filter including conventional element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 48 oa B s E sro 4 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Element media Glass fibre BGT390 Microglass Ill for disposable elements BGT500 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh BGT600 Nom rating Abs rating BGT800 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W BGT1000 LEIF element 02QL 05QL 10QL 20QL BGT1500 16 BGT2000 BGT2400 18 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual port head and TSR
46. 9 4mm Vibration resistance IEC 60068 2 6 5mrm 10Hz 32Hz 200my s 32Hz 2kHz Installation Spanner size 22A F Max recommended tightening torque 30Nm Weight 200 230g Lifespan 10 million cycles Do not connect Signal output Signal output Supply ve Supply ve Supply ve Do not connect Do not connect Do not connect Return Supply ref Ov Supply ref Ov Installation Details 022 ED seal Thread Forms G1 4 1 4BSP with ED seal All thread forms and sensor interface are made from 1 4301 stainless steel Non standard threads contact Parker CMC Product Performance Linearity Typical 0 3 FS Max 0 6 FS Hysteresis ocak 0 19F8 0 2596FS Repeatability 0 2 5 0 4 FS Connector M12 Functional temp range 40 to 85 Compensated temperature 20 C to 85 Stability lt 0 1 5 typ Response time lt iia Supply ve Supply ve Supply ve Do not connect Signal output Signal output Return Supply ref Ov Supply ref Ov Do not connect Do not connect Do not connect Transducers and transmitters Pressure Transducers and Transmitters ASIC Performer Standard products table Ordering Information 5 250 bar 1 4 BSP ED seal micro din 1
47. All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications TPR e Fork lift trucks e Power packs e Mini excavator The Parker Filtration Tanktopper Series I II amp Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters The TPR Series I II amp offer a total filtration solution A 10 micron Abs air breather that is integrated into the filter housing a magnet column for pre filtration In to Out filtration a full flow bypass with low hysteresis and the high performance Q3 filter element materials are all proven e Gully sucker e e Power packs e Dredging ships TPR Ill Mobile cranes success factors in efficient return line filtration for flow rates up to 650 l min Several pressure gauges and switches can be applied combined or not with a dipstick The all in one easy to mount cost saving TPR solution allows for a more compact tank design 46 e Refuse vehicles Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Specification Operation pressure Max 10 bar Assembly Ta
48. Disposable 933180 coalescing Packed tower 933553 PVS Specification Worksheet Section 1 cleanable Note The following information will be required before a PVS order can be processed ZAEV O mp co SPAS ARE O5QE 933612Q Gade T a Spee Gravity seed eost 1 933735Q 20QE 933736Q 3 Viscosity PUS VES aa Sb PRE r OUS DU ME PRE 4 Contamination level Current ISO level Desired PPM level 5 Water concentration Current ISO level Desired PPM level 6 Suction Head Positive Negative Fu metres Aure 72 Green dene EN An 8 System fluid operating temperature TN NN NNN 9 Operating environment air temperature air cooled model hs amsn ns PC FC Norads re FP 150 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 Portable Purification Systems PVS 2 00 Specification Flow rate Minimum operating capacity 170 Ipm 37 4 gpm 68 1 Itrs 14 98 gals Height Vacuum max 1651mm 65 25 In Hg Width Viscosity max 1066 8mm 42 108 cSt 500sus disposable Length 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1943 1mm 76 5 tower Weight Outlet pressure max 1156 7 kg 2550 169 Seal material Fluorocarbon EPR opt Cond
49. Example 1 The Standard Products Table We have created a new catalogue ordering code and included in this table are details of these new part numbers Alongside this we have put the part number that has been superceded from previous catalogues It is our intention that all items printed in the Standard Products Table will be available from our central warehouse for ex stock delivery Example 2 The Product Configurator 2a As part of our new catalogue ordering code we have introduced an 8 box part number configurator This Example 1 The Standard Products Table Accordingly in this new catalogue you will find the new part number system with both a configurator and a supersedes cross reference relating to previous part numbers issued in earlier editions of our generic catalogues In the event that the previous reference you use is not shown in this catalogue could we ask you to please contact our European Product Information Centre Contact details are on the back of this catalogue configurator features items which are marked in bold and are on a shortened delivery time With this in mind we would ask that when making a selection using the configurator you select those items in bold to ensure the shortest lead time 2b The configurator has been designed to cover not only the various models we offer but also different micron ratings indicator options and port connections 2c Should you find that what you have selected is not av
50. G12 Standard aa Thread SAE 12 S12 No bypass 2 Thread M27 ISO 6149 M27 SAE flange 5 4 6000 M H12 SAE flange 2 4 6000 28P Thread G 1 Thread SAE 16 Thread M33 ISO 6149 SAE flange 1 6000 M SAE flange 1 6000 Thread G 1 1 4 Thread G 1 2 Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q Thread SAE 20 S20 18P 1 35 60 80 100 Thread SAE 24 S24 18P 2 70 110 130 150 Thread M42 ISO 6149 M42 28 1 80 100 120 150 Thread M48 ISO 6149 M48 28P 2 140 200 250 300 SAE flange 1 6000 M H20 38P 1 140 220 340 420 SAE flange 1 6000 F20 38P 2 320 440 560 700 Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c 2 10 75 100 200 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Disposable High collapse 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III element N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QH N A N A 4 5 6 7 05Q 05QH N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 i 10QH 6 11 17 18 20 22 20QH Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 114 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 079 0 0 Eco Series 450 l min 420 bar High pressure filters 11
51. KR South Korea Seoul Tel 82 2 559 0400 KZ Kazakhstan Almaty Tel 7 3272 505 800 LV Latvia Riga Tel 371 74 52601 MX Mexico Apodaca Tel 52 81 8156 6000 MY Malaysia Subang Jaya Tel 60 3 5638 1476 NL The Netherlands Oldenzaal Tel 31 0 541 585 000 NO Norway Ski Tel 47 64 91 10 00 NZ New Zealand Mt Wellington Tel 64 9 574 1744 PL Poland Warsaw Tel 48 0 22 573 24 00 PT Portugal Leca da Palmeira Tel 351 22 999 7360 RO Romania Bucharest Tel 40 21 252 1382 RU Russia Moscow Tel 7 495 645 2156 SE Sweden Sp nga Tel 46 0 8 59 79 50 00 SG Singapore Tel 65 6887 6300 Parker Hannifin Ltd Tachbrook Park Drive SL Slovenia Novo Mesto Tel 386 7 337 6650 SK Slovakia See Czech Republic TH Thailand Bangkok Tel 662 717 8140 TR Turkey Merter Istanbul Tel 90 212 482 91 06 or 07 TW Taiwan Taipei Tel 886 2 2298 8987 UA Ukraine Kyiv Tel 380 44 494 2731 UK United Kingdom Warwick Tel 44 0 1926 317 878 US USA Cleveland Industrial Tel 1 216 896 3000 US USA Lincolnshire Mobile Tel 41 847 821 1500 US USA Miami Pan American Division Tel 1 305 470 8800 VE Venezuela Caracas Tel 4 58 212 238 5422 ZA South Africa Kempton Park Tel 27 0 11 961 0700 Catalogue FDHB200UK 11 2007 Tachbrook Park Warwick CV34 6TU United Kingdom Tel 44 0 1926 317 878 Fax 44 0
52. Monitor carry case Robust padlockable aluminium presentation case Datum Condition monitoring data software pack plus cable included in commissioning kit Performance recheck Annual recheck of performance by an approved Parker Service Centre 346mm 13 62 handle raised Fluid condition monitoring Darker Fluid Condition Monitoring OI Water in Oil Monitor How the Works On line testing allows a mixed and flowing sample of oil and water to pass through the infrared measuring cell A series of measurements can be taken and the average given as a result With this method a representative oil sample is seen unlike the usual reservoir samples sent for analysis Also by taking the test at working temperature and pressure a true water content is taken as both affect the way water is absorbed in oll The flowing sample passes through a special water free Optical cell The infrared detector monitors two narrow band pass filters one of which matches the spectral width of the water attenuation band The second narrow wave band selected is unaffected by water and serves as a reference By taking the transmission ratio between the two points an effective measurement of water can be made Effective Oil Maintenance Take a typical application where water can have a very detrimental effect on bearings Cracks are generated early in life of a bearing and water once condensed in the crack leads to corrosion
53. US GPM RE KAGGE SETTET LE ee qos sca 11 6 T T T T T T 5 11 16 21 T T T T T T T 0 80 26 3 ELE es 0 6 87 E os 13 48 ja S 04 58 2 2 20 3 44 348 8 2 0 2 29 0 1 15 0 0 E 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Flow l min Flow l min TSR250 Element length code 3 Flow US GPM I T T T T T T T T 0 18 409 Je J lt Flow l min TTF60 Element length code 2 TTF90 Element length code 3 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T I T T T T T T T T I T T T 2 2 2 2 E Flow l min Flow l min TTF120 Element length code 4 TTF125 Element length code 5 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM E r o o 5 a Q Q 4 4 Flow l min Flow l min Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Series Pressure Drop Curves cont The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt TTF170 Element length code 6 TTF230 Element length code 7
54. Ve 3000 is a SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is Supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements to be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass Ill media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 3 bar visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 225p 22 2m 32PD 44 50 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration 22PD 1 240 35 92 18 55 150 150 96 192 60 30 59 130 750 2
55. and the gauge 1 ready to install After positioning the gauge the bolts are simply tightened to provide secure seal There Is no fear of leakage with the square section seals and the two point mounting system eliminates problems with tank distortion M10 and M12 bolt thread options are available Size 1 Ordering Information Standard products table Transparent polyamide Lens base Nylon 66 High impact polystyrene No aluminium content Maximum working pressure Working temperature Note 500mm model with metal shroud finished in black available Recommended bolt tightening torque 10 Nm maximum Thermometer scale range 30 to 90 Temperature Indicator Blue alcohol Note 1 Locate seals in mounting recess before fitting 2 Select the size required by studying the installation details to determine a part number Easy to Read The high visibility lens is one piece for added security and moulded in shatterproof transparent polyamide for an accurate and clear oil level and temperature indication Further gauge protection is provided by a specially designed shroud moulded in high impact black polystyrene FLT 121 Fluid level temp 76mm M10 129 Fluid level temp 76mm M12 90 C 0 13Kg FL 111 Fluid level 76mm M10 90 0 13Kg E FL 113 Fluid level 76mm M12 90 0 13Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a
56. based on the above beta ratio Disposable High collapse 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III element N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QH Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes N A N A 4 5 5 6 i 05Q will ensure a standard product selection N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 p 10 10QH Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will 6 11 17 18 20 22 20QH require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 128 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 Parker Guardian MAX 15 I min 2 bar il EN E D 22 D 1 E M P Portable filtration systems Portable Hydraulic Filtration Systems Guardian Features amp Benefits Portable and robust Guardian is designed to be used anywhere design Take it to the system or transfer new oil from the drum Only 10 6 kg Storage is simple Guardian s compact design means it is easily stowed Operational condition is constantly monitored Guardian s power flexibility means it can be used anywhere Lightweight design Quick disconnect hose connections Visual indicator 110VAC or 220 240VAC options A range of clean up A user can specify the media that will best elements achieve his clean up filtering requirements Water removal element Water removal from the system is an option important requirement for fluid efficiency Note 15 l min Fluid tran
57. e lengths available 500mm 1000mm and 1500mm The FL Series is designed to be adjusted by the user to fit their tank The unit consists of a stem with the reed switch thermal switch if fitted and float already set in position The customer can cut the stem to fit their tank and assemble it to the header The unit is then ready to be fitted to the tank The unit has a factory set Open On Hise switching configuration but this can be changed by reversing the float The common temperature switches used are 60 Open On Rise or 60 C Close On Rise However other temperature specifications may be obtained on request A standard DIN 43650 connector is supplied with the unit Installation Drawing approx 1 BSPP thread Customer Adjustable Polypropylene float 228 5 FL050010R FL 0500 1 OR 500mm long float level switch FL100010R FL 1000 1 OR 1000mm long float level switch FL150010R FL 1500 1 OR 1500mm long float level switch Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 29 Reservoir Equipment OLS46 Capacitive Level Switch Features amp Benefits Features Include e Rugged construction e Simple to install e Delay circu
58. if fitted Relay Normally Open if fitted 5 NOT USED NOT USED 6 NOT USED O 5V O 3V Supply 7 Main supply OVdc Product supply OVdc 8 Relay Common if fitted Relay Common if fitted Note If the moisture sensor is fitted without either option then the output is RS232 Parker Hannifin recommend that the mating M12 connector cables are screened These cables are available from Parker Hannifin ordering information section Optional refer to ordering information section Limit Relay Wiring Instructions NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED COMMON Fluid condition monitoring Online Particle Detector COUNTPD Variable mA output settings ISO V MILLIAMP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ISO CODE NAS V MILLIAMP 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 NAS CODE Variable voltage output settings The following table can be used to equate the analogue output to an ISO or NAS Code Example ISO code 12 is equal to 10mA 4 0 Q O 4 5 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 7 0 10 7 5 11 8 0 12 8 5 13 D NH 9 0 i 14 lt 95 15 10 0 i 16 k 10 5 69 1580 L 18 C gt INS Wes E O1 120 Ea O 20 ERROR
59. l min TTF170 Element length code 6 TTF230 Element length code 7 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM 8 8 8 8 2 Flow l min Flow l min TTF300 Element length code 8 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID Flow l min Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Series Indicator Options Indicator PS pressure switch Protective cap with dual cable duct for 1 7 2 3mm diameter cable 7 Amp 6 3 8 x terminals M10x1 42N 4A Elec rating Thread connection Elec connection Protection Code M10x1 AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap IP65 with cap terminals IPOO FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Port s Filter head Indicator Thread ISO 228 G BSP TTF length 2 3 4 and 5 M10 ISO 228 G1 BSP M10 ISO 228 G1 BSP TTF length 7 and larger M10 2xISO 228 G1 BSP TTF length 7 and larger G1 8 ISO 228 G1 2 BSP TTF length 7 and larger M10 2xISO 228 G1 2 BSP TTF length 7 and larger G1 8 1 gt SAE 3000 PSI TTF length 7 and larger 1 8 115 SAE 3000 PSI 2nd port 17 TTF length 7 and larger G1 8 G2 TTF length 7 and larger G1 8 G2 1 TTF length 7 and larger G1 8 TSR IS SP 2 Ports E Ordering Info
60. 1 8 1 9 20 2l 2 2 2 3 2 4 EO Table relating NAS codes to Voltage output 0 0 6 0 9 1522 15 iis 2 24 27 50 23 3 6 3 9 aq 45 EXAMS 02 N S De D Oy 0 9 ES 155 eve 1 9 2 2 25 2 gt 2 8 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDCB321UK Digital display parameters ISO 4406 NAS 1638 Start up 1 Once the IcountPD has been connected to a regulated power supply the product logo is displayed for approximately five seconds as the IcountPD performs a self system diagnostic check 2 The IcountPD then automatically starts monitoring using factory default test parameters MTD calibrated Channel sizes Limits Measured ISO codes Moisture sensor reading Automatic light sensor Digital display indication The digital display will show the actual measured codes the channel u size and the user definable limits Note that the channel size and limits will alternate between the two The Moisture Sensor reading will also be shown if the Moisture Sensor option is fitted The order of trigger for both the codes and Moisture Sensor option is e Solid digit s code s that are at or below the set point limit e Flashing digit s code s that are above the set point limit The display for 1504406 NAS1638 are identical The ISO display is shown below Error detection In the unlikely event of a error occurring the digital display on the IcountPD will simp
61. 10 High performance sensitive systems code 12 11 8 We recommend verifying the required cleanliness level based on the components used for the system Manufacturers of system components often provide information related to the required fluid cleanliness level for their products Condition Monitoring Equipment Over the years fluid condition monitoring has become increasingly important By offering system matched filtration solutions the stringent customer demands related to extended component lifetime or improved system reliability can be met Parker has developed a complete range of instruments and components for maintenance programmes and local fluid condition analysis such as the LaserCM below LaserCM Parker s particle counters are well known for their accurate performance in the field or in a production line environment Lightweight portable particle counters can be used for temporary fluid cleanliness measurements The MCM20 designed for permanent installation is meant for continuous fluid monitoring The compact MS100 and 150 moisture sensor together with the H2Oil means a complete solution is available to measure the water content in hydraulic or lubrication fluids Solid Contaminant Codes In addition to ISO 4406 1999 other standards are used to express the fluid cleanliness level A comparison between the codes is given below 13 11 8 11 8 2 14
62. 4 LED PNP N C F3 Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 Box 7 Box 8 Ports Options Code 22PD Thread G 1 Standard ESSE SAE flange 1 7 4 3000 M R20 No bypass 2 32PD Thread G 1 G20 SAE flange 1 1 2 3000 R24 Media 22PD 1 22PD 2 32PD 1 32PD 2 Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 02Q G01282Q G01316Q G01069Q G01099Q 22PD 1 70 80 100 120 050 G02721Q G02724Q G02567Q G02727Q 22PD 2 100 110 120 140 10Q 32PD 1 100 150 210 230 20Q 32PD 2 180 210 240 260 02QH G01442Q G01448Q G01454Q G01460Q 05QH G03737Q 0037389 5037390 9037409 10QH 9014419 9014479 014530 5014590 200 G01932Q G01940Q G01948Q G01956Q Filter model Nitrile Fluoroelastomer 22PD 504233 504234 32PD S02373 5023 5 Media 22PD 1 22PD 2 32PD 1 32PD 2 020 90130209 90133609 9010899 9011199 050 0027230 0027260 2025690 0027290 Key Denotes part number availability 10Q G01301Q 2013350 00108809 9011189 209 9019340 9019429 5019500 9019580 123 Item is standard green option 02QH G01446Q G01452Q G01458Q G01464Q 123 EEE pdd 05QH G04235Q G04236Q G04237Q G04238Q 123 Item ie non Standard 10QH G01445Q G01451Q G01457Q G01463Q 20QH G01935Q G01943Q G01951Q 0019590 Note Standard items in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c 10 75 100 200 1000 efficiency
63. 40 to 140 ml min Optimum Flow 60ml min Online Flow Range via System 20 Inline Sensors Size 0 6 to 25 l min Optimum Flow 15 l min Size 1 24 to 100 l min Optimum Flow 70 l min Size 2 170 to 380 l min Optimum Flow 250 l min Required Differential Pressure across Inline Sensors 0 4 bar Minimum Viscosity Range 10 to 500 cSt Temperature Operating Environment 20 C to 60 C 4 F to 140 F Storage 40 C to 80 C 40 F to 176 Operating Fluid O C to 85 32 to 185 F Working pressure 2 to 420 bar 30 to 6 000 PSI Moisture sensor calibration 5 RH over compensated temperature range of 10 C to 80 C Operating humidity range 596 RH to 10096 RH Moisture sensor stability 0 2 RH typical at 5096 RH in one year Certification IP66 rated EMC RFI EN61000 6 2 2001 EN61000 6 3 2001 Materials User friendly Abs construction Stainless Steel hydraulic block Viton seals Dimensions 182mmix 165mm x 86mm 7 2 xe T x 3 4 Weight 1 3kg 2 910 IcountPD The Icount Particle Detector from Parker represents the most up to date technology in solid particle detection design dynamics attention to detail and moulding compactness of the permanently mounted on line particle detector module combined with on board laser based 4 leading edge technology brings to all industries a truly revolutionary particle detector as a remarkable cost effective market solutio
64. 53 79 106 132 159 18 211 238 m EN 2510 m PSID ee om ARRERA A A A 0 2 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min BGT2000 Element length code 17 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM FrP PP 0 53 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 475 528 PSID 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Flow l min Cellulose and stainless steel media Example BGT2000 Filter Element Length 17 cellulose and stainless steel media Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Serie Ordering Information Standard products table BGT1210QLBPER323 BGTS500 82 TXWL8C 10 TB15 M 500 BGT500 Length12 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 937859Q TXWL8L 10 BGT1220QLBPER323 BGTS500 82 TXWL8C 20 TB15 M 500 BGT500 Length12 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 937868Q TXWL8L 20 BGT1510QLBPER483 BGTS1000 83 TXWL12 10 TB15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 937862Q TXWL12 10 BGT1520QLBPER483 BGTS1000 83 TXWL12 20 TB15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T 9378650 TXWL12 20 BGT1710QBPER483 BGTS2000 83 TXW14 10 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar
65. 59 0 44 5 12 14 1 2 1 20 Kg MCG3214 MC G 32 14 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 22 7 8 1 00 Kg MCG3226 MC G 32 26 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 42 0 60 Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability How to build Multiclamp Reservoir equipment 215 Reservoir Equipment Inline Check Valves Specification Construction Steel UNI 5105 Ball and spring Chrome finished steel Retainer Nylon Flow rates Max working pressure 350 bar Valve crack pressures 0 35 and 4 5 bar Installation Details From 20 l min to 150 l min OA Circuit symbol HEX Technical Data Ordering Information Pressure Drop Flow Curves Flow US GPM TEFTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 at N Q lt 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 Flow l min 216 Standard products table Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 32 Reservoir Equipment single station Gauge Isolator Valves Specification Construction Single Station Cast iron and steel Knurled aluminium knob with Twist to lock or push to read type Max working pressure 350 bar P
66. 8 Series and 12PS Series Filter Housing Flow US GPM 29 31 11 13 16 18 Filter Element Flow US GPM 24 26 29 0 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 TEEHEHHELEE AL AT 5 06 7 18 Ae MITT LATTER 0 2 Mr 29 pede 10 30 40 70 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 m UID Flow l min Maxiflow MXA 9 Series and 22PS Series Filter Housing Filter Element Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Es ES pn TT ETE RER LA RATE EL PE o FEET E DIST ppt etr 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 61 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 64 0 4 5 8 1 0 14 5 4 D 4 4 S P 29 18 2 TATT El lt 4 lt LLL i 0 20 40 E 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 Flow l min Flow l min Maxiflow MXA 7 Series Filter Housing Filter Element Flow US GPM Flow US GPM EE eee n Te ry beret Te 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 s u 18 8 10 8 lo 3 18 lt 8 Flow l min Note All above data is calculated at 30cSt Rel density 0 856 Flow l min Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 7 64 Ordering Information MXA 8 amp 12PS Return Line Filters MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 micron PS 12PS10BTV1R2B Asse
67. Bourdon tube lt 60 bar Cu alloy C type soft soldered gt 60 bar Cu alloy helical type soft soldered Ordering Information Bottom Connection PGB0631010 PGB 0631 010 0 10 bar G Bottom PGB0631016 PGB 0631 016 0 16 bar G Bottom PGB0631025 PGB 0631 025 0 25 bar G Bottom PGB0631040 PGB 0631 040 0 40 bar G Bottom PGB0631060 PGB 0631 060 0 60 bar G Bottom PGB0631100 PGB 0631 100 0 100 bar G Bottom PGB0631160 PGB 0631 160 0 160 bar G Bottom PGB0631250 PGB 0631 250 0 250 bar G Bottom PGB0631400 PGB 0631 400 0 400 bar G Bottom PGB0631600 PGB 0631 600 0 600 bar G Bottom PGB0631004 PGB 0631 004 0 4 bar G Bottom Panel Mounting PGC0631010 PGC 0631 010 0 10 bar G Panel PGC0631016 PGC 0631 016 0 16 bar G Panel PGCO0631025 PGC 0631 025 0 25 bar G Panel PGC0631040 PGC 0631 040 0 40 bar Panel PGCO0631060 PGC 0631 060 0 60 bar Panel PGC0631100 PGC 0631 100 0 100 bar G Panel PGC0631160 PGC 0631 160 0 160 bar Panel PGC0631250 PGC 0631 250 0 250 bar G Panel PGC0631400 PGC 0631 400 0 400 bar Panel PGC0631004 PGC 0631 004 0 4 bar G Panel PGCO0631600 PGC 0631 600 0 600 bar G Panel Panel Mounted 3 hole flange PGF0631060 PGF 0631 060 0 60 bar G a Panel Flange PGF0631100 PGF 0631 100 0 100 bar G a Panel Flange PGF0631160 PGF 0631 160 0 160 bar G 4 Panel Flange PGF0631250
68. Communication Options The IcountPD may be configured using the IcountPD Setup Utility For more direct control of the device using its communications protocol you may also use the Microsoft Windows Hyper Terminal program but note that this program is not currently supplied with the Windows Vista with IcountPD are described in the following section IcountPD Setup Utility software COTES Detector ID Relay State n Comm Echo Product ID Relay Hysteresis _ verbose Errors Part Relay C ki Serial Number Measurement Courson Pine STI Sensor used Pn coo Reporting Standard Calibration Date mm Measurement Period eo Calibration due Date Brightness Power On Mode Auto start delay operating system These two ways of communicating Particle Limits Moisture Lirnit RH Class Code Moisture RH ot Connected The Communication protocol for the serial communication link is to be used with Microsoft Windows HyperTerminal settings are as follows Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flowcontrol None The commands used with this product are made up of Read Set and Start Stop commands e Set commands allow the value or values of parameters to be set e Read commands allow the value or values or parameters to be read e Start Stop allows the user to start and stop tests Communication Protocol Example SDF dd mm yy sets the d
69. Element length code 12 Flow US GPM PSID 0 g 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Flow l min IN800 Element length code 14 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T PSID LLLI Flow l min IN1500 Element length code 16 Flow US GPM AP PSID LLLI 5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Flow l min IN1500 Element length code 18 Flow US GPM LII Ap PSID LLLI 3 0 00 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 Flow l min Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Pressure Drop Curves cellulose and stainless steel media IN60 Element length code 2 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM IN30 Element length code Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM a da 0 05 4 1g 5 0 04 a 438 1 0 02 ov AE E R Flow um Flow l min IN120 Element length code 4 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM IN90 Element length code 3 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM r T T T T T T o Ap PSID LLLLLLLLLLLLLELLLLE LLLI Ap PSID gt a Flow l min IN125 Element length code 5 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow l min IN230 Element length code 7 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US
70. Flange SAE 6000 3 4 1 11 4 Flange SAE 6000 M 3 4 17 yes 6000 is a SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve amp indicator settings Table below gives bypass valve and corresponding indicator setting Bypass Indicator 3 5 bar 2 5 bar 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements To be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass Ill media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 3 bar or 5 0 0 5 bar visual electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 18 4 2 57 28P 6 7 9 2 38P 158 2013 Fluid compatibility Suitable for u
71. Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T TI T T TI 1 SS FS ST 0 15 39 53 79 22 106 1 i 9 1 14 5 E 19 5 1 B E 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Flow l min Flow l min TTF300 Element length code 8 TTF400 Element length code 9 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 145 1 6 23 2 26 13 RE ig S 3 5 8 er E 8 3 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Flow l min Flow l min TTF500 Element length code 10 Flow US GPM AO Ru d ds EE 0 106 119 132 145 159 23 273 z i8 3 409 4 Flow l min 16 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Ap PSID Ap PSID TTF60 Element length code 2 TTF90 Element length code 3 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T 24 743 1 743 i8 T 8 16 8 i9 2 ig 8 1 Flow l min Flow l min TTF120 Element length code 4 TTF125 Element length code 5 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 1 _ 8 1 8 3 i8 2 2 Flow l min Flow
72. Isolator Valves 217 63mm Dia Pressure Gauges 218 100mm Dia Pressure Gauges 219 10 Flowmeters amp monitors LoFlow Oil and Water Flowmeters 280 Easiflow Meters and Flowswitches 281 Dataflow 4 to 20mA and Pulse Output Flow Transmitters 282 Dataflow Compact Inline Flow Transmitter 283 Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Brass and Aluminium 284 Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Stainless Steel 285 Flowline Flowswitches 286 Hydraulic Test Equipment 287 Flow Products For Compressed Air Applications 288 11 Guide to contamination control Guide to Contamination Control 289 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Monitoring Products important changes to our product ordering information Standard Product Tables and a Product Configurator Parker Filtration has recently undertaken a review of its part numbering with a view to standardising on a common part number style for all Filtration products As a result of the many acquisitions we have made over the past 10 years it became clear to us that there was a need to standardise on a clear format for our part numbers The examples below using the BGT Series Ordering Information are included to explain how the Standard products are presented in the Ordering Information section of the catalogue and also how the new Product Configurator works Explanation
73. Large breather dimensions Large breather filler dimensions 00834 004 1700 97 147 135 30 9 H00834 001 1700 97 165 114 H00834006 00834 006 00834 005 3000 134 198 180 36 114 00834 002 3000 134 204 114 H00834007 H00834 007 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will H00834003 H00834 003 3000 134 204 203 00834007 00834 007 ensure standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment Notes 196 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Huid Level Measurement Fluid Level Temperature Gauges Reservoir Equipment Fluid Level Temperature Gauges Specification Construction Lens Shroud Bolts Steel Seals Nitrile 1 bar 30 to 90 Size 1 Installation Details For through hole mounting Fluid compatibility Mineral and petroleum based oils Thread Hole size M10 M12 Preferred 11 0 130 Maximum 18 0 14 0 For tapped holes Holes to be tapped square to mounting face Tolerance on hole centres 0 5 0 2 For welded back nuts The above details should be combined Installation and Application Information Simple to Install The universal fixing is designed for either front or rear fixing Just two holes in the tank threaded for front fixing
74. Part 1 1985 BS 4325 Part 1 1980 BS 46 Part 1 1985 Standard bore Standard keyway Ordering Examples Parker Filtration drive coupling components are ordered separately Here are three examples of complete assemblies ordered this way 1 Complete assembly DC28M14B04K Made up ofa DC28M14 DC28B04K DC28 S Sleeve Complete model DC28 drive coupling One gear hub has 14mm bore with 5mm wide keyway and other hub has a 1 2 bore with 0 125 wide keyway Both hubs supplied with locating grub screw Assembly data 1 Maximum angular misalignment is 2 Maximum radial misalignment is 0 4mm 2 Ensure that the Parker Filtration drive coupling gear hubs are an easy fit to their respective shafts Do not use heavy blows to force the hubs on 3 When in position the hubs should have a gap of 4mm as denoted by E dimension 4 Tighten grub screws to locate both gear hubs on to their respective shafts 2 Complete assembly DCR42PBPB Made up of 2x DCR42PB s DC42S Sleeve Complete model DC42 drive coupling Both gear hubs have pilot bore of 10 5mm Not supplied with grub screws Complete assembly DCR55PBB12K Made up DCRB55PB DC55B12K DC55S Sleeve Complete model DC55 drive coupling One gear hub pilot bored s the other hub pilot bored 11 2 Latter only supplied with grub screw Reservoir equipment Reservoir Equipment Drive Couplings Model DC 28 Ordering Information
75. Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1240 Q010 XS FK1 240 Q020 BK16 GX16 90 ETF90 Length 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1240 Q020 XS Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example of an ETF Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 3 52 F 1 1 2 3 Housing Glassfibre media ETF 1 45 Microglass Ill for disposable elements ETF 1 60 ETF 1 90 Disposable element 02Q 050 1 120 ETF 1 140 Box 6 Box 4 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual head ports and TSR series G2 1 6 bar I Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP S2 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP Pressure switch 250V 1 2 bar setting NO NC with G s No indicator indicator ports L plugged Pai Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Ports Op
76. SAE flanges Flange SAE 2 50 3 11 BGT390 139 59 12 BGT500 Dual port connection 131 55 View B B without diffuser 35 325 515 43 78 105 110 R107 5 13 16 3 Dimensions in mm 165 5 5 16667 165 120 BGT 3 without diffuser Filter tank torque load 45 Nm Cover house torque load 30 Nm View Flange SAE 2 Used for BGT 3S with 2 SAE flanged single port connection View C C Flange SAE 2 Used for BGT 3S with Dual port connection 1x2 SAE flange 2x1 4 SAE flanges Plug M10x1 View B B without diffuser 11 BGT390 165 5 0 139 59 12 BGT500 Dual port connection 166 5 6 131 65 90 105 110 R107 5 Dimensions in mm 14 15 24 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Filter tank torque load 45 Nm B cen Is Cover house torque load 30 Nm T Flange SAE 3 Be A View A A View B B E with diffuser 18 BGT600 425 20 5 14 BGT800 535 23 0 15 BGT1000 178 67 80 37 40 640 106 4 62 170 147 5 20 14 20 4 240 595 240 170 25 5 16 BGT1500 920 30 0 17 BGT2000 1200 37 0 18 BGT2400 1200 37 0
77. SE 5101 25 3 4 125 1095 54 46 0 18 0 17 bar 7 5231211 SE 5102 50 1 l2 9 13955 59 0 21 0 17 bar SE75351211 SE 5103 95 1 125 140 86 65 0 31 0 17 bar SE75351311 SE 5104 130 112 125 200 86 65 0 36 0 17 bar SE75361411 SE 5105 180 2 125 6685 0 43 0 17 bar SE75461211 SE 5106 225 2 125 150 150 70 0 67 0 17 bar SE75471311 SE 5107 350 21 5 125 212 150 90 0 75 0 17 bar SE75481411 SE 5108 500 3 125 272 150 100 0 95 0 17 bar Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 206 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Reservoir Equipment Diffusers Installation Details ne 425 Specification Construction Flow range Zintec 50 l min up to 454 l min 3096 glass filled nylon head Mounting threads Zintec end cap G3 4 up to G2 Epoxy adhesives 120 plain area The effect of fitting a diffuser The benefits of specifying a Parker Filtration Diffuser Note When installing a diffuser the Installing a Parker Filtration Diffuser in a hydraulic reservoir is plain area on the outside must be a simple operation that can make a big difference to system facing the pump inlet efficiency With its special concentric tubes designed with discharge holes 180 oppos
78. a nominal pressure of 0 5 bar ensures excellent cold start characteristics thus reducing the risk of cavitation Four hole mounting with gasket seal Microglass Ill filter element materials ensure low pressure drop high dirt holding capacity and extended service life Type Parker SR filters with patented LEIF element unique drain construction quick element replacement concept CAUTION Back pressure in pump and motor drain lines should always be kept at a minimum thus protecting shaft seals etc If case drain oils are to be fed through the return line filter please consult the pump motor manufactures for details on maximum allowable back pressure Ensure filter elements are replaced when element condition indicators show that the bypass setting has been reached Failure to observe the above operation and guidance notes or use of non genuine Parker specified filter elements could cause damage to the system System designers should always ensure that adequate cooling capacity is available Low pressure filters Darker i Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Series Pressure Drop Curves SR1 The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is approximately 1 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total p Housing ph Element x working viscosity 32 SRL1 Empty
79. and authorised distributors throughout the UK Ta find your nearest ParkerStore Email filtrationinfoldparker cam or find the ParFit you need using our element selector at www parker coam parfit www parker com parfit 1 m m oace Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls Filtration Fluid Connectors Hydraulics Instrumentation 18 28 38P Series 700 l min 414 bar High pressure filters 107 High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Features amp Benefits Fatigue tested to full pressure rating Strong and robust housing for heavy duty applications Heliable and continuous operation both in mobile and industrial applications oeveral head sizes Optimised sizing Efficient filtration Covers wide flow range Several connection options Easy mounting Global design global acceptance Right filter for each application Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and efficiency Great performance value Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Reliable performance throughout element life Reduces downtime maximises element life Visual electrical and electronic indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Injection m
80. and early damage Loss of bearing life due to water contamination see below can be prevented by stopping the water from entering the system in the first place Introducing a regular water content monitoring function into the programme such as the 20 would support such efforts 9o Bearing Life Remaining 0 0025 0 01 0 05 Water In Oil Effect of water in oil on bearing life based on 100 life at 01 water in oil Reference Machine Design July 86 How Dirt And Water Effect Bearing Life by Timken Bearing Co 0 10 0 15 0 25 0 50 260 infrared Source Water mofocules contained in sample Flow Direction n n A Filter Carrier Optical NS P Optical Filter 1 Filter 2 Position Adjunter Core Technology uses true infrared IR analysis technique the principle used in all laboratory spectrometers to measure absorbed water before saturation point Channel one 2 is the reference point whereas channel two is The IR source is a tungsten halogen bulb Whatever the application whether it be offshore in the oil industry or off road in the construction or earth moving industry the portability of the H2Oil makes it an essential kit for the service van or engineers tool Ordering Information Standard products table WOM9100 N A includes aluminium case and kit B91701 B 91 701 Printer pap
81. bar 56 bar Connection style 15CN AOCN 80CN BSPF G 1 8 4 eee 126 16 24 240382 ISO 6149 M27 M33 M42 M48 Metric 3000 M 2 Filter housing Head material aluminium Bowl material hard anodized aluminium Seal material Nitrile or fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 to 100 Bypass valve amp indicator settings Table following gives bypass valve and corresponding indicator setting Bypass Indicator 1 7 bar 1 2 bar 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass available by request Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 Ecoglass Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with bowl including Eco adaptor Note Ecoglass Ill contributes to ISO 14001 quality Indicator options visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 15CN 1 1 16 AOCN 2 0 25 80CN 5 6 6 9 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some
82. bar 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electrical indicator code denotes bypass setting No indicator port N Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 Electronic 4 LED PNP N C F3 Electronic 4 LED NPN N C FA Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Options Code Media 15P 1 15P 2 30P 1 30P 2 15P Thread G Standard SS 02Q 9391000 9391040 939108Q 939112Q Thread M27 ISO 6149 M27 Drain port on bowl 4 05Q 939101Q 939105Q 939109Q 939113Q Thread G 1 10Q Thread M33 ISO 6149 M33 20Q 939103Q 939107Q 939111Q 939115Q Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q ERE 25 30 45 70 15P 2 40 60 70 90 30P 1 70 90 120 170 2 120 150 170 200 100 200 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Disposable 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III N A N A N A N A N A 45 02Q N A N A ALS 5 6 7 050 N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 6 11 17 18 20 22 100 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 Parker 100P Series 1000 l min 414 bar High pressure filters 101 High Pressure Filters 100P Series Features amp Benefits High 414 bar pressure rating otrong and robust housing for heavy duty applications Heliable and co
83. beer Mounting hole 3d Min 100mm 20 a o SAE 2 oil level 4 9 on pitch circle 145 Torque load max 8 Nm 5 70 ISO 228 s BSP 82 3 23 105 For filter with air breather 4 13 In order to keep the Ref No Description Hexagon socket bolt M8 Air breather cap Air breather filter medium Cover assembly Cover seal Bridge Magnet set Element Sleeve Filter house Airguide Tank gasket Funnel Dipstick assembly minimum required distance under all circumstances it is recommended to position the filter in the middle of the Tanktopper length 10 and 11 reservoir atat t ul LS Free element clearance gt 5 31 _ Second port optional I I I IL l lI lI For filter with air breather In order to keep the minimum required 1 distance under all circumstances it is 4xM10 1 Mounting hole 2140 recommended to position the filter in the 5 51 middle of the reservoir Length G1 415 345 BSP 16 34 13 58 G1 600 530 BSP 03 62 20 87 4x11 on pitch circle 185 ISO 228 G1 s BSP Torque load max 15 Nm 110 4 33 110 4 33 1 100mm 54 3 94 0 40 48 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Tankt
84. bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 10 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 Senes 500 l min 10 bar 11 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Series Features amp Benefits 10 bar rated filter Can be utilised for severe return line applications Reduced downtime due to premature filter failures Cast aluminium head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance LEIF elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferrous particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection
85. desirable as they have a tendency to silt up under some operating conditions causing the distribution of contaminants in the fluid to be changed The sampling port should be protected to maintain cleanliness and thoroughly flushed before collecting the sample for analysis Allow sufficient airspace in the bottle to enable 80 fill Bottle Cleanliness It is preferable that bottles have sealing screw caps and both parts are cleaned to a suitable level in accordance with 1503722 bottle should not contain more than one tenth the number of particles per 100ml than are expected to be monitored Standard Parker bottles are supplied clean to ISO13 11 NAS Class 4 and should not be used to accurately count oils cleaner than ISO 15 12 Class 6 although they may be used for trend monitoring at lower levels The bottle should remain capped until time of sample filling and re capped immediately afterwards Sample Mixing Sedimentation of contaminant in a sample will occur the rate of which is dependent upon both fluid and particle characteristics oamples should be analysed without delay once agitated and de gassed Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 34 Ordering Information Standard products table Universal bottle sampler includes aluminium case and accessories UBS9003 Universal bottle sampler UBS9004 Aggressive universal bottle sampler UBS9005 Aggressive uni
86. drop is max 1 0 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total p housing ph element x working viscosity 30 15CN 1 Elements Flow US GPM Flow l min 15CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow l min Ap PSID Ap PSID 15CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM 1 1 2 2 0 5 0 5 0 5 25 5 In 8 18 8 10 2 10 lt 3 4 Nominal Port Size 4 lt 0 5 Da mm ae 5 c 1 0 2 40 60 80 Flow l min 76 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 Pressure Drop Curves 40CN 1 Elements 40CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TTT TTT TTT TT TT TT TT TT TT TI TT I 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 25 a 18 2 1 e lt 18 Flow l min Flow l min 40CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM TT TT TT TT TT TT TTT TTT TITI TT I 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 25 5 a 2 3 8 Flow l min 80CN 1 Elements 80CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 30 60 90 120 150 15 155 8 a a 1 0 Nai E 8 11 2 Nominal Port Size Pl a re 0 5 am 5 m ae ae Nominal Port Size 70 100 200 300 400 500 600 Flow l min Flow l min 80CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM I I T T T T I I T T T I I I 0 26 53 79 106 132 15 5 a
87. element 9378300 9378450 9378560 9378710 IN500 TXWL5C 2 TXWL5C 5 TWXL5C 10 TWXL5C 20 Part number spare element 937831Q 937844Q 937857Q 937870Q IN390 TXWL8A 2 TXWL8A 5 TXWL8A 10 TXWL8A 20 Part number spare element 937832Q 937843Q 937858Q 937869Q IN500 TXWL8C 2 TXWL8C 5 TXWL8C 10 TXWL8C 20 Part number spare element 9378339 9378420 9378590 9378680 600 TXWL10 2 TXWL10 5 TXWL10 10 TXWL10 20 Part number spare element 937834Q 937841Q 937860Q 9378670 800 TXWL11 2 TXWL11 5 TXWL11 10 TXWL11 20 Part number spare element 937835Q 937840Q 937861Q 937866Q IN1000 TXWL12 2 TXWL12 5 TXWL12 10 TXWL12 20 Part number spare element 937836Q 937839Q 937862Q 937865Q IN1500 TXWL13 2 TXWL13 5 TXWL 13 10 TXWL13 20 Part number spare element 9378370 9378380 9378630 9378640 42 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Ordering Information cont 0 10 TXW 2 B TXW 5 B TXW 10 B TXW 20 B ST 40 B Part number spare element 937720 937752Q 9377530 9377880 9377890 937821 60 2 10 TXW2 2 B TXW2 5 B TXW2 10 B TXW2 20 B ST2 40 B Part number spare element 937721 937751Q 937754Q 937787Q 937790Q 937820 IN90 TXX3 10 B TXW3 2 B TXW3 5 B TXW3 10 B TXW3 20 B ST3 40 B Part number spare element 937722 9377500 9377559 9377869 9377910 937819 IN120 TXX3D 10 B TXW3D 2 B TXW3D 5 B TXW3D 10 B TXW3D 20 B ST3D 40 B Part number spare element 937723 93774
88. elements No metal content in element Reduced overall weight of 50 Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration Easy compaction of used elements Lower element replacement costs Conversion kits available new bowl with permanent core Lower disposal costs Hetrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Paper production plants e Steel mills e Aluminium mills e Industrial power packs e lubrication systems e Power generation The Parker Filtration 130 Eco Series Medium Pressure Filters These high flow return filters are ideal for industrial applications on hydraulic or lubrication systems with pressures up to 30 bar and flows up to 1000 l min in single units Multiple filter systems with pressures up to 16 bar and flows up to 1400 l min The ability to bank multiple filters together in a duplex format enables continuous filtration during element changes 88 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure Single filters 30 bar Filter systems 16 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses 0 25 bar Construction Eco element does not include any metal parts and is supported by Eco adaptor Conventional elements can be used without removing the Eco adaptor Connections Single unit connections Flanges SAE 2 30
89. filtration 30P 2 9 3 9 Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Installation Details 15P Series Torque 74 95 Nm 55 70 Ft Ibs 268 2 3 15 2 Optional 5 16 SAE 5 Minimum drain port cartridge removal torque 20 27 Nm ud 15 20 ft lbs High pressure filters Parker i 15 Series Installation Details cont Series Torque 74 95 Nm 55 70 Fi lbs 66 7 mm inches 24 4 Side view 6 1 Torque 88 95 Nm 65 70 Ft los Mi 6 gt Optional str thd drain port Cartiidde 5 16 SAE 5 17 20 UNF 2B removal Torque 20 27 Nm 15 20 Ft lbs clearance 699 ux 1048 Bottom view 2750 meson 921 dia 24 9 NR vas e 10 3 Gia thru 2 total 706 m ANS 101 6 MO 4 000 Port to port C1 DO Optional mounting bracket 925563 Head Bypass assembly Element See chart in product configurator Bowl O ring buna N92138 N92151 Bowl O ring fluoroelastomer V92138 V92151 Bowl 6 Drain plug c w buna seal Drain plug c w Fluoroelastomer seal umo cm 7 Nameplate Blank indicator kit Indicators M3 Visual auto reset indicator FMUMSKVAU14M T1
90. flow rates possible and element Less lost energy Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value and efficiency Heliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Heduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Visual electrical and electronic Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing indicators available ae Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Saw mills e Aircraft ground support equipment e Asphalt pavers e Hydraulic fan drives e Power steering circuits e Domestic refuse vehicles e Cement trucks e servo control protection e Logging equipment The Parker Filtration 15P 30P Series That s where Parker pressure filters come into High Pressure Filters play They filter out ingressed contamination before it jams a valve or scores a oylinder They block pump generated debris before it gets to servo or proportional valves Parker pressure filters Modern high pressure hydraulic systems are are a key ingredient in meeting today s system demanding Better controls and long component demanas life are expected To deliver the high standards of performance hydraulic components are built with tighter tolerances which increases their sensitivity to contamination These application examples ha
91. from Degree of Filtration 2 to 100um are measured and reported Membrane research and digital photography of the membrane are also part of the standard test The results of each test are described in a report that contains clear conclusions It is also possible to conduct a spectral analysis Parker s filtration philosophy is based on the optimum distribution of several particle sizes by using the complete thickness of glass fibre layers Pre layer In Practice How do the laboratory services work Only three days after receipt of the oil sample the standard analysis is completed The results of a spectral analysis are known after seven days The reports can be sent directly and completely by e mail A free sample bottle is available upon request Main layer Each selected filter layer has a unique performance for the removal of solid contamination System matched filtration implicates the removal of harmful particles For some systems an improved removal efficiency for smaller sized particles is more important compared to other systems using components The combination of pre and main layers results in an achievable fluid cleanliness level The complete package of filter and support layers is indicated as pleat pack Guide to contamination control Darker Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Contro Degree of Filtration The B value is used to express the removal efficienc
92. indicator Code Indicator setting Standard Visual manual reset M1 1 0 bar 14 psi Visual autoreset 1 1 2 bar 17 psi a Electrical 1 5 bar 21 psi C Electronic 4 LED PNP N O 2 5 bar 35 psi a b C Electronic 4 LED NPN N O 5 0 bar 70 psi b Electronic 4 LED PNP N C 7 0 bar 98 psi Electronic 4 LED 8 5 bar 125 psi Programmable with memory logs L1 Standard settings Ex version X1 U14M former W3 available only with U12 thread b U14H former W6 C U12H former F6 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Indicator body Code Thread connection Code Nitrile B Aluminium Box 7 code M 3 4 16UNF 2A Fluoroelastomer Brass Box 7 code H 7 8 14UNF 2A EPDM E Stainless steel H Neopren N Box 7 Box 8 Max pressure 6 Options Code Medium pressure housings 250 bar Standard High pressure housings 420 bar Other options factory supplied Note F and L type indicators Non standard thermal lockout settings shown here Indicator type X1 ATEX p indicator Electronic indicator accordant with ATEX 94 9 EC directive Ex Il 2 GD Eex mil Degree of protection IP66 For details contact Parker Filtration Connection cable software for programmable indicator L1 Connection cable for PC serial connection and software for indicator settings and utilising memory logs Ordering Code 905075030 Seal kits fluroelastomer Ordering code Indicators with thread connection U12H former F6 91104
93. is more constant compared to media B This results in a longer element lifetime The difference in performance is caused by a more effective distribution of captured particles in media A Guide to contamination control Darker Notes 298 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Notes 299 Important Information A WARNING USER RESPONSIBILITY FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise The user through their own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and components and assuring that all performance endurance maintenance safety and warning requirements of the applications are met The user must analyse all aspects of the application follow applicable industry standards and follow the information concerning the product in the current product catalogue and in any other materials provided from Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors the extent that Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors provide component or system options based upon data or specifications provided by the user the user is respo
94. most credible form of results Unusually the move from fixed laboratory use to portable field use has not been at the expense of accuracy or user flexibility but has actually enabled the instruments to be used over a wider range of applications and situations most common monitoring technique used in APC s is that of light obscuration or light blockage Here a focused light source is projected through a moving column of oil in which the contaminants being measured are contained causing an image of the contaminant to be projected on to a photo diode cell changing light intensity to an electrical output Laser Optical Sensing The electrical output of the photo diode cell will vary in accordance with the size of the particles contained in the column of oil the larger the particle the bigger the change in The LaserCM portable particle counter features the photo diode electrical output microprocessor controlled optical scanning for accurate contaminant measurement with a calibration range from ISO 7 to ISO 22 with no counter saturation Core technology that proves itself in LaserCM On line APC s must be able to test the oil sample at whatever cleanliness it is delivered to the machine Parker therefore had to develop technology to ensure the on line APC was able to test a sample without the conventional laboratory technique How does LaserCM work which requires dilution a practice that would have been simply impossib
95. of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Waste management trucks e Mobile cranes e Power packs e Wheeled loaders e Drilling equipment The Parker Filtration TTF Series Return Line Filters TTF tank top mounted return line filters feature pre filtration by means of a magnet column and a full flow bypass with low hysteresis Thanks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system TTF filters are available in versions capable of handling flow rates up to 500 l min They can operate up to a maximum working pressure of 10 bar Optional filling port in filter cover second return port and customised diffusers can be specified Manifold type filter head TSR Series with four return ports is also available 12 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Specification Operation pressure Filtration media Max 10 bar Microglass and Ecoglass for LE F elements Assembly Also available 10um cellulose and 40um stainless steel mesh Tank top mounted Element collapse rating Connections 10 bar ISO 2941 Threaded BSP ports Pressure indicator options Flanged ports on request Setting O 7 or 1 2 bar Manifold filter head type TSR on request Other settings on request available for flows up to 250 l min Visual
96. present in the system Even though these processes cannot always be avoided their impact is strongly influenced by effective filtration 5 Catalytic Effect During the filter selection process attention is generally given to the removal of solid hard type contamination only The performance of hydraulic and lubrication fluids is influenced by the catalytic effect As a result of the catalytic effect the lifetime of the oil is significantly reduced Guide to contamination control Darker Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Contro Lifetime of Oil Selecting the Right Oil Oils are selected based on their unique performance with regard to a Energy transfer b Corrosion protection c Cooling transfer of heat d Lubrication The lifetime of oils is influenced by the amount of oxygen oil temperature water content and presence of catalyser type elements The allowed water content varies for each type of oil Due to for example seal leakage or condensation the water content can easily reach concentrations far above the allowed water content value The combination of water and wear elements like iron or copper causes a catalytic effect and as a result reduces the lifetime of the oil The lifetime of oil is also influenced by the amount of generated static electrics Lifetime Reduction The lifetime reduction of oil is expressed by the degradation factor The influence o
97. pressure gauge Filter housing Electrical pressure switch Aluminium head and cover Options Seal material Diffuser type P straight pipe no perforated plate area Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene Diffuser type T with closed diffuser end cap and with perforated plate area recommended when oil entry in reservoir is close to the reservoir Operation temperature range bottom or to ensure oil entry under the reservoir oil level 40 to 120 Magnetic pack Bypass setting Standard TTF400 and 500 are standard supplied without magnets Opening pressure O 8 1 5 or 2 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to Filling port in cover optional Plugged Filter element ISO 16889 LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Se Optional conventional style element with steel end caps Flow fatigue characteristics The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Filter media r supported 52 that the Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils optimum fatigue life is achieved For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards TTF i TSR P g 2 x z 2 P 4x 180228 a ez EN Free element clearance ge r a o HA O v Lid Li uu fo
98. relevant International Standard Organisation procedures Re calibration Annual certification by an approved Parker Service Centre 191 Over fixing screws 4 mounting hole M6 x 1 0 120 CTRS 249 90 CTRS 182 Max working pressure 420 bar Minimum working pressure 2 bar Fluid compatibility Mineral oil or petroleum based fluids Aggressive fluid version also available Sample requirements 0 3 1 5 DP bar differential pressure via approved inline sampling concept System connection Via System 20 inline sensors single point sampler Computer compatibility Interface via RS 232 connection 9600 baud rate Size weight 249mm x 254mm x 191mm 8 75kg Power requirement 12 Vdc input 1 25A T fuse Regulated Installation Back base M6x1 0 mounting inserts see annotated diagrams Software LabView demonstration software Power on green LED 1 25A fuse M16 minimess adaptors P2 amp P1 Fluid condition monitoring 247 Autoremote Particle Counter 2 Communications Protocol The comms protocol for the product is as follows Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control None Labview Optional Remote Handset Optional remote handset for direct interface control Please consult Parker for more information e Customised demonstration software for MCM operation e Full graphic displa
99. series G2 1 5 bar Neoprene N Pressure switch 24V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 1 2 0 bar for BGT 3 series Pressure switch 24V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s S2 length 11 and 12 H Pressure switch 24V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 220V NO NC with M10 No indicator indicator ports not machined No indicator indicator port plugged No indicator indicator ports L plugged Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note For all dual head ports for BGTS apply G s connection for indicators Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options 2 SAE BGT length 11 and 12 No diffuser required 3 SAE BGT Length 13 and larger Diffuser type T with perforated plate area 1x2 SAE Flanged 2 x 11 4 SAE Flanged for BGT Length 11 and 12 R32M Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 3x1 4 SAE Flanges 1x 2 SAE for BGT Length 13 and larger 3 20 Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request No magnets 5 Dipstick 6 Plugged filling port 8 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Diffuser type T and no magnets A 1 feras type and no magnets B p Diffuser type T no magnets plugged filling port C des Diffuser type P no magnets plugged filling port D 123 Item is semi standard Other combinations on request 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard i
100. the required fluid cleanliness level during a defined period This implicates a more detailed approach which can only be realised when several filtration parameters are considered Before Filtration After Filtration Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 53 Sizes of Contamination Filters are selected to capture contamination from hydraulic and lubrication fluids Contamination is an invisible enemy The human eye cannot see particles smaller than 40 micron For the correct understanding a comparison is given below 100 micrometers Grain of salt 70 micrometers Diameter of human hair 40 micrometers 25 micrometers 8 micrometers 2 micrometers Limit of visibility to White blood cells Red blood cells Bacteria the naked eye Fluid Cleanliness Level Anti friction bearings OLE Vane pump vane tip to other ring 0 5 1 Gear pump gear to side plate 05 95 Servo valves spool to sleeve 1 4 Hydrostatic bearings 1 25 Piston pump piston to bore 5 40 Servo valves flapper wall 18 63 Actuators 50 250 Servo valve orifice 130 450 Typical hydraulic component clearances are given as an indication only Contamination amp Cleanliness Level The ISO 4406 1999 standard is an important code to define the fluid cleanliness level using a solid contamination code This ISO code is determined by allocating a first scale number to the total number of particles l
101. two digit ISO 4406 1987 5um 15um 14 11 New three digit ISO 4406 1999 4um c c 14um C 10 qas EH ACTFD size NIST size per ISO 4402 1991 per ISO 11171 1999 um um 1 4 2 3 5 1 7 t 10 9 8 20 17 5 25 22 30 24 9 40 31 7 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 42 Laboratory Analysis Service The Par Test service is a complete laboratory analysis performed on a small quantity of fluid supplied by the customer Provision of a sampling bottle of known cleanliness and a pre addressed bottle container both of which are designed to be suitable for mailing is part of the service Most contaminant in hydraulic or lube oil systems are invisible Damage causing particles range from 5 to 40 micrometers in size but the limit of human visibility is only 40 micrometers Harmful particulate matter is often invisible even in very high concentration Also acids water and other fluid oxidation by products cannot be easily detected by human senses Some other means must be used to monitor fluid conditions Fluid analysis is the only method to check fluid conditions Fluid analysis services may be as simple as a sample batch comparison Or a full laboratory treatment may be used to indicate the sources and quantity of contamination In either case important test results are achieved Parker offers both types of services to fit you
102. type 937855Q TXWL5A 10 IN820QLBNEXXX3 IN300 TXWL5A 20 T B15 300 IN300 Length 8 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type 937872Q TXWL5A 20 IN1210QLBNEXXX3 N500 TXWL8C 10 T B15 500 IN500 Length 12 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type 937859Q TXWL8C 10 IN1220QLBNEXXX3 IN500 TXWL8C 20 T B15 500 IN500 Length 12 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type 937868Q TXWL8C 20 IN1510QLBNEXXX3 N1000 TXWL12 10 T B15 1000 IN1000 Length 15 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 NA Diffuser type 937862Q TXWL12 10 152001 N1000 TXWL12 20 T B15 1000 IN1000 Length 15 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA Diffuser type 937865Q TXWL12 20 IN2000 TXW14 10 B T B15 2000 IN2000 Length 17 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 NA Diffuser type TXW14 10B IN2000 TXW14 20 B T B15 2000 IN2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA Diffuser type TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example filter including LEIF9 element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 LIN J 10 oa V N H j 1 Configurator example filter including conventional element
103. variables flow rate viscosity bypass setting and the media itself Here s an example two identical elements testing the same fluid varying only the flow rate Element A Element A Flow rate 11 38 lpm Viscosity do ot 1505 Test capacity 425 360 ml This is a 15 reduction in capacity due to changing only the flow rate Now look at what happens when the test flow rate is the same and the viscosity is changed Element B Element Flow rate 76 76 lom Viscosity 40 cSt 15 69t Test capacity 250 ml 550 ml Twice the capacity can be achieved just by manipulating the test viscosity Naturally having a lower bypass valve setting limits the capacity Since the life of the element is measured in pressure drop using higher bypass valve settings will increase apparent life all other conditions equal We recommend 1 7 bar bypass valves to get adequate life from Par Gel filter elements Capacity also depends on the media itself That s why Parker spent two years researching the media used in Par Gel filter elements We tested all known media and worked closely with our suppliers to achieve maximum water absorbency 156 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Specification How we report Add it all up Broad selection competitive prices off the shelf availability on time delivery high efficiency filter media reduced system contaminant and longer component life When you ad
104. 0 N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10QE 80CN 2 G2 180 420 530 600 6 I 17 18 20 22 20QE Fluoroelastomers are available under various registered trademarks including Viton a registered trademark of DuPont and Fluorel a registered Please note the bolded options reflect standard options with a reduced lead time trademark of 3M of 4 weeks or less Consult Parker Filtration on all other lead time options Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 80 Parker A5M 45M Eco Series MAX 260 I min 40 bar Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Features amp Benefits Cast iron head steel bowl Can be used in applications where aluminium is not allowed Approved for engine rooms and mines Rugged construction Reliable filtration in all conditions Reinforced Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and efficiency Great performance value Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Reliable performance throughout element life Reduces downtime maximises element life Visual electrical or electronic indicators available Check element condition at glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Test points in the filter head Pressure measurement and p possible Quick testing and maintenance
105. 0 200 300 400 700 Flow l min Flow l min Element Service A Stop the system s power unit Parts List C Drain the filter bowl if drain port option is provided TEENS D Rotate the bowl clockwise left and remove 2 Element see table on 3 Bowl next page E Remove element by pulling downward with a UE diis slight twisting motion and discard 2022 22 F Check bowl o ring and anti extrusion ring for M3 Visual auto reset 5 0 bar damage and replace if necessary 5 TI Electrical 2 5 bar with DIN 43650 Connector G Lubricate element o ring with system fluid and TS Beste S ber cs locate element in filter head DIN 43650 Connector H Install bowl by rotating counter clockwise right F1 Electronic PNP 2 5 bar with 4 LED and tighten to specified torque F2 Electronic NPN 2 5 bar with 4 LED F1 Electronic PNP 5 0 bar with 4 LED 18P 22 27 Nm 16 20 ft lbs F2 Electronic NPN 5 0 bar with 4 LED 28P 35 40 Nm 25 30 ft Ibs 6 Bowl Seal Bowl Anti extrusion Ring 80 95 Nm 60 70 ft Ibs Seal Kits l Confirm there are no leaks after powering Seal kit 18 std Nitrile 504350 the system Seal kit 18P Fluoroelastomer 504351 kit 28P std Nitrile 504352 Seal kit 28P F3 Fluoroelastomer 504353 Seal kit 38P std Nitrile S04354 Seal Kit 38P Fluoroelastomer 304355 112 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 Ele
106. 0 2005 27 0 15 16 5 8 0 10 Kg MC G 10 12 Split bush 10 25 5 27 0 18 20 3 4 0 90 Kg MCG104 MC G 10 4 Split bush 10 255 27 0 6 1 4 0 13 Kg Note 1 numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Ordering Information Series 16 Product configurator 16 1 Single clamp 10 pairs 25 0 70 50 8 650 23 8 47 6 9 0 0 80 Kg 16 2 Double clamp 10 pairs 25 0 7 0 50 8 116 0 23 8 47 6 9 0 1 60 16 12 12 bay clamp 1 47 0 50 8 250 21 0 508 1608 8 25 0 51 0 90 1 00 Kg MC N 16 Stacking nut 50 11 0 44 0 M8 x 1 25 1 06 Kg MC S 10 Stacking stud 50 32 0 21 0 2 6 M8 x 1 25 0 50 Kg MC WP 10 Weld plate 10 vB 20 100 66 2860 85 0 35 Kg MC SB 10 Standard bolt 50 M8 x 1 25 0 55 Kg MCB16MO MC B 16 MO Mounting adaptor 1 27 0 36 0 8 7 0 06 Kg MCG16 MC G 16 5 Split bush MC G 16 6 Split bush 10 35A 27 0 10 3 8 0 28 Kg MC G 16 8 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 12 14 1 2 0 26 MC G 16 10 Split bush 10 27 0 15 16 5 8 0 22 Kg MC O62 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 18 20 3 4 0 20 Kg MC G 16 14 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 22 0 7 8 0 18 Kg MC G 16 16 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 250 1 0 14 Kg MC G 16 18 Split bush 10 Od 27 0 28 0 0 16 MC G 16 4 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 6 1 4 0 28
107. 0 32 PD 2 20Q V 50 D 1 260 32PD Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar GI 0 32 PD 2 20Q TW3 50 D 1 260 32PD Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar G1 A4 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 127 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Box 2 Model Length Code Small high pressure duplex filter Length 1 1 Large high pressure duplex filter Length 2 Box 3 Box 4 Element media Glass fibre Seal material Code Media code Nite Microglass element 02Q 050 Fluoroelastomer V High collapse element 02QH 05QH 10QH 20QH Box 5 Box 6 Bypass valve Indicator Code Visual indicator 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Electrical indicator No bypass 5 0 bar M Box 8 code 2 Plugged with steel plug No bypass No indicator X Box 8 code 2 No indicator port N When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 Electronic
108. 0 41 38 32 165 5 125 46 0 9 FM26232222 26 232 222 1 5 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 26332122 26 332 122 3 4 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 FM26332222 26 332 222 3 4 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 55 175 FM26432122 FM 26 432 122 11 20 180 350 8 0 FM26432222 26 432 222 11 30 270 350 For intallation details for 17 4 flowmeters see above 8 0 FM26432322 FM 26 432 322 11 40 360 350 8 0 Note 1 numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flowmeters amp monitors Parker Hannifin 285 Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 49 Flowmeters amp Monitors FIOwline Flowswitcnes Features amp Benefits e Boxed two switch type e Intrinsically safe versions e Maximum minimum switching models e Maximum working pressure 350 bar min 1 bar e Flows from 2 0 to 110 l min e Stainless steel suitable for corrosive media e Stainless steel to BS970 316816 Ordering Information To order the required switching unit simply add the appropriate prefix before the part numbers shown below Standard products table FS643222112 FS 643 222 112 2 switches 2 20 l min 2 BSP Oil FS643222212 FS 643 222 212 2 switches 5 46 l min 2 BSP Oil FS643322112 FS 643 322 112 2 switche
109. 00 M SAE 21 2 3000 M or with adaptor threads Gi 72 or G2 Dual unit connections Flanges SAE 3 3000 M or with adaptor threads G11 2 or G2 Parallel unit and filter system assembly connections DN80 PN16 or DN100 PN16 Assembly of two four six or eight filters to the same system by using L bore valve assembly only one side in use Filter housing Material aluminium Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 Installation Details Single Assemblies 130M Body flange SAE 2 3000 SAE 21 2 3000 M G11 2 Adaptor flange G2 oAE 3 3000 M 90 elbow oingle 24 5 32 5 Dual D2 COE 86 2 Parallel P2 75 2 91 2 System 2 Wee 127 0 System S9 204 0 236 0 System 56 261 2 309 2 System S8 341 4 nsu Dimensions in mm Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Ecoglass Ill Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass contributes to ISO 14001 quality Also available with Microglass elements Contact Parker Filtration for details Visual indicator Inc
110. 0010086 190 220 240 20Q 20QE 200 230 260 Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c 2 10 75 100 200 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Disposable Metal free 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III Ecoglass 11 N A N A N A N A N A 45 020 2 N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q O5QE N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 _ 100 10QE 6 11 17 18 20 22 20QE Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 130 Eco Series MAX 1000 I min 30 bar Medium pressure filters 87 Medium Pressure Filters 190 Eco Series Features amp Benefits Modular filter system oizing and performance can be optimised Best filter for every lube application Duplex type systems with selecting valve Element change during operation Continuous filtration Bypass assembly in the filter cover Sediment and other particles at the bottom are away from the flow entering the system No contamination passing into the system if filter in bypass Large filtration area High dirt holding capacity element life Air bleed valve air removal after element change Protects bearings and other sensitive components Two indicator locations visual indicator as standard Easy to detect when element replacement needed Reliable filtration Coreless Ecoglass replacement
111. 1 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing 0 eR Element media Glass fibre ATZ 1 120 Microglass Ill for disposable elements ATZ 2 300 Cellulose Wire mesh Nom rating Abs rating Disposable element 02Q 05Q 200 040W Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code _ Code Bypass valve Code Nite Vacuum gauge setting 0 15 bar M10x1 U1 Blocked bypass Korn Fluoroelastomer V Vacuum gauge setting 0 3 bar M10x1 U2 Neoprene N Vacuum switch 42V 0 15 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V1 Vacuum switch 42V 0 30 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V2 Vacuum switch 250 VAC 0 15 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V3 Vacuum switch 250 VAC 0 30 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V4 No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port plugged epos Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Ports G1 2 x G1 For ATZ 1 120 only 21 SAE 3000 PSI 2 017 For ATZ 2 300 only bici Key Denotes part number availability 123 123 123 Item is standard Item is standard green option Item is semi standard Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Options for ATZ 1 120 1 x 1723 1x G1 plugged Not plugged 1 x G1 right plugged 2 x G1 left amp right plugged P Special on request Options for ATZ 2 300 1 x SAE16 pl
112. 1000 ppm of water very contaminated The circulation rate will be 40 lom for the 40cSt fluid Example How many single length Modulflow M elements will be needed to reduce the water to normal saturation levels To find the answer use the conversion charts and capacity curves for the Modulflow element 1 1000 ppm start 300 ppm finish 700 ppm removed 2 700 ppm water x 0 001 07 0796 x 750 litres 0 53 litres water total 3 Use the capacity curve for Modulflow element P N 927584 Capacity 80cc at 40cSt amp 40 lom to pressure drop of 1 7 bar See graph below 80cc x 0 0001 0 076 Ipm element CC 4 0 53 litres total water 7 elements 0 076 lpm element replacement value of this fluid may range from 1500 00 to 4500 00 0 50 to 1 25 litre An estimated element cost of 150 00 each the saving could be as much as 3000 00 Using Par Gel filter elements saves money in fluid and replacement component costs Also the frequency of fluid disposal and the problems associated with it are greatly reduced Filter capacity There are no accepted and approved water capacity testing or reporting standards Consequently there is virtually no way to compare one element capacity with another It is also difficult to simulate a specific application in testing making it hard to predict field performance Why the discrepancies Water removal media capacity is the result of the interplay of four
113. 10MF oingle 927584 Ideal Applications for Par Gel filter elements Guardian Portable Filtration System Water removal filter elements Darker Filtration Trolley THERES SOLUTION When it comes to replacement hydraulic filter elements there is only one solution The ParFit interchange element range With over 10 000 standard off the shelf variations there s ParFit element to fit most sizes and makes of OEM filters on mobile construction agricultural and industrial plant Every ParFit filter element is manufactured in Europe to the highest standards and is backed by our unrivalled technical support and money back guarantees That means that you can reduce stockholdings cut costs and be sure of the ultimate performance with long trouble free operating life ParFit filters are available from ParkerStores and authorised distributors throughout the UK Ta find your nearest ParkerStore Email filtrationinfoldparker cam or find the ParFit you need using our element selector at www parker coam parfit www parker com parfit 1 m m oace Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls Filtration Fluid Connectors Hydraulics Instrumentation Indicators Series MAX 420 bar DET e Model Mo Code UT 19023 setting 0 __ mania Filter indicators 159 FMU p Indicators Indicators Series Features amp Benefits Indicators fatigue tested
114. 12 9 12 9 3 15 13 10 13 10 4 16 14 9 14 9 14 10 5 17 15 9 15 9 17 15 10 15 10 IU ZA AP 2 6 18 16 10 16 10 18 16 11 16 11 18 16 13 16 13 T 19 17 12 ee 19 17 14 17 14 20 18 12 18 12 20 18 13 18 13 2018 15 18 15 21 19 13 19 13 21 19 16 19 16 10 22 20 13 20 13 22 20 17 20 4116 11 Note ISO 4406 1987 is based on particle sizes larger than 5 and 15um ISO 4406 1999 is based on particles sizes larger than 4 6 and 14um Several Cleanliness Levels 16 14 10 18 17 12 HE ae an 2n n LEE dn est EB eo 20 18 14 i sedg s ra 4 22 21 16 24 23 18 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 53 294 Cleanliness Service Cleanliness Service to Prevent Failures Filtration Parameters and Facts As Parker has no financial interest in the oil industry the Generally speaking fibre type materials like cellulose and glass company can operate as an independent laboratory The fibre are applied for hydraulic and lubrication fluid filtration development laboratory at Parker Filtration BV in Arnhem Filters are selected based on the following parameters the only laboratory of its kind in Belgium the Netherlands and Luxembourg has at its disposal all the facilities for its extensive amp D department In addition the services
115. 120 22 TETTE La da at a at aaa nt Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass Ill 10 cellulose and 40u Stainless Steel Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options 0 15 bar or 0 30 bar vacuum gauge 125 250VAC LI O 5A Lr 2 electrical vacuum switch 12 28 Li 1 OA Lr 3 OA electrical vacuum switch Features Unique check valve enabling element change below oil level Filter element Element with steel end caps AT Z 3 0 0 Protective cover en Mer 75 na P m i ra E 2 Ref No Description No Description TAN 10 1 Valve support 2 1 Seal ring y 3 1 Insert 12 1 O ring 4 1 O ring 13 1 Valve 5 1 Element 1411 Ring 6 1 O ring 15 1 Spring 7 1 Filter housing 16 1 Valve housing 8 1 Gasket 17 1 Bonded seal 9 1 O ring 18 1 Indicator Low pressure filters 69 Suction Filters ATZ Series Specification cont ATZ 120 Min element clearance Indicat ND 224 E x D E ge DE N a mg em A _ 2 TENES SIR PAS
116. 1926 317 855 www parker com eu Your local authorized Parker distributor
117. 2 1 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Model Code 123 Item is standard green option SR1 Series with LEIF element SRL1 123 Item is semi standard SR2 Series with LEIF element SRL2 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element Reduced length on request Standard length 2 glassfibre 2200 Extended length on request Code Code Code Code O2QL 05QL 10QL 20QL Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 2 0 bar G s G5 1 7 bar Fluoroelastomer V Pressure switch 42V 2 0 bar setting NO with G s BSP S6 2 5 bar Pressure switch 42V 2 0 bar setting NC with G s 57 Blocked bypass on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s on request Other bypass settings on request No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port plugged No indicator indicator ports L plugged on request Vacuum switch vacuum gauge on request Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Note M Return port 1 x G1 ISO228 Suction port 1 x G 50228 SRL1 None
118. 2 0 02 0 20 0 01 0 15 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Flow l min Flow l min ATZ120 Filter Element Length 1 ATZ300 Filter Element Length 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ORA es NEU REN ME a 9 8 Flow l min Flow l min ATZ120 Filter Element Length 1 ATZ300 Filter Element Length 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ja 28 210 Je 1 is Flow l min Flow l min Low pressure filters Darker Suction Filters ATZ Series Ordering Information Standard products table ATZ120 G1 2 FXX1 R 10 BM 120 ATZ120 Length 1 10 NOM Nitrile Plugged Blocked 31 2 FXX1 R 10 1 2120 617 FXW1 R 10 BM 120 ATZ120 Length 1 10 ABS Nitrile Plugged Blocked 31 2 FXW1 R 10 1 ATZ300 S2 2 C FXX3 10 BM 300 ATZ300 Length 2 10 NOM Nitrile Plugged Blocked 21 2 SAE 3000 PSI None FXX3 10 ATZ210QBP1 1 ATZ300 S2 C FXW3 10 B M 300 ATZ300 Length 2 10 ABS Nitrile Plugged Blocked 21 2 SAE 3000 None FXW3 10 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example ATZ filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 2 u2
119. 20 Plugged 3 5 bar GT FC7006 Q020 BK FF 007 Q010 BS35 GT24 360 TOT 3 10 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7007 Q010 BK FF 007 Q020 BS35 GT24 380 3 20 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7007 Q020 BK FF 008 Q010 BS35 GT24 360 TOT 4 10 Plugged 3 5 bar er FC7008 Q010 BK FF7008 Q020 BS35 G124 380 OI 4 20 Plugged 3 9 bar 11 2 FC7008 Q020 BK 70T110QEBPKG161 FF 005 QE10 BS35 GT16 150 TOT 1 10 Plugged 3 5 bar GE 938789Q FC7005 QE10 BK 70T120QEBPKG161 FF 005 QE20 BS35 GT16 200 1 20 Plugged 3 5 bar ENE 938790Q FC7005 QE20 BK 70T210QEBPKG201 FF 006 QE10 BS35 GT20 260 TOT 2 10 Plugged 3 5 bar 9387930 FC7006 QE10 BK 70T220QEBPKG201 FF 006 QE20 BS35 GT20 280 2 20 Plugged 3 5 bar 9387940 FC7006 QE20 BK 70T310QEBPKG241 FF 007 QE10 BS35 GT24 360 TOT 3 10 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938797Q FC7007 QE10 BK 70T320QEBPKG241 FF 007 QE20 BS35 GT24 380 3 20 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938798Q FC7007 QE20 BK 70T410QEBPKG241 FF 008 QE10 BS35 GT24 360 4 10 Plugged 3 5 bar elu 938801Q FC7008 QE10 BK 70T420QEBPKG241 FF 008 QE20 BS35 GT24 380 TOT 4 20 Plugged 3 5 bar Gi 938802Q FC7008 QE20 BK Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 121 High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Bo
120. 22 Vy 02520 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26122222 26 122 222 Vy 0 5 4 5 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 26122322 26 122 322 Ya 39 350 32 29 19 125 7 32 0 4 FM26422122 FM 26 422 122 11 20 180 210 8 0 FM26422222 FM 26 422 222 11 4 30 270 210 For intallation details for 11 4 flowmeters see next page 8 0 FM26422322 FM 26 422 322 14 40 360 210 8 0 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 284 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 48 Flowmeters amp Monitors Flowline OIl and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Stainless Steel Features amp Benefits e For flow measurement of corrosive or chemical media or in harsh locations Manufactured in stainless steel 316 Works in any plane Pressure up to 350 bar 5000 psi Flows up to 360 l min Accuracy x596 FSD Repeatability 1 FSD Direct reading Oil or water calibrated Optional reed switch upgrade 11 4 BSP option Specification Construction Stainless steel to BS 970 3165 Viscosity range 10 to 200 cSt oil Maximum working pressure Accuracy Up to 350 bar Sp Minimum working pressure Repeatability 1 bar 1 SJ L Wetted parts Magnet encapsulation Temperature range Min scale reading Body thread adaptor Stai
121. 3 6 C then carry out test as normal If however test is above At 3 6 C then increase oil flow by turning valve A anticlockwise and then carry out flow test Do this until At is below 3 6 C and carry out test as normal once this is achieved WARNING Ensure that SPS valve is closed and monitor is connected to the SPS BEFORE connection to system Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 35 Specification Fluid compatibility 123 Mineral oil and petroleum based fluids standard version Aggressive fluid dual seal version for other fluids consult Parker Hannifin Seals Fluorocarbon or Perfluoroelastomer Maximum working pressure 420 bar 6000 psi SWP 420 bar Weight 500 grams max Not including hoses Packaging standard 80 0 Cardboard carton military usage plastic carry case Unit size 45mm dia x 123mm long System connection Standard minimess M16 G1 4 BSP with cap Aggressive 5 8 BSF HSP Operating temp range 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 F Storage temperature range 26 C to 80 15 F to 176 F Construction Body Aluminium BS 1470 pressurised end stainless steel Finish Anodised blue standard version Anodised red dual seal version Ordering Information Standard products table SPS2021 N A Mineral single point sampler SPS2061 N A Aggressive single point sampler B84784 B 84 784 Mineral or aggre
122. 355mm DC42BO5K 0 42 05 5 0 188 ins 0 72 ins DC42BO6K DC 42 BO6K 3 4 0 188 ins 0 84 ins DC42BO7K DC 42 BO7K 7 8 0 250 ins 0 99 ins DC42BO8K DC 42 BO8K 1 0 250 ins 1 12 ins DC42BO9K DC 42 BO9K 11 0 313 ins 1 24 ins DC42B10K DC 42 B10K 11 4 0 313 ins 1 37 ins DC42B11K DC 42 B11K 13 0 375 1 49 ins DC42B12K DC 42 B12K 11 2 0 375 ins 1 61 ins DC42B13K DC 42 B13K 15 s 0 439 ins 1 76 ins Model DC 55 DCR 55 PE N A 16 0mm N A 0 55 5 N A N A N A DC55M25 DC 55 M25 25 0mm 8 0mm 28 5 DC55M28 DC 55 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 33 5mm DC55M30 DC 55 M30 30 0mm 8 0mm 33 5mm DC55M32 DC 55 M32 32 0mm 10 0mm 35 5mm DC55M35 DC 55 M35 35 0mm 10 0mm 38 5mm DC55M38 DC 55 M38 38 0mm 10 41 5mm Range DC55M42 DC 55 M42 42 0mm 12 0mm 45 5mm from 1 248 Kg DC55M55 DC 55 M55 55 0mm 16 0mm 59 5mm 2 046 Kg DC55BO9K DC 55 B09K 11 8 0 313 ins 1 24 ins DC55B10K DC 55 B10K 11 0 313 ins 1 37 ins DC55B11K DC 55 B11K 13 8 0 375 ins 1 49 ins 55 12 DC 55 B12K 11 2 0 375 ins 1 61 ins DC55B13K 00 55 B isk 15 0 439 ins 1 76 ins DC55B14K DC 55 B14K 19 0 439 ins 1 89 ins Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will DC55B15K DC 55 B15K 17 8 0 501 ins 2 01 ins ensure a standard product selection DC55B16K DOSS Bick 2 0 501 ins 2 13 ins Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require DC55B17K DC 55 B17K 21 0 626 ins 2 31 ins you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 210 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Di
123. 36 9 29 22 PD 2 9 45 1 38 3 62 0 71 2 16 5 91 5 90 3 70 7 56 2 36 1 18 2 32 345 13 58 32PD 1 306 42 130 20 78 170 165 120 240 75 36 70 380 317 12 48 32PD 2 12 05 1 65 5 12 0 79 3 07 6 69 6 49 4 72 9 45 2 95 1 42 2 75 437 17 20 Du D Indicator location i B mm inches E J I A Tes 40 mounting holes ce 22PD M8x1 2 pitchx12 deep EN 32PD M10x1 5 pitchx15 deep AG F cn N Gs Changeover i handle Balance valve Hexagon E a cl TE TEM Both 22PD amp 32PD 24 NF removal M12x1 72 pitch 32PD t 100mm mU EG x20 deep 36 A F 3 93 E 6 eu E High pressure filters 125 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD Series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of initial pressure drop 1 max 1 2 bar If the medium used has viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows 030 x viscosity of medium used 30 cSt The total housing ph element x working viscosity 30 22PD 32PD Bypass Valve 22PD 32PD Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US 9 8 2 5 C La racking 7 J LD 2 0 1 5 218 SE a 00 50 1 150 250 00 350 09 Flow l min Flow l min 22PD 1 Elements 22PD 2 Elements Flow
124. 40 B Part number spare element 937728 937742Q 937763Q 937778Q 937799Q 937813 BGT500 TXX8C 10 B TXW8C 2 B TXWS8C 5 B TXW8C 10 B TXW8C 20 B ST8C 40 B Part number spare element 937729 937741Q 937764Q 9377770 9378000 937812 BGT600 TXX10 10 B TXW10 2 B TXW10 5 B TXW10 10 B TXW10 20 B ST10 40 B Part number spare element 937730 937740Q 937765Q 937776Q 937801Q 937811 BGT800 TXX11 10 B TXW11 2 B TXW11 5 B TXW11 10 B TXW11 20 B ST11 40 B Part number spare element 937731 937739Q 937766Q 937775Q 937802Q 937810 BGT1000 TXX12 10 B TXW12 2 B TXW12 5 B TXW12 10 B TXW12 20 B ST12 40 B Part number spare element 937732 937738Q 937767Q 937774Q 937803Q 937809 BGT1500 TXX13 10 B TXW13 2 B TXW13 5 B TXW13 10 B TXW13 20 B ST13 40 B Part number spare element 937733 937737Q 9377680 9377730 9378040 937808 BGT2000 TXX14 10 B TXW14 2 B TXW14 5 B TXW14 10 B TXW14 20 B ST14 40 B Part number spare element 937734 937736Q 937769Q 937772Q 937805Q 937807 BGT2400 TXWH14 2 B TXWH14 5 B TXWH14 10 B TXWH14 20 B Part number spare element 937735Q 937770Q 937771Q 937806Q Low Pressure Filters 31 Clearing the way for a greener future zl 4 E courtes 1 Johnston Sweepers mee FILTRATION SOLUTIONS Trust Parker to provide you with a range of green filter products that impact positively the environment With the new E series your customers benefit from a solution that s smarter safer and more responsible wh
125. 40CN1R10QETWS50E2E219 180 40CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Cu ps 936708Q 40CN110QEVM3KG244 F340CN1R10QEM250E2E219 180 40CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GU 936708Q 40CN120QEVT1KG244 F340CN1R20QETWS50E2E219 260 40CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G1 936709Q 40CN120QEVM3KG244 F340CN1R20QEM250E2E219 260 40CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 21 2 9367090 40CN205QEVT1KG244 F340CN2ROS5QETWS350E2E219 200 40CN Length 2 5 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar GI 936711Q 40CN205QEVM3KG244 F340CN2RO5QEM250E2E219 200 40CN Length 2 5 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GI 936711Q 40CN210QEVT1KG244 F340CN2R10QETWS50E2E219 280 40CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar ps 936601Q 40CN210QEVM3KG244 F340CN2R10QEM250E2E219 280 40CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar Ge 936601Q 40CN220QEVT1KG244 F340CN2R20QETW350E2E219 320 40CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 936712Q 40CN220QEVM3KG244 F340CN2R20QEM250E2E219 320 40CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar Cubes 936712Q 80CN110QEVT1KG324 F380CN1R10QETW350F2F219 370 80CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G2 936602Q 80CN110QEVM3KG324 F380CN1R10QEM250F2F219 370 80CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G2 936602Q 80CN120QEVT1KG324 F380CN1R20QETW350F2F219 420 80CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 2 936715 80CN120QEVM3KG324 F380CN1R20QE
126. 5 High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Features amp Benefits Fatigue tested to full pressure rating Strong and robust housing for heavy duty Reliable and continuous operation both applications in mobile and industrial applications Several head options and Easy mounting Reduced space and piping connection sizes Right filter for each application Several bowl lengths Optimised sizing Efficient filtration Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and Great performance value efficiency Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Heduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Coreless Ecoglass replacement No metal content in element Environmentally friendly disposal by elements Reduced overall weight of 50 incineration Easy compaction of used elements Lower element replacement costs Eco adaptors available Lower disposal costs Hetrofit coreless design to housings already installed Visual electrical and electronic Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing Hight style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Forestry equipment e Industrial power units e Pulp and paper e Port handling equipment e Mining and quarrying equipment The Parker Filtration 70 70 Eco Series High Pressure F
127. 5 22PS10BTPR2D Assembly with bypass amp no indicator Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10CTV1R2D Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicator em 22PS10CTE2R2D Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator 10 180 m PS 22PS10CTPR2D Assembly with bypass amp no indicator MXA 9 amp 22PS Suction Line Filters MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10CTV2S4D Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicator UY Tu 10 48 micron 311 4 MXA Assembly without bypass with visual indicators P PS 22PS10CTPSX4D Assembly without bypass no indicator MXA 7 Return Line Filters MXA marsuas Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 300 pun G11 2 E 10 mi MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 220 m G11 2 ls MXA 7 Suction Line Filters Assembly with bypass amp visual indicators 10 micron MXA 1 Assembly without bypass with visual indicators is 9 abs e Rosse Assembly with bypass amp visual indicators 10 micron MXA 1 Assembly without bypass with visual indicators us 80 Maxiflow Series 7 can be specified with additional visual or electrical indicators Please consult Parker Filtration for details Note Elements marked with 4 are only available in packs of 4 Low pressure filters 7 THERES SOLUTION When it comes to replacement hydraulic fil
128. 5 Vdc 400 bar BSP ED seal micro din PTD VB 400 1 B1C1 5 250 bar ED seal M12 BID VB 250 1 B1C2 5 400 bar ED seal M12 PID VB 400 1 B1C2 5 25 bar 1 BSP ED seal micro din BID VB 025 1 B1C1 5 Vdc 25 bar BSP ED seal M12 BD VB 025 1 B1C2 20 mA 400 bar BSP ED seal M12 B 1 4 20 mA 25 bar 1 4 BSP ED seal micro din PIX B 025 1 BICi 4 20 mA 25 bar BSP ED seal M12 PTX B 025 1 B1C2 4 20 mA 400 bar 4 BSP ED seal micro din PIX B 400 1 BICI 4 20 mA 250 bar 1 4 BSP ED seal micro din PIX B 250 1 B1C1 20 mA 250 bar 1 4 ED seal M12 250 1 B1C2 Accessories P 833PVC 2M 2 meter PVC coated 4 core cable P833PVC5M P 833PVC 5M 5 meter PVC coated 4 core cable P833PVC10M 8 10 10 meter PVC coated 4 core cable Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator 0 5 Vdc 0 25 1 4 with ED seal Micro din SB 1 6 Vdc 060 0 60 12 4 20mA PTX only 100 0 100 0 5 4 5 ratiometric 0250 PB 0 1 4 9 O 400 600 0 600 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed par
129. 5 bar is fitted to the manifold in a position facing away from the operator when reading the gauges normally Two spare blow out discs are supplied which are easily replaced by removing the hexagonal plug on the gauge manifold Additional blow out discs can be ordered 41203B Bag of 10 Ordering Information Standard products table e Speedy diagnosis of hydraulic circuit faults e Flows ranging from 2 to 360 l min e Measuring flow pressure and temperature e Fully Portable No power source required e Hydrotrac unit for flows from 2 to 110 l min available e Designed for oil applications only Troubleshooting Test Units Hydraulic Test Units are designed specifically for the speedy diagnosis of hydraulic circuit faults in mobile marine and industrial systems using the normal range of mineral oils Their rugged construction based mainly on mild steel manganese bronze and acrylic materials makes them ideally suited for arduous use in the field Each unit is supplied in a convenient carrying case providing full protection and additional storage space for fittings Because they need no power source such as batteries etc they are always ready for instant use 6 models are available to cover flow capacities up to 360 l min and each incorporates a direct reading uni directional flow meter The meter which is both self cleaning and reasonably tolerant of contaminated fluids is coupled to a manifold that houses a glycerine fil
130. 5078 Indicators with thread connection U14M former W3 911045086 Indicators with thread connection U14H former W6 911045087 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 164 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 22 Pressure Indicators for Low Pressure Filters ETF Filter Visual pressure indicator Code G2 mm inches 48 Vdc electrical indicator 1 2 bar Code S2 S3 mm inches 250 VAC electrical indicator 1 2 bar Code S4 mm inches Rotating part 360 30 1 18 x30 1 18 67 S 2 64 56 2 20 27 is 1 06 GK 4 Fixed part N A N A FMUG2FBMGO2L ER FMUS2FBMGO2L Normally open contacts 2 93 Electrical indicator 42 Vdc LEL NO switch e 1 2 bar max um or Select either normally open FMUS3FBMGO L e or normally closed NC NC switch SA ue E 250 V Normally closed contacts ectrical ac 1 2 bar FMUSAFBMGO2L e gt e TTF BGT and TPR Indicator PS pressure switch Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch _ Protective cap Protective cover st with dual cable duct Fi Fu for 1 7 2 3mm diameter cable j THESES Normally open contacts gt 2 m Amp 6 3x8 HU terminals Normally close
131. 79 003 Small breather BSPT thread 191 Reservoir equipment Reservoir Equipment ockable Filler Breatner Installation Details Tank Mounting Tank mounting hole 3 off equispaced clamps Stand Pipe Mounting 2 locking screws threaded type at positions X and Y 3 locking screws push on type at positions X Y and Z Flap to protect lock Lockable Filler Breather Selection Total assembly pressure drop flow curve 10p elements Flow US GPM 1 cw EE 132 264 394 528 i 0 04 Va 0 58 2 lt 0 02 Las 0 29 0 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Flow l min Ordering Information Non breathing No element Clamp mounting with strainer 10p nom element G2 thread with strainer 10 nom element clamp mounting with strainer 10 nom vented air in push on mounting with strainer LFC622122 Non breathing No element 2 BSP thread with strainer LFC622222 10 nom element G2 2 thread with strainer LFC622411 10 nom vented air in G2 thread without strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 192 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 26 opin On Breathers Rating A 1 uic
132. 90 7 TTF 2 300 8 TTF 2 400 9 2 500 10 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar B Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual head ports and TSR series 32 1 5 bar Neoprene N Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 S1 2 0 bar for TTF series H Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP 52 Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP 53 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s Pressure switch 220V NO NC with M10 No indicator indicator ports not machined No indicator indicator port plugged No indicator indicator ports L plugged Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note for all dual head ports and TSR series apply G s connection for indicator Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code ISO 228 G7 BSP TTF length 2 3 4 5 G12 No diffuser required ISO 228 G1 BSP G16 Diffuser type T with perforated plate area ISO 228 G1 4 BSP TTF length 7 and larger G20 Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 2xISO 228 G1 4 BSP TTF length 7 and larger 2G20 Diffuser with integrated hose connection for TTF ISO 228 G1 2 BSP TTF length 7 and larger G24 lengths 2 3 and 4 9 2xISO 228 G1 2 BSP TTF length 7 and larger 2G24 No magnet
133. 90 9377560 9377850 9377920 937818 125 10 2 5 10 20 5 40 Part number spare element 937724 937748Q 937757Q 937784Q 937793Q 937817 IN170 TXX4 10 B TXW4 2 B TXW4 5 B TXW4 10 B TXW4 20 B ST4 40 B Part number spare element 937725 937747Q 937758Q 937783Q 937794Q 937816 IN230 TXX5 10 B TXW5 2 B TXW5 5 B TXW5 10 B TXW5 20 B ST5 40 B Part number spare element 937726 937746Q 937759Q 937782Q 937795Q 937815 IN300 TXX5A 10 B TXW5A 2 B TXW5A 5 B TXW5A 10 B TXW5A 20 B ST5A 40 B Part number spare element 937727 9377450 9377600 9377810 9377960 937814 IN390 TXX8A 10 B TXW8A 2 B TXW8A 5 B TXW8A 10 B TXW8A 20 B ST8A 40 B Part number spare element 937728 9377420 9377630 9377780 9377990 937813 500 3 series TXX8C 10 B TXW8C 2 B TXW8C 5 B TXW8C 10 B TXW8C 20 B ST8C 40 B number spare element 937729 937741Q 937764Q 937777Q 937800Q 937812 600 TXX10 10 B TXW10 2 B TXW10 5 B TXW10 10 B TXW10 20 B ST10 40 B Part number spare element 937730 9377400 9377650 9377760 9378010 937811 800 11 10 TXW11 2 B TXW11 5 B TXW11 10 B TXW11 20 B ST11 40 B Part number spare element 937731 937739Q 937766Q 937775Q 937802Q 937810 IN1000 TXX12 10 B TXW12 2 B TXW12 5 B TXW12 10 B TXW12 20 B ST12 40 B Part number spare element 937732 9377380 9377670 9377740 9378030 937809 1500 TXX13 10 B TXW13 2 B TXW13 5 B TXW13 10 B TXW13 20 B ST13 40 B Part numb
134. 90 9379120 9379150 3 450 PXWL7 2 PXWL7 5 PXWL7 10 PXWL7 20 Part number spare element 9379070 9379100 9379130 9379160 3 650 PXWL8 2 PXWL8 5 PXWL8 10 PXWL8 20 Part number spare element 937908Q 937911Q 937914Q 937917Q TPR 1 40 PXX1A 10 PXW1A 2 PXW1A 5 PXW1A 10 PXW1A 20 PS1A 40 Part number spare element 937918 937920Q 937925Q 937930Q 937935Q 937940 TPR 1 80 PXX2A 10 PXW2A 2 PXW2A 5 PXW2A 10 PXW2A 20 PS2A 40 Part number spare element 937919 937921Q 937926Q 937931Q 937936Q 937941 TPR 8 160 PXW5 2 PXW5 5 PXW5 10 PXW5 20 Part number spare element 937922Q 937927Q 937932Q 937937Q TPR 3 250 PXW6 2 PXW6 5 PXW6 10 PXW6 20 Part number spare element 9379230 9379280 9379330 9379380 3 450 PXW7 2 PXW7 5 PXW7 10 PXW7 20 Part number spare element 937924Q 9379290 9379340 9379390 52 es amp Ill Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Parker Suction Return Series MAX 250 I min 10 bar Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Series Features amp Benefits Compact design Less space required to apply SR Series Improved flexibility during system design Bypass valve mounted in series with back pressure valve Pressurisation of filtered oil for hydrostatic drive ensured during bypass Lower risk of pump cavition No direct bypass in the tank reducing the additional risk of oil foaming LEIF elements Pa
135. AE CA210 brass tin plated 52 Seals Flurosilicone 3096 glass filled nylon 6 LU Environmental ratings Max pressure 5 0 bar 72 PS 5 Temp ranges Fluid 40 C to 130 NPTE TT Ambient 40 C to 100 1 5 NPTF or y BSPT Storage 50 C to 140 thread Sealing IP67 Vibration 10 50Hz 600 3000rpm Shock 50g 6 3mS Weight 53g Ordering Information Standard products table CLS46 Capacitive fluid level sensor CLS46Connector Capacitive fluid level sensor connector Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment Parker iuid Power Produets E Hydraulic system protection from Parker is further confirmed with a quality range of fluid power products that include suction strainers check valves pressure gauges and a pipe clamping system that will ensure secure pipe installations For information on Parker Filtration products and technology Tel 44 0 1924 487000 Fax 44 0 1924 487001 Email filtrationinfo parker com Parker B Suction Elements Reservoir Equipment Suction Elements Specification Construction Non standard elements are available to Stainless steel media 30 glass filled nylon order Consult Parker Filtration head
136. AGAIN IN 2 3 MONTHS FILTRATION ATTENTION SAMPLE AGAIN WITHIN 30 DAYS 9262 EXTREME LEVEL OF CONTAMINATION INDICATE POSSIBLE WEAR PROBLEMS Since remedial advice is based on test results provided by others and since corrective action if any is performed by others remedial advice is rendered without warranty or liability of any kind Viscosity Conversion Chart cSt centistrokes SUS Saybolt Universal Seconds PARTICLES 46 93 INFLUID br m 139 SIZE NUMBER 150 232 324 417 Comparisons are made at 100 F 38 for other Viscosity Conversion Approximations use the formula cSt SUS 4 635 Cleanliness Level Correlation Table Disavowed ISO Particles Millilitre Gravimetric 1638 SAE Level Code 25 Micrometers gt 15 Micrometers Level mg L 1964 1963 26 23 640 000 80 000 1000 25 23 320 000 80 000 23 20 80 000 10 000 100 21 18 20 000 2 500 20 18 10 000 2 500 20 17 10 000 1 300 20 16 10 000 640 19 16 5 000 640 18 15 2 500 320 17 14 1 900 160 16 13 640 80 15 12 320 40 1412 160 20 14 11 160 20 13 10 80 10 12 9 40 5 1178 20 2 5 10 8 10 2 5 10 7 10 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100 10 6 10 64 PARTICLE SIZE micrometers For more information Contact Parker Filtration s Condition Monitoring Centre Tel 44 0 1842 763299 Fax 44 0 1842 756300 Email conmoninfo parker com NUMBER OF PARTICLES PER MILLILITRE GREATER THAN INDICATED SIZE NOIR 01
137. C 30 1 18 x30 1 18 67 2 64 1 57 HEX 27 Mn Fixed part 1 06 G AK G2 Visual indicator N A N A FMUG2FBMGO2L RA _ Normally open contacts Electrical indicator 42 Vdc LEL i AMOS Z hea e 52 53 T0 max CS Or Select either normally open NO FMUS3FBMGO2L e or normally closed NC Normally closed contacts FMUSAFBMGO2L e e 54 Electrical indicator 250 VAC 1 2 bar max 8 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 Pressure Drop Curves recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt ETF45 Element length code 1 ETF60 Element length code 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM W 7 1 00 14 5 Eger 07 e _ UE s 06 Es a 1E qe 8 os ze p 5 D De 2 04 PE nn TES UN 2 0 3 44 0 3 asi E 0 2 2 9 is A MM 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Flow l min ETF90 Element lengt
138. D Laser CM20 s achieve ISO 4406 1999 criteria via ISO 11943 LCM20 Using SPS Start Test Understanding MTD ACFTD Air Cleaner Fine Test Dust was formatted in the 1960 s but is no longer being produced The obsolescence of this dust has led to the adoption of a new dust MTD MTD Medium Test Dust having a particle size distribution close to ACFTD was selected as a replacement However MTD produced results somewhat different to ACFTD so the NIST National Institute of Standards amp Technology undertook a project to certify the particle size distribution of ISO MTD The result was particle sizes below 10um were greater than previously measured Particles sizes reported based on NIST would be represented as um c with referring to certified Therefore the CM20 reported sizes are as follows ACFTD MTD 20 4p C op 6p c 15H 14u 25u 21u C 50u 38u 100 70 MTD offers true traceability improved particle size accuracy and better batch to batch reproduction Fluid condition monitoring 225 Portable Particle Counter aser OM Why On Site Fluid Contamination Monitoring e Certification of fluid cleanliness levels e Early warning instrument to help prevent catastrophic failure in critical systems e Immediate results with laboratory accuracy e comply with customer cleanliness requirements and specifications e New equipment warranty compliance e New oil c
139. DHB200UK Section 3 Specification Operating pressure Max 10 bar Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Flanges SAE2 3 Threaded ports and multiple ports available Filter housing Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options Setting 0 7 or 1 2 bar Other settings on request Visual pressure gauge Electrical pressure switch Options Diffuser type P straight pipe no perforated plate area Diffuser type T with closed diffuser end cap and with perforated plate eg area recommended when oil entry in reservoir is close to the reservoir Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene bottom or to ensure oil entry under the reservoir oil level Operating temperature range Magnetic pack 40 to 120 C Standard Bypass setting Opening pressure 0 8 1 5 or 2 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved genuine parts Filtration media Note Microglass Ecoglass Ill for LEIF elements LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils Also available 10um Cellulose and 40um stainless steel mesh For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards Aluminium head and cover Seal material Filling port i
140. Flow US GPM 10 Je i4 0 200 00 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Flow I min BGT2400 Element length code 18 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T 106 423 jo 12 Q 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 Flow l min BGT600 Element length code 13 Flow US GPM 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 o 4 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Flow l min BGT1000 Element length code 15 Flow US GPM 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1 400 Flow l min BGT2000 Element length code 17 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T Flow l min 28 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Pressure Drop Curves cellulose and stainless steel media BGT390 Element length code 11 BGT390 Element length code 11 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM eth ow a NESET ET Flow l min Flow l min BGT600 Element length code 13 BGT800 Element length code 14 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM uM Flow US GPM 400 Flow l min Flow l min BGT1000 Element length code 15 BGT1500 Element length code 16 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 26
141. Flow l min Flow l min 50 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series amp Ill Ordering Information Standard products table TPR110QLBP2EG12bE TPR40 G PXWL1 10 B15 40 TPR40 Length 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps Gs Magnets 937902Q PXWL1 10 TPR120QLBP2EG12E TPR40 G3 PXWL1 20 B15 40 TPR40 Length 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps Gs Magnets 937904Q PXWL1 20 TPR210QLBP2EG12L TPR80 G PXWL2 10 AB15 80 TPR80 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 G Aluminium funnel magnets 937903Q PXWL2 10 TPR220QLBP2EG12L TPR80 G PXWL2 20 AB15 80 TPR80 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G Aluminium funnel magnets 937905Q PXWL2 20 TPR510QLBP2E2G201 TPR120 2G1 1 4 PXWL3 10 B15 120 TPR120 Length 5 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 2xG1 4 None 937892Q PXWL3 10 TPR520QLBP2E2G201 PR120 2G1 PXWL3 20 B15 MM 120 TPR120 Length 5 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 4 None 937895Q PXWL3 20 TPR710QLBP2E2G241 TPR250 2G1 2 PXWLAA 10 B15 MM 250 TPR250 Length 7 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 7 None 937894Q PXWL4A 10 TPR720QLBP2E2G241 TPR250 2G1 2 PXWL4A 20 B15 250 TPR250 Length 7 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 7 None 937897Q PXWL4A 20 TPR1110QLBP2E2G241 TPR650 2G1 2
142. Flow meter has been designed for those industries Ball retainer ABS 7020 Accuracy where the need exists for a low cost solution to small ESO 28118 pus 2 typical measurements of flow with an accurate reading LoFlow Float See below e up m REESE Repeatability uses the well tried and tested principle of variable area flow OD i 1 measurement utilising the movement of a ball or float inside Connections a calibrated tapered bore 1 4 and 3 4 tapered threads Typical Applications Pharmaceutical industry Water treatment Filtration systems Photography and X ray Hospital equipment Equipment For water applications owimming pools Installation Details Ordering Information Outlet port 4 Standard products table LF802412 LF 2020 Water Ya Ya 2 20 Acetal LF802413 2100 Water Ya Ya 240 S Steel LF802414 LF 2220 Water Ya Ya 30 220 S Steel LF801431 EE 1002 Oil 010105020 S Steel LF802432 LF 1009 Oil 3 4 3 4 Acetal LF802434 1090 Oil Ya Ya 1505910 S Steel LF801411 2005 Water Ya fa 0 06 9 55 S Steel Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 4 off push out Inlet port fixing slots 06 X 8 LG RA 280 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter D
143. Fr Return port 1 x G1 4 60228 Suction port 2 x G1 50228 SRL2 Strainer 120 micron G Return port 2 x G1 4 60228 Suction port 2 x G1 ISO228 2G20 SRL2 Dipstick 6 Return port 1 x SAE20 Suction port 2 x SAE16 520 SRL2 Plugged vent port in cover H Return port 2 x SAE20 Suction port 2 x SAE16 2520 SRL2 Strainer 120 micron dipstick and plugged vent port Customized options on request Replacement Supersedes elements Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c 937942Q SRR12Q05N SAGE GU 9379430 SRR12Q10N Standard efficiency based on the above beta ratio 9379440 SRR12Q20N 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 9379450 SRE22Q05 Sam senn N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL 937946Q SRE22Q10 SO N A N A 4 5 5 6 05Q 05QL 937947Q SRE22Q20 Standard N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 9379830 SRE12Q05 Semi standard 6 11 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL 937984Q SRE12Q10 Standard 937985Q SRE12Q20 Standard Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Low pressure filters Parker E Series Ensure that the impact for the environment is minimized a gt a IL A Ecoglass The development of filter products for Parker is an on going process driven by the needs of the customer and the protection of
144. G02525Q 20 Microglass III Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will 927584 WR Water removal ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 142 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 19 PVS Series Models 185 600 1200 1800 and 2 00 Portable filtration systems Portable Purification Systems PVS Series Effects of Water Contamination Principles of Operation Water is one of the most common and destructive Contaminated oil is drawn into the Parker portable contaminants in a fluid system When water purification system by a vacuum of 25 In Hg The contaminates a system it can cause serious oil passes through the in line low watt density problems such as heater s where the oil is heated to an optimum temperature of 66 C 15077 e Corrosion by etching metal e Fluid breakdown reduction of lubricating The oil then enters the distillation column where it is properties additive precipitation and oil exposed to the vacuum through the use of dedicated oxidation dispersal elements This increases the exposed surface area of the oil and converts the water to a vapor form which is then drawn through the condenser by the vacuum pump The vapour returns to water and drops into the condensate holding tank Typical saturation points 00000 this can then be drain
145. G2 0 8 bar Fluoroelastomer on request Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s 2 1 5 Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s S3 2 5 bar TPR 1 Series only Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s 54 Blocked bypass on request No indicator indicator ports not machined on request Other bypass settings on request NG maleata QT QUES Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold No indicator indicator ports L R plugged highlighted codes will ensure a standard Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Box 7 Box 8 d Ports Code Options G34 BSP TPR 1 Series Standard SAE12 TPR 1 Series S12 Dipstick G1 BSP TPR 2 Series G20 Aluminium funnel for TPR 1 80 Highlights Key Denotes part 2 x ISO 228 G1 BSP TPR 2 Series Magnets for TPR 1 Series number availability SAE 20 TPR 2 Series S20 Magnets Dipstick for TPR 1 Series Item is standard 2 X SAE 20 TPR 2 Series 2520 Magnets Aluminium Diffuser for TPR 1 Series 123 Item is standard green option SAE 24 TPR 2 Series S24 Magnets Aluminium Diffuser Dipstick for TPR 1 Series 123 Item is semi standard 2 x SAE 24 TPR 2 Series 2824 Other combinations on request 123 Item is non standard 1 BSP TPR 2 and Series G24 Note Tanktopper Series are standard supplied with POM type diffu
146. GPM T T T T Flow l min Cellulose and stainless steel media Example IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Cellulose and stainless steel media Ap PSID LLLI PSID Flow l min IN170 Element length code 6 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow Flow l min IN300 Element length code 8 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow E PSID ELELEE Flow l min Low pressure filters In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Pressure Drop Curves cellulose and stainless steel media IN390 Element length code 11 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min IN600 Element length code 13 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min IN1000 Element length code 15 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Tr SP EGER PIE TE PP TEE ET T 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 21 PSID 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min IN2000 Element length code 17 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM RF 0 53 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 475 528 PSID R eet 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Flow l min Cellulose and stainless steel media Example
147. Housing Length Code 2 Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID rad und ua ba ad uad ua bua bu a db uuu uud Flow l min Curves are based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 Kg l density Pressure Drop Curves Type SR2 Curves are based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 Kg l density SRL2 Empty Filter Housing Flow US GPM EN CL Ap PSID Flow l min 58 Flow US Flow l min SRL1 Element Length Code 2 SRL2 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow l min Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ordering Information Standard products table 130 SRL1 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Ps G1 G 4 None 937984Q SRE12Q10 130 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Ps G1 93 4 None 937985Q SRE12Q20 SRL2210QLBPGG201 SRL22Q10NP1B10 250 SRL2 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Ps G1 4 2xG1 A None 937946Q SRE22Q10 SRL2220QLBPGG201 SRL22Q20NP1B10 250 SRL2 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Ps G1 4 2xG1 A None 937947Q SRE22Q20 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example SR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 SRL2
148. IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Cellulose and stainless steel media IN500 Element length code 12 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min IN800 Element length code 14 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM e PSID Flow l min IN1500 Element length code 16 Cellulose amp Stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min 40 Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Ordering Information Standard products table IN310QLBNEXXX1 IN90 TXWL3 10B15 90 IN9O Length 3 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 NA None 937878Q TXWL3 10 IN320QLBNEXXX1 IN90 TXWL3 20 B15 90 IN9O Length 3 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA None 937877Q TXWL3 20 INS10QLBNEXXX1 IN125 TXWL3E 10 B15 125 IN125 Length 5 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA None 937852Q TXWLSE 10 IN520QLBNEXXX1 IN125 TXWLSE 20 15 125 125 Length 5 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA None 937875Q TXWLSE 20 ING10QLBNEXXX1 IN170 TXWL4 10 B15 170 IN170 Length 6 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 22 NA None 937853Q TXWL4 10 IN620QLBNEXXX1 IN170 TXWL4 20 B15 170 IN170 Length 6 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 22 NA None 937874Q TXWL4 20 IN810QLBNEXXX3 IN300 TXWL5A 10 T B15 300 300 Length 8 10 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser
149. ISO 16889 particle size c IP65 Breather AB98610101 IP65 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 Flange mounted style compact design efficiency based the above beta ratio 10 EAB10P020HC73 E10 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 EAB20 EAB20P020HC73 E20 N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL Anti splash style filter threaded connection N A N A 4 5 5 6 05Q 05QL ABL1 ABL1G114QXWL3 ABL1 N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL ABL2G114QXWL13V ABL2 6 44 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL Note filter codes are based on B c 102200 glass fibre elements other degrees of filtration are standard available Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Item is standard Item is semi standard Item is non standard Item is standard green option Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 173 Notes 174 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Adi Environmental Filters Reservoir Equipment LAB Series Typical Applications T ds Technical Data The filter has been designed to achieve a low pressure drop and high dirt holding capacity with airflow
150. M250F2F219 420 80CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G2 936715Q 80CN210QEVT1KG324 F380CN2R10QETW350F2F219 530 80CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 2 936718 80CN210QEVM3KG324 F380CN2R10QEM250F2F219 530 80CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G2 936718Q 80CN220QEVT1KG324 F380CN2R20QETW350F2F219 600 80CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 2 9367190 80CN220QEVM3KG324 F380CN2R20QEM250F2F219 600 80CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 327 936719Q Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Medium pressure filters 79 15 40 80CN Series Ordering Information cont Product Configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 40 2 4 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Gode Ferye _ om is standard Model Length Code Item is standard green option Small size MP filter T port Length 1 Item is semi standard Medium size MP filter T port Length 2 123 Item is non standard Large size MP filter T port Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 3 4
151. PGF 0631250 0 250 bar G a Panel Flange PGF0631400 PGF 0631 400 0 400 bar G a Panel Flange PGFO0631004 PGF 0631 004 O 4 bar G a Panel Flange PGF0631010 063 1 010 0 10 G 1 Panel Flange PGF0631016 PGF 0631 016 0 16 bar G 1 Panel Flange PGF0631025 PGF 0631 025 0 25 bar G 1 Panel Flange PGFO0631040 PGF 0631 040 0 40 bar G a Panel Flange PGFO0631600 PGF 0631 600 0 600 bar G a Panel Flange Note 1 Gauge dimensions as for panel mounting option above with flange as shown below Note 2 Panel cut out for 3 hole mounting 6720 3 Dimensions mm Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Any subsequent changes to gauge accuracy will be notified 15 85 3 6 218 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 32 Reservoir Equipment 100mm Dia Pressure Gauges Specification Construction Movement Brass Pointer Liquid filling Glycerine 9896 Working pressure Full scale value Dial White aluminium Black aluminium Process temperature Case BS 304 15 stainless 60 maximum Steel Accuracy Window X Acrylic 1 0 FSD Wetted parts connector Copper alloy Bourdon tube lt 100 bar Cu alloy c type soft soldered 100 bar stainless stee
152. PXWL8 10 B15 MM 650 TPR650 Length 11 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 7 None 937914Q PXWL8 10 TPR1120QLBP2E2G241 PR650 2G1 PXWL8 20 B15 MM 650 TPR650 Length 11 20 Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 2xG1 7 None 937917Q PXWL8 20 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Thread connection Gi Elec rating 42 2A Code FMUG2EBPG02L Thread connection G s Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch Product configurator Configurator example TPR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 2 s2 1 Ll Gm Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Element media Glass fibre TPR 1 40 Microglass Ill for disposable elements TPR 1 80 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh TPR 2 120 Nom rating Abs rating TPR 2 200 Disposable element TPR only 10C 02Q 050 040W TPR 2 250 LEIF element for all TPR Filters 020 05QL 10QL 20QL TPR 3 450 TPR 3 650 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s
153. Q FC1302 QE10 BK 130M220QEBM3KR401 FF1302 QE20 BA35 SL40 800 130M Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938724Q FC1302 QE20 BK 130M310QEBM3KR401 FF1303 QE10 BA35 SL40 950 130M Length 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938727Q FC1303 QE10 BK 130M320QEBM3KR401 FF1303 QE20 BA35 SL40 1000 130M Length 3 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938728Q FC1303 QE20 BK Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Medium pressure filters Darker i Medium Pressure Filters 190 Eco Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Configurator example single unit Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 130m oF m j 1 Configurator example 2 2 system Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Model Code Length Element media Glass fibre Single unit Length 2 Media code Dual unit Length 3 3 Ecoglass Ill element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Parallel unit This option is semi standard on This option is semi standard on single units 130M only System single units 130M only Filter assemblies with Microglass elements are available by request Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Visual indica
154. Q TXWL5A 10 TTF820QLBP2EG243 TTF300 G1 TXWL5A 20 T B15 MM 300 TTF300 Length8 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 9378720 TXWL5A 20 TTF1010QLBP2HG24A TTF500 G1 TXWL5C 10 B20 500 TTF500 Length 10 10 Nitrile Plugged 2 0 Bar 29 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937857Q TXWL5C 10 TTF1010QLBP2HG24A TTF500 G1 TXWL5C 20 T B20 500 TTF500 Length 10 20 Nitrile Plugged 2 0 Bar 29 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937870Q TXWL5C 20 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above 18 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Ordering Information cont Product configurator Configurator example of a TTF Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 mr 9 oa v ss j J t2 1 Configurator example of a TSR Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 1 200 62 E 3 1 2 3 Housing Code Element media Glass fibre EFE 1 60 2 Microglass Ill for disposable elements TTF 1 90 3 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh TTF 1 120 4 Nom rating Abs rating TTF 1 125 5 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W TTF 2 170 6 LEIF element 02QL 05QL 10QL 20QL 2 2
155. S x 3 7 x 1 37 Weight 0 4kg Function Installation Details buttons 295 Visual a display Numerical display cample sensor D A Re cal button s 80 ORO button QUA iaa On Off noQ Hi Lo switch 9 487 Ordering Information Standard products table Oilcheck kit with numerical readout ILK611 Oilcheck cleaner Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Darker Fluid condition monitoring With Parker as your partner you have access to the world s broadest line of motion control components and systems Parker is the only company in the World to manufacture and supply a complete range of hydraulic pneumatic and electromechanical systems and components Whether your need is for cylinders valves pumps filters drives controls connectors or seals Parker has a product to meet your needs from a range of more than 600 000 for every type of mobile and industrial application For further information call our Product Information Centre free on 00800 27 27 5374 or visit our web site at www parker com 00800 27 27 5374 www parker com epic parker com Parker Par est Fluid condition monitoring Laboratory Analysis Service Par est Changes to ISO Stand
156. TITI TTTT TTTT 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 0 5 73 J 0 4 5 8 0 3 44 i ja lt 0 2 2 9 14 0 1 1 5 0 0 3 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table IL1115 90 G1 125 EIL1115 E IL 1115 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability freezing Housing and bowl 7 bar Working temperature Bowl tightening note moulded in polyester Thread 30 C to 80 A box or ring spanner is Element Gil 60 C water recommended 2 nw For alternative media Flow direction consult Parker Filtration itrile From outside to inside Max flow Note When using with Bowl tightening torque Weight 120 l min water protect from 12 Nm 0 5 Kg Installation Details 2 off fixing 54 5 holes 07 5 Circuit symbol Minimum for bowl removal Ordering Information Standard products table IL 1151 1 Oil 125 0 5 Total assembly pressure drop flow curve Oil Viscosity 30 cSt Relative density 0 856 Flow US GPM 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 Ap PSID Flow l min R 76115 IL761251 IL 1251 1 Water 125 0 5 R 76125 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selectio
157. Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Contro The Threat of Contamination Industry requirements with regard to hydraulic and oil lubrication systems emphasise reliability long lifetime and reduced energy use Depending on the circumstances some 70 8096 of system failures are due to contamination Cleanliness monitoring is essential in contamination control as is selecting the right filter components The first step however is understanding the specific system requirements and local operating conditions This guide to contamination control describes Types of failures Sources of contamination Fluid cleanliness level Condition monitoring equipment Cleanliness service Filtration parameters and facts Filter selection and filter types Types of Failures Component failure is often an invisible process In general three types of failure can be distinguished 1 Catastrophic Failures This failure occurs suddenly and without warning it is of a permanent nature It is often caused by larger sized particles entering a component and obstructing the relative movement between surfaces resulting in seizure of the component 2 Transient Failures Generally speaking this type of failure is short lived and goes unnoticed although the consequences rarely do It is caused by particles that momentarily interfere with the function of a component The particles lodge in a critical clearance between matching
158. US GPM Flow US GPM FT OH TD Foe tf pe TI ul Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min 32PD 1 Elements 32PD 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Lg 1 EE EE ae E HE SDS Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Flow l min Flow l min 126 Parker Hannifin FDHB200UK Section 16 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Hydraulic Filter Division Europe 22PD 1 High Collapse Elements 22PD 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM a A G 2 2 0 lt 2 lt 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min 32PD 1 High Collapse Elements 32PD 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM a a S a 2 2 A lt lt 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table 0 22 PD 2 10Q V 50 C 1 120 22PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar G1 0 22 PD 2 10Q TW3 50 C 1 120 22PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar G1 0 22 PD 2 20Q V 50 C 1 140 22PD Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar G1 0 22 PD 2 20Q TW3 50 C 1 140 22PD Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 0 32 PD 2 10Q V 50 D 1 240 32PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar 0 32 PD 2 10Q TW3 50 D 1 240 32PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar Gi
159. W3D 20 B ST3D 40 B Part number spare element 937723 937749Q 937756Q 937785Q 937792Q 937818 125 TXX3E 10 B 2 5 TXW3E 10 B 20 40 Part number spare element 937724 937748Q 937757Q 937748Q 9377930 937817 TTF170 TXX4 10 B TXW4 2 B TXW4 5 B TXW4 10 B TXW4 20 B ST4 40 B Part number spare element 937725 937747Q 937758Q 937783Q 937794Q 937816 TTF230 TXX5 10 B TXW5 2 B TXW5 5 B TXW5 10 B TXW5 20 B ST5 40 B Part number spare element 937726 937746Q 937759Q 937782Q 937795Q 937815 5 10 TXW5A 2 B TXW5A 5 B TXW5A 10 B TXW5A 20 B ST5A 40 B Part number spare element 937727 9377450 9377600 9377819 9377960 937814 20 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 BG Series 2400 I min 10 bar 21 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Series Features amp Benefits 10 bar rated filter Can be utilised for severe return line applications Reduced downtime due to premature filter failures Cast aluminium head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance LEIF9 elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferrous particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended e
160. Zintec centre tube Epoxy adhesives Maximum working temperature Flow US GPM 90 C peu mem 0 13 39 m 119 NH Filtration media 125 micron Flow range E 15 500 l min E Bypass rating At a 246 0 17 Mounting threads 2 H LE G1 2 up to G3 gt 100 150 200 ee im 450 500 Flow l min Installation Suction Elements Without Bypass Installation Suction Elements with Bypass Ap PSID CAT E C A F HEX Mounting thread T Mounting thread Circuit symbol Circuit symbol Ordering Information Without Bypass Standard products table SE 1319 15 1 2 85 105 545 38 0 08 N A SE 1320 25 3 4 125 11051 64 46 0 15 N A SE 1457 50 1 125 SES osim N A SE 1323 95 112 125 140 86 65 0 28 N A SE 1324 130 112 125 200 86 65 0 33 N A SE 1326 180 2 125 2001 775 0 40 se 1219 225 2 125 150150 0 64 N A SE75471310 Se 1220 350 21 2 125 212 150 90 ome N A SE75481410 SE 1221 500 3 125 212 150 100 0 92 N A Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Ordering Information With Bypass Standard products table SE75111111 SE 5100 15 1 2 05 5 4 S 0 11 0 17 bar SE75221111
161. aded type Pressurised Displacement Weight 430 l min 0 2 Kg Micron rating Thread 10 nominal G3 4 Air flow Valve crack pressure 0 45m min 0 35 and 0 7 bar 35 1562 1563 Threaded type Un pressurised Displacement Weight 1562 430 l min 1562 0 20 Kg 1563 135 l min 1563 0 06 Kg Micron rating Thread 10 nominal 1562 G3 4 Air flow 1563 1562 0 45m min 1563 0 15m min 16 1380 Filter flange type Displacement Air flow 135 l min 0 15m min Micron rating Weight 10u nominal 0 08 Kg Tank installation notes 1 Un pressurised 6 hole fixing Form off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 24 4 dependant on the material and thickness consult Parker Filtration equispaced on 70 0 73 0 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied Breather Units Small Breather Specification Three size 1 4 BSPT 3 8 BSPT 1 2 BSPT 2 Pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off mounting holes between 24 0 and 24 4 equispaced on 73 0 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied 3 Un pressurised 3 hole fixing Form 3 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 04 4 equispaced on 41 3 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied Ordering Information 00279001 00279 001 Small breather 1 4 BSPT thread H00279002 00279 002 Small breather 3 BSPT thread H00279003 002
162. ailable in the configurator please feel free to call our European Product Information Centre EPIC to see if that option can be made available Contact details are available on the back of this catalogue Green shaded graphs and ordering information Where pressure drop graphs and ordering information are shown with a green tint these options are Eco options and environmentally friendly BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 10 15 500 BGT500 Length 12 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL8L 10 BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 20 T B15 500 BGT500 Length 12 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL8L 20 BGTS1000 53 TXWL12 10 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXWL12 10 BGTS1000 S3 TXWL12 20 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXWL12 20 BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 10 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXW14 10B BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 20 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 3 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser ty
163. al 7 0 bar G 4 18P 2 20Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 150 18P Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gg 18P 2 20Q M2 98 B2B2 1 150 18P Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar GY 28P 1 10Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 120 28P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gr 28P 1 10Q M2 98 C2C2 1 120 28P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G1 28P 1 20Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 150 28 Length 1 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G1 28P 1 20Q M2 98 C2C2 1 150 28P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G1 28P 2 10Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 250 28P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gi 28P 2 10Q M2 98 C2C2 1 250 28P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G1 38P 1 10Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 340 38P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G1 4 38P 1 10Q M2 98 D2D2 1 340 38P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar 38P 1 20Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 420 38P Length 1 20 Nitrile Electrical 1 0 bar GI 38P 1 20Q M2 98 D2D2 1 420 38P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar 38P 2 10Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 560 38P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gi 38P 2 10Q M2 98 D2D2 1 560 38P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar 38P 2 20Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 700 38P Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar 38P 2 20Q M2 98 D2D2 1 700 38P Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar auae Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 113
164. am 1 RH 10 to 80 C Fluid compatibility Materials Mineral oils and petroleum based phosphate ester Stainless steel 316511 Skydrol option available i Sensor size weight Viscosity range 107mm x 250mm 0 3kg Unlimited T IP rating Thread form connections IP68 with specified moulded cable See ordering information Outputs 5 0 85 4 05 dynamic range Installation Details __ 106 107 Thread detail dice pattern M12 x 1 0 pitch Usage Specifications Interpreting the data Sensor Oil type Texaco Rando 46 Using only the sensor as a go no go device a red LED will Saturation point 400ppm 65 C 150 indicate when the oils water concentration reaches 8096 At the above operating condition the meter displays 10096 saturation and trigger a corresponding voltage output The saturation As the meters scale indicates a reduction in the unit also features an analogue output proportional to saturation percentage there is also a corresponding reduction saturation with a dynamic range of 0 85 to 4 05 volts in PPM at a constant temperature In the example above a meter reading of 5096 saturation could be interpreted as 200ppm at 65 1509F RH Vdc 0 85 0 85 1 49 1 81 2213 2 45 200 3 09 3 41 3 73 4 05 gt 4 05 Fluid condition monitoring 263 Cost Effective Moisture Detection 5100 Moisture Sensor Visual Indicator
165. and Flowmeters e Calibrated for direct reading of compressed air at 7 bar Works in any plane C Compressed Air Test e Brass or stainless steel Equipment models available in 4 sizes e 6 models available 1 4 8 4 e Calibrated at 7 bar and 20 and 11 4 e Flow ranges from 2 to 600 SCFM e Air flow range 2 to 600 SCFM E E OS Ios e Pressure 1 41 bar max e Optional reed switch upgrade Specification Full technical specifications for the Flowmeter Flowswitch LoFlow and test equipment products are provided in the respective pages for these products Note To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Standard products table Standard products table LoFlow LF801450 LF 3007E 1 4 3 4 1 1 8 0 Acetal FM26123332 FM 26 123 332 77 2 20 1 10 41 LF802455 LF 3050E 3 4 3 4 10 50 l min Acetal FM26223132 EM 26 223 132 TA SENSU 2 25 41 LF802452 LF 3135E 3 4 3 4 20 135 l min Acetal FM26223232 FM 26 223 232 7 10 110 41 LF802454 LF 3720E Sa 3 4 2 12 l sec S Steel FM26323132 FM 26 323 132 F 15 195 6 60 41 LF801451 LF 3021E 1 4 3 4 4 22 V min S Steel FM26323232 26 323 232 20 225 10 100 41 LF802453 LF 3330E 3 4 3 4 1 0 5 5 S Steel FM26423132 FM 26 423 132 1 40 400 20 200 25 FM26423232 FM 26 423 232 1 4 60 600 30 300 25 St
166. andard products table FM26133332 FM 26 133 332 1 4 2 20 10 41 26233132 26 233 132 1 2 212750 225 41 FM26233232 FM 26 233 232 1 2 10 110 5 50 41 FM26333132 FM 26 333 132 Ya IS 129 6 60 41 FM26333232 FM 26 333 232 3 4 20 225 10 100 41 FM26433132 FM 26 433 132 11 4 40 400 20 200 41 FM26433232 26 433 232 11 4 60 600 30 300 41 Product configurator Ordering example FS643323232 FS 643 323 232 FS643 2 switches 2231 5 50 2 25 Va 32 Air FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch 2232 10 110 5 50 1 2 FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch 3231 15 125 6 60 3 4 3232 20 225 10 100 9 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 52 288 Parker Guide to Contamination Control Tank mounted return line filter Airbreather WP n tan mo ur 1 et line filte raulic m E S Tank mounted d E GN 7 suction filter n ay Strainer m di suction filter E E ive 5 Hydraulic tank In line filter FEN Pump Guide to contamination control 289 Understanding and Answering the
167. ank top mounted return filter capable of feeding filtered oil under positive pressure to the suction side of the boost pump thereby filtering both open and closed loop oil systems through one filter The Parker SR filters use the patented LEIF element for environmental friendly filtration and offers protection against the use of pirate elements Several options including integrated suction strainer and dipstick are available Optional AN Filtered oil supply to charge pump lt Return oil Separator plate with 1 7 bar bypass Filtered oil at 0 5 bar pressure Green LEIF filter element flow direction out to in Filtered oil return to tank ele Valve assembly a 0 5 bar back pressure valve with integrated anti cavitation valve Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 Specification Pressure ratings Filtration media Max 10 bar Type SR1 and SR2 Assembly Ecoglass Ill for LEIF elements See table 1 and 2 on the following page Tank top mounted filters yee Connections MA Return port G1 to BS 2779 SRI de ue Suction port G3 4 to BS 2779 SOME snos Type SH1 10 bar 1502941 Return port G11 4 ISO 228 or SAE20 SR2 10 bar ISO2941 Optional second return port type SR2 SR2 Suction port G1 ISO 228 SAE16 Back pressure valve setting 0 5 bar nominal Anti cavitation Standard two suction port
168. aper 5 rolls P843702 N A Printer ribbon B84729 B 84 729 12Vdc power supply B84609 B 84 609 Re chargeable battery pack P849613 N A Weather protector cover B84779 B 84 779 Datum software pack B84708 B 84 708 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator Hydraulic mineral 1 ACFTD calibrated 6 Skydrol MTD calibrated 3 ACFTD calibrated bar code pen 4 MTD calibrated bar code pen 5 Classic unit ACFTD calibrated 6 Classic unit MTD calibrated Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring Parker Notes 228 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Darker Universal Bottle Sampler Fluid condition monitoring 229 Universal Bottle Sampler Features amp Benefits e Simple operation e Efficient testing procedure e Clean and contamination free sampling e Available for both mineral based and aggressive fluids e Further advances the LCM20 s flexibility into laboratory bottle sampling environments e Can accept various different sized bot
169. ards The impact on filter performance reporting and the contamination code The recent changes to ISO contamination and filtration standards were brought about to solve accuracy tracability and availability issues It is important to remember that both real world hydraulic system cleanliness levels and actual system filter performance remain unchanged However the reporting of cleanliness levels and filter performance has changed due to the new particle counter calibration and multi pass test procedures The new calibration method ISO 11171 is the new particle counter calibration method and utilises calibration fluid made from ISO Medium Test Dust ISO MTD suspended in MIL H 5606 The calibration fluid is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST and is designated by NIST as Standard Reference Material SRM 2806 ISO 11171 is replacing ISO 4402 which is based on obsolete AC Fine Test Dust ACFTD It is important to note that the ISO 11171 calibration method is based on distribution of particles measured by their equivalent area diameter whereas ISO 4402 is based on distribution of particles measured by their longest chord Also the NIST work utilised scanning electron microscopy for particles below 10um in size whereas sizing distribution on ACFTD utilised optical microscopy The charts to the right show the approximate particle size relationship between the calibration methods Former
170. are Location of filter s in the system offered on a commercial basis to third parties Required protection of system components Flow rate and allowed pressure loss Equipment Desired filter element life time The laboratory uses state of the art test equipment The Hydraulic or lubrication fluid type company has invested in the latest Karl Fischer coulometric The dirt holding capacity is the amount of solid contamination equipment that prevents tests from being influenced by a filter can hold before the filter material is plugged This value among other things additives in the oil The particle counting is measured in accordance to ISO 16889 using ISO MTD equipment is calibrated according to the recent ISO 11171 test dust The filter element lifetime strongly depends on the Standard It is now possible to indicate the measured contamination conditions that are present in the system and cleanliness according to ISO 4406 1999 its environment Predicting the filter element lifetime in the system is Standard Test complicated because of the variety in contamination e g metal sand and fibres each with a certain distribution of The high quality standard test carried out in Parker s particle sizes in relation to the specified dirt holding capacity laboratory consists of a water analysis and a cleanliness calculation according to ISO 4406 the new ISO 4406 1999 and the NAS 1638 standard as part of which particles
171. are standard supplied without magnets Top view TTF length Type 181 175 G3 4 G1 28 73 90 93 68 60 63 10 4x 9 325 G1 G1 4 G1 2 223 303 G2 Single Port 9 9 132 136 508 83 87 5 12 4x 11 Dual Port 46 107 523 90 G1 11 2 SAE 563 Dimensions in mm Torqueload filter cover For TTF up to length 5 4 Nm max For TTF length 6 and larger 10 Nm max Torqueload filter tank For TTF up to length 5 15 Nm max For TTF length 6 and larger 40 Nm max Optional for TTF2 series 11 2 SAE 3000PSI or G2 FP TT Optional plugged filling port Top view NOTE TTF2 length 9 and 10 are standard supplied without magnets TTF length Type 235 280 G3 4 G1 25 me gg 88 22 68 60 63 10 4x 9 Giz 420 G1 G14 Gl 305 G3 4 305 G2 Single Port 9 132 136 510 90 875 12 4x 11 Dual Port 46 107 2255 G1 11 2 SAE 575 Dimensions in mm 14 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Pressure Drop Curves recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows p32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt TSR120 Element length code 1 TSR Element length code 2 Flow US GPM Flow
172. arger than 4um allocating a second scale number to all particles larger than 6um and allocating a third scale number to the total number of particles larger than 14um In the recent past the fluid cleanliness level code was determined using the ISO 4406 1987 standard Instead of counting particles sizes 4 6 and 14um the fluid cleanliness level was determined by counting particles larger than 5 and 15um The particle size 2um was added later As a result of upgrading the ISO standards new particle sizes have been defined In general the fluid cleanliness code will not change as a result of this new standard Built up historic data remains directly comparable to new data ISO 4406 1999 cleanliness classes he er my Aes Es ES BES Number of particles per 100 millilitres greater than indicated size iu i TE 3 Particle size micrometers Guide to contamination control Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Contro Cleanliness Level Examples of cleanliness level are given in the ISO graph These lines represent Low pressure systems code 21 20 17 Low pressure control systems code 19 18 14 Sophisticated pumps motors control valves code 18 17 13 Highly sophisticated systems and hydrostatic transmissions code 16 15 11 Sensitive servo systems code 15 14
173. assic retains all the technology that made the LaserCM one of the most accurate reliable and popular portable particle counters available Our design engineers have re configured the LaserCM specification in a way that has reduced our manufacturing costs These savings have been passed onto LCM Classic customers How have we done this uu Calibration First we talked to our existing customers and then to the engineers certificate and maintenance operatives to find out the features that make the LaserCM a unique predictive maintenance instrument ini Empty batt k Then we removed peripheral items such as the aluminium case and all the accessories so a customer receives the monitor with a CD user guide professionally and securely boxed One thing that has not altered is laser accuracy and FR CD user guide laser reliability Our in house software engineers have re is configured the EPROM removing Data programming User ID Automatic Testing Data retrieval Alarm level settings the barcode pen and Graph printing functions to reduce costs still further without in any way reducing the efficiency of the monitor The LCM Classic is an instrument to be proud of Carton box supplied to house kit Ordering Information LaserCM and Classic LaserCM Standard products table LCM202022 N A MTD calibrated LCM202026 N A Classic unit MTD calibrated B84702 B 84 702 Printer p
174. ate format RDF reads the product date format All commands are sent in ASCII characters and the protocol accepts both upper and lower case characters as the examples below SDF SOF Note full list of commands are detailed in the user manual Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDCB321UK Ordering Information Standard Products Table Mineral MID LED NO RS232 4 20mA NO M12 8 pin Mineral MTD LED NO RS232 4 20mA Yes M12 8 pin N A Mineral MTD LED Yes RS232 4 20mA NO M12 8 pin N A Mineral MTD LED Yes RS232 4 20mA Yes M12 8 pin N A Mineral MID Digital NO RS232 4 20mA NO M12 8 pin N A Mineral MID Digital NO RS232 4 20mA Yes M12 8 pin N A Mineral MID Digital Yes RS232 4 20mA NO M12 8 pin N A Mineral MID Digital Yes RS232 4 20mA Yes M12 8 pin N A Product Configurator Aggressive Aviation fuel 3 hazardous areas Aviation fuel non hazardous area gt Accessories RS232 0 5V 4 RS232 RS485 5 5232 CANBUS 1 metre hose length 84224 84827 2 metre hose length B94802 B94801 5 metre hose length B84730 B84828 Minimess 4 BSP fitting P653109 P843081 Minimess 1 BSP fitting P653110 P853008 Minimess 1 NPT fitting osos P853005 Single point sampler SPS2021 SPS2061 Internal flow device Contact Pa
175. ated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubricating systems e Excavators e Industrial power units e Mobile cranes Vacuum indicator ABL 1 on request only ABL 2 0 04 bar Visual with latch out memory Breather housing High impact strength composite Filter element LEIF element Options e Adaptor with filter connection Single adaptor e Breather with integrated pressure relieve valve for pressurised tank on request only LEIF elements can be used for hydraulic fluids and HEES type fluids only For other fluids contact Parker Filtration ABL2 Flow US GPM Ap mbar Ap PSID Flow l min Reservoir Equipment series Specification ISO 228 611 1 h 16UN 2B L AGAF 20127 ABL 2 NOTICE Air filters are an essential part of the system and the element needs to be replaced regularly 1 1 16UN 2B Optional ISO 228 011 4 4o A 127 Extensions and fillina Adaptor single Lr ee e a al a ia a a a at a er ue vr 80 180 mountina adaptors Adaptor with filler connection Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Ordering Information Standard products table ABL1G114QXWL3 ABL1 G1 1 QXWL 3 QXWL3 ABL2G114QXWL13V ABL2 G1 QXWL 1 3 V QXWL13 ABL2U112QXWL13V ABL2 U1 2 QXWI 1 3 QXWL13 ADAPTORABLG114FP ADAPTOR ABL G1 4 FP Product conf
176. ated elastomeric seals Telecommunications e Thermoplastic engineered seals Sales Offices AE United Arab Emirates Abu Dhabi Tel 4971 2 67 88 587 AR Argentina Buenos Aires Tel 54 3327 44 4129 AT Austria Wiener Neustadt Tel 43 0 2622 23501 0 AT Austria Wiener Neustadt Eastern Europe Tel 43 0 2622 23501 970 AU Australia Castle Hill Tel 61 0 2 9634 7777 AZ Azerbaijan Baku Tel 994 50 2233 458 BE Belgium Nivelles Tel 32 0 67 280 900 BR Brazil Cachoeirinha RS Tel 55 51 3470 9144 BY Belarus Minsk Tel 375 17 209 9399 CA Canada Milton Ontario Tel 1 905 693 3000 CH Switzerland See Germany CN China Shanghai Tel 86 21 5031 2525 CN China Beijing Tel 86 10 6561 0520 CZ Czech Republic Klecany Tel 420 284 083 111 DE Germany Kaarst Tel 49 0 2131 4016 0 DK Denmark Ballerup Tel 45 43 56 04 00 ES Spain Madrid Tel 34 902 33 00 01 FI Finland Vantaa Tel 358 0 20 753 2500 FR France Contamine sur Arve Tel 33 0 4 50 25 80 25 GR Greece Athens Tel 30 210 933 6450 2007 Parker Hannifin Corporation All rights reserved HK Hong Kong Tel 852 2428 8008 HU Hungary Budapest Tel 36 1 220 4155 IE Ireland Dublin Tel 353 0 1 466 6370 IN India Mumbai Tel 491 22 6513 7081 85 IT Italy Corsico MI Tel 39 02 45 19 21 JP Japan Fujisawa Tel 81 4 6635 3050
177. ator M3 No bypass 7 0 bar N Box 8 code 2 Electrical indicator T1 No bypass No indicator P X 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 High collapse element must be used if MAOP is higher Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 than element collapse pressure Electronic 4 LED PNP N C F3 When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 code denotes bypass setting Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Options Cod Thread G 1 S S S Standard 1 Thread G 1 S S S S No bypass 2 Thread G 1 X S S S SAE flange 1 2 3000 M R24 x x x x Availability S standard option x non standard ask for availability Media Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Filter length Media G16 G20 G24 amp R24 020 9389600 9389640 9389680 9389720 Length 1 02Q 02QE 80 80 80 05Q 938961Q 938965Q 938969Q 938973Q 05Q 05QE 120 120 120 10Q 10QE 140 150 150 20Q 20QE 160 180 200 O2QE 938976Q 938980Q 938984Q 938988Q Length 2 020 020 130 150 170 O5QE 938977Q 938981Q 938985Q 938989Q 05Q O5QE 150 170 190 10QE 938978Q 938982Q 938986Q 938990Q 10Q 10QE 170 200 230 20QE 938979Q 938983Q 938987Q 938991Q 20Q 20QE 190 220 250 Length 3 02Q 02QE 150 170 190 05Q 05QE 170 190 210 10Q 10QE 190 210 230 200 2008 200 230 250 Length 4 02Q 02QE 170 190 210 05Q 05QE 180 210 230 1
178. atory time plus mailing shipping time to receive your test results Fluid condition monitoring Laboratory Analysis Service Par lest Charts PAR TEST Fluid Analysis PARKER NO CLIENT NO UNIT NO OTHER Location RETURN 1000 4714 295 FLUID MANUF NUMBER COPIES 2 MANUF PARKER MODEL LINE TRUCK FLUID TYPE TYPENUMBER 2 MICRON RATING 10NOM SAMPLE DATA LAB TAKEN CHROMIUM COPPER ALUMINIUM MANGANESE MAGNESIUM CALCIUM PHOSPHORUS MOLYBOENUM TITANIUM VANADIUM CADMIUM VIS 40 C VIS 104 F VIS 100 C VIS 212 F 30JUN89 02JUL89 28JUL89 30JUL89 20AUG89 22AUG89 291339 233 0 25 156 244 0 VALUES EXPRESSED IN PARTS MILLION PPM BY WEIGHT 24 133 207 0 SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA LAB ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATIONS PARTICLES PER 100 MILLILITER GREATER THAN INDICATED SIZE usoare 9261 20 17 667 488 67 608 15 440 9262 19 14 315 466 12 052 2 496 9263 16 12 41 758 2 280 664 LAB LAB HIGHER PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1500 PSI SHOULD RECEIVE IMMEDIATE FILTRATION ATTENTION SAMPLE AGAIN WITHIN 30 DAYS 9263 CLEANLINESS LEVEL SUITABLE FOR MOST SYSTEMS SERVO CONTROLS 9261 EXTREME LEVELS OF CONTAMINATION INDICATE POSSIBLE WEAR PROBLEMS REQUIRE CLEANER FLUID CONTINUE REGULAR PREVENTIVE HIGHER PRESSURE SYSTEMSY 1500 PSI SHOULD RECEIVE IMMEDIATE MAINTENANCE SAMPLE
179. be estimated as follows The total p housing ph element pe x working viscosity 30 45M Series Empty Housing Flow US GPM PERRET LE LE ENT ET 0 6 3 13 19 3 26 323 39 453 53 59 3 66 Ap PSID E 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Flow l min 45M 1 Element with Microglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 45M 2 Element with Microglass Ap PSID 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 1400 450 500 0 45 3 Element with Microglass lll Flow US Flow US GPM D 5 0 8 2 2 2 0 6 TUE 2 1 2 me 17 4 gt 0 2 2 9 0 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 45M 4 Element with Microglass 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 508 low l min Flow l min 84 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 Ap PSID Ap PSID 45M 1 Element with Ecoglass 45M 2 Element with Ecoglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 13 79 nd 119 132 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 er mM ina a 2 a amp 0 4 0 0 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 200 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 45M 3 Element with Ecoglass 45M 4 Elements with Ecoglass F
180. cable 5970400 12 Vdc power supply S970410 N A 10 meter extension box P973200 N A IP67 Re wireable M12 connector DDU1001 DDU 1001 22 to 55 Vdc process indicator Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 265 Cost Effective Moisture Detection MS150 Moisture Sensor Features amp Benefits e Return line low pressure rating Up to 10 bar e Independent temperature output 145 PSI e 2 alarm point option with alarm module Results reported as a 96 saturation of water PAM8342 in your oil e Variable signal output options Parkers MS150 Moisture Sensor is the easy to fit e 1 to 5 Vdc 4 to 20mA RH lightweight and cost effective solution to accurately e Oto 5 Vdc Temperature measure the moisture present in operating fluids e Compatible with Parker Digital Display Units 0001001 DDU1002 and the bar graph 5150 provides an effective early warning device indicator PBG8341A when connected to an array of monitoring options to ensure continuous system protection and fluid e Simple dynamic installation into a flow path e Temperature compensated results e Two thread forms 1 4 BSPT amp 1 2 NPT e Easier and more flexible cable connection integrity Typical Applications e Earth movin
181. ckets The level gauge can be re located on the other side of the tank if user visibility is an issue Technical data steel tanks Material 2mm steel plate applied for standard reservoirs Suction connection Suction connections at the back and the bottom of the tank swivel type nominal size 2 21 2 and 3 Air filter Ref product selection for types IP65 ABL EAB Tank top mounted return filter TTF ETF Tanktopper amp Il with integrated air breather SH series Suction amp Return filters Steel tank with Tanktopper II filter Support frame and fasteners Included as standard Holes must be drilled into the plate 160 x 280mm for e Dirt water snow and ice will not adh h nk surf W bid mr attachment to the frame for standard steel reservoir next to the breather and filter Suction port s covered with anti vortex plate s allow low oil levels giving the operator an increased operational capacity Before delivery the steel tanks are thoroughly washed inside and ready for system assembly Steel tank with with customised chassis mounting straps Detailed sectional view of Tanktopper II with integrated air filter 172 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 Ordering Information Product configurator Configurator examples SR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 os J 8 toa
182. ct Parker Filtration for availability 20 A F HEX 1 gt 20 A F HEX Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 25 Screw On Air Breathers Specification Option G3 G and 070 Construction Pressurisation valve Mouldings in glass filled nylon and glass coupled polypropylene Nylon Element Dipstick Expanded Polyurethane foam 10 micron nominal Available for use with G s G1 2 and G3 4 Seals Dipstick material Nitrile Mini series in brass Pressurised air breathers Hi Lo indicators Available G3 s G1 2 and G3 4 Acetal adjustable red green level indicators 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Dipstick lengths Pressurisation options 200mm and 400mm packs of 10 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure Breather weights 0 075Kg Mini series 0 019Kg Pressure Drop Flow Curve Ordering Information Option G s G 2 and G 4 SAB 5101 G s Un pressurised SAB 7101 G Un pressurised AB686101 SAB 6101 Un pressurised Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flow l sec Air Q70 G 2 The mini series breather ocrew on option Push fit option 28 A F HEX G3 Reservoir equipment Da
183. ction from the table above Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 2 M j r2 J 1 Box 1 Model Large HP filter L port Box 2 Box 3 Length Code Element media Glass fibre Length 1 m Media code Length 2 Microglass Ill element 02Q 05Q 10Q 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Indicator port plugged P 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electrical indicator T2 code denotes bypass setting Electrical indicator with red lamp 28 Vdc T3 Electrical indicator with red lamp 110 VAC T4 Electrical indicator with red lamp 250 VAC 5 7 8 Connections Code Options Code Media Length 1 Length 2 Thread 1 G24 Standard Sa 02Q 939060Q 939064Q Thread G 2 G32 Reverse flow valve 3 050 9 9 2 Thread SAE 24 S24 10Q Thread SAE 32 S32 20Q SAE flange 1 2 6000 MENU Nominal flow min at viscosity 30 cSt SAE flange 2 6000 SAE flange 2 6000 M H32 Filter port size 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 100P 1 11 2 540 600 700 800 100P 2 2 700 840 920 1000 Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Highlights Key Denotes part number availability
184. ction will require you to contact Parker Filtration for Availability Portable filtration systems 137 Notes 198 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK 38 I min o 7 gt 72 uc i pe an Series THp erii p r Pay Laig ie eT Series Features amp Benefits 10MF Portable Filtration System is ideal for TA e Off line contamination control of fluid systems E 13 BT e Replenishing installations with filtered fluid Emptying waste fluid quickly pa The 10MF Filter system is designed for on site preventive maintenance of fluid systems Two high capacity filters are used with fluid passing through a primary clean up filter and then through the final polishing filter giving highly effective and reliable contamination control wo high capacity filters complete with indicators element condition e Filters incorporate standard Parker media e 38 l min pressure balanced gear pump 0 75kW 3450rpm electric motor with themal overload protection e Robust all welded steel trolley complete with drip tray and rubber tyred wheels e Complete with stowable hoses Fluid flow path through 10MF portable filtration system when viewed from front electrical switch to rear Typical Applications e Paper mills e Injection and blow mo
185. d contacts x M gt BING 24 NF 27 NF 3 1 M10xi G s BSP M10x1 Elec rating 42N AA Elec rating 42N 2A Visual indicator 1 2 bar Thread connection M10x1 Thread connection G s M10 code FMUG1EBPM10L Elec connection AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 G s code FMUG2EBPGO2L Protection IP65 with cap terminals Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Code FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Switch type NO or NC Visual indicator 1 2 bar Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch M10 code FMUS1EBMM10L FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch G s code FMUSAEBMGO2L Filter indicators Darker B co polymer hydraulic reservoir solutions for equipment manufacturers A concept that combines design flexibility to meet a customer s specifications with the benefits of integrated reservoir functions and leak proof connections A partnership in supply chain management reduces costs reduction of component parts Integrated hydraulic filter and air filter benefits Patented element for Parker guaranteed filtration quality For more information on Parker Fillration s co polymer and metal resereair solutions contact Tel 44 011924 487000 Email filratoninfofparker com Parker Aerospace Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls I Filtration Fluid Connectas I Hydraulics Instrumentation I Seal 166 Inding design solutions tor reservo
186. d it all up we think you ll agree Our goal is to give our customers usable data Why show test results at a lower viscosity 13cSt for example if the typical application uses 41cSt fluid So we report at 41cSt to give typical field application capacity and 15cSt for competitive comparisons But keep in mind when comparing you still have to consider flow rate Conversion Factors What it all means mg l You deserve to know how element will work for you in your 9 Ed 2 Mn ppm 0 0001 applications So we test and our data in such a way ml 1 0 ce that it helps you predict element performance and life gallons 4 54 litres Be wary of claims that say this element holds one litre or 5 litres of water What was the test flow rate fluid viscosity bypass valve setting Was it run as a single pass or multipass test Typical Saturation Points on Parker to give you the facts and data you need Our goal is to better protect your systems and components and Hydraulic 300 0 03 we start up front by telling you what you need to know Lubrication 400 0 04 Transformer 50 0 005 Is there any other way to do business Parker Par Gel water removal filter elements are available in these standard Parker filter housings 40CN 1 Single 931412 AOCN 2 Double 931414 80CN 1 oingle 931416 80CN 2 Double 931418 Guardian oingle 932019 Moduflow RF 2 1
187. dicator indicator ports L R plugged P2 Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note For all dual head ports for BGTS apply G s connection for indicators Box 7 Box 8 Ports Options Code b bi 2 BGTS dn Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 3 SAE BGT 4 Diffuser type T with perforated plate area 9 1x2 SAE flanged 2x1 4 SAE flanged for BGT 3 Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 123 Item is standard 3 11 4 SAE flanges 1x 2 SAE for BGT 4 3R20 Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request 2 It t d d ti No magnets 5 em IS standard green option Dipstick 6 Plugged filing port E 123 Item is semi standard Diffuser type T and no magnets A Diffuser E P and no 1 23 Item IS non standard Diffuser type T no magnets plugged filling port Diffuser type P no magnets plugged filing port D Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Other combinations on request Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Innovative filter design and patented product protection brings value added benefits to our OEM customers and their end users Benefits that should help protect a manufacturers aftermarket as well FAN 7 as ensure that equipment users specify quality Parker replacement filter elements and accessories and help safeguard warranties Ins
188. draulic and lubricating systems from a variety of Sources Atmospheric ingression of water vapor as well as internal heat exchanger leaks create unfavorable operating conditions The MS150 Moisture Sensor eliminates the guesswork L B by providing real time condition monitoring It is designed to work well in petroleum synthetic hydraulic and lubricating oil applications 210 0 e 8 10 8 with S WI u o 10 7 with o reamer 412 without WINOU S D 11 1 without om reamer 211 5 Y Tap to gauge u Installation details for R 4 BSPT taper Installation details for 1 4 For alternative thread forms please contact Parker Filtration Fluid condition monitoring 267 Cost Effective Moisture Detection MS150 Moisture Sensor Interpreting Data The Parker MS150 Moisture Sensor is designed to provide real time accurate and repeatable results reported as saturation of water Percent saturation is a useful measurement that offers the user a simple quantitative method in determining how wet or dry a hydraulic or lubricating system may be In contrast PPM and 96 water by volume measurements provide little information about a fluid s free or dissolved water condition 96 saturation can now easily be converted to PPM as long as the fluid s saturation point is kn
189. e Plugged 3 5 bar GT FC7006 Q010 BK FF7006 Q020 BS35 GL20 300 701 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar 7006 0020 FF7007 Q010 BS35 GL24 400 701 3 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar Ge FC7007 Q010 BK FF7007 Q020 BS35 GL24 430 701 3 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar Gre FC7007 Q020 BK FF7008 Q010 BS35 GL24 430 4 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7008 Q010 BK FF7008 Q020 BS35 GL24 450 7OL 4 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7008 Q020 BK 70L110QEBPKG161 FF7005 QE10 BS35 GL16 150 ron 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938789Q FC7005 QE10 BK 70L120QEBPKG161 FF7005 QE20 BS35 GL16 230 701 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar euh 938790Q FC7005 QE20 BK 70L210QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE10 BS35 GL20 280 701 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 4 938793Q FC7006 QE10 BK 70L220QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE20 BS35 GL20 300 TOU 2 20 Plugged 3 5 bar 9387940 FC7006 QE20 BK 70L310QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE10 BS35 GL24 400 3 10 Plugged 3 5 bar 9387970 FC7007 QE10 BK 70L320QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE20 BS35 GL24 430 701 3 20 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938798Q FC7007 QE20 BK 70LA10QEBPKG241 FF7008 QE10 BS35 GL24 430 701 4 10 Plugged 3 5 bar CS 938801Q FC7008 QE10 BK 70LA20QEBPKG241 FF 008 QE20 BS35 GL24 450 4 20 Plugged 3 5 bar 9388020 FC7008 QE20 BK FF7005 Q010 BS35 GT16 150 1 10 Plugged 3 5 bar Cu FC7005 Q010 BK FF7005 Q020 BS35 GT16 200 1 20 Plugged 3 5 bar Gilg FC7005 Q020 BK FF7006 Q010 BS35 GT20 260 2 10 Plugged 3 5 bar FC7006 Q010 BK FF7006 Q020 BS35 GT20 280 2
190. e 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Not suitable for use with B 68206 207 Note 4 6 hole AB 68910 AB 68918 option available Dipstick Options Dipstick Ordering DIP 206 10 x 200mm Dipsticks DIP 207 10 x 400mm Dipsticks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Dipsticks The dipstick available in 2 lengths 200mm and 400mm can be cut to the required length or left as it is and the Hi Lo indicators moved and positioned on the dipstick itself by squeezing the sides of the indicator and repositioning along the dipstick 186 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 25 Reservoir Equipment ocrew On Air Breathers Standard Screw On Breathers Specification Option 1 gt and 63 4 0101 Construction Moulded in non corrodible glass filled nylon combining strength with a lightweight design Option 1 2 screw on type air breathers are available G1 2 or G3 4 threaded base models Filtration element Expanded polyurethane foam 10 micron nominal Seals Nitrile Working temperature 30
191. e a means of monitoring low flows nylon 5 to 70 on liquids with an electronic output signal but at LOW Shaft Stainless steel Shaft Overall dimensions COST Fluid passes through the one piece sensor Retainers Grilamid TR55 52MM x 29mm x 27mm impacting on the twin vaned turbine rotor causing it to rotate Operation Weight at a speed proportional to the flow rate Two opposing photo Infra red 16 d transistors are mounted either side of the rotor and externally Maximum working pressure PU eee of the clear sensor body these generate a continuous signal 20 bar Cable length As the rotor spins each blade obscures the infra red signal 300mm This is th into an industry standard pulse output his is then converted into an industry standard pulse outpu Flow TORO Power supply signal compatible with inexpensive display units for flow rate ge 1 to 25 l min 5 Vac totalising batch control and large central control systems Accepts reverse flow Output signal The lightweight Grilamid body with its virtually unrestricted flow g g Calibration 5 square wave path offers negligible pressure drop for flows up to 25 l min K id 52 pulses per litre and withstanding pressures up to 20 bar typical ed application Flow Rate Totalising Batch Control and applications Accuracy C 2 typical in many industries Installation Details Dataflow Compact Transmitters are s
192. e same level of accuracy whether the device is operating at high or low pressure Capable of allowing a flow rate in excess of 10ml min when operating at any viscosity within the product specification ouitable for fluid temperatures from 5 C to 80 41 F to 176 F High quality polished finish stainless steel aircraft grade aluminium Connection Instructions i 2 3 4 5 dr 6 7 Single LCM20 Only point sampler Capable of working with CM20 or connected into a system via the standard one metre extension hose kit ouitable for use with mineral and biodegradable oils petroleum based and phosphate ester fluids Phosphate ester version utilises the s BSF HSP style fitting Designed so that it meets the lowest possible level of magnetic permeability oupplied with accessories kit It will maintain the set flow rate between upper and lower limits within a 100 bar inline pressure change Clear product identification to ensure that it is connected correctly i e downstream of the CM20 or HzOil Ensure valve is closed Connect P2 on monitor B to P2 on Single Point Sampler SPS C Connect drain line on SPS D Connect P1 of monitor E to the system F SPS is ready to operate Open valve A slowly until the oil flows continuously from the drainline D owitch on monitor and begin testing Carry out flow test as shown in the manual If test is showing below At
193. ection 1 Specification Pressure ratings Filter element Max 6 bar Conventional style element with steel end caps Assembly Degree of filtration Tank top mounted Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Connections Flow fatigue characteristics Threads G1 G1 ISO 228 port B Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved supplied as plugged connection Filtration media Filter housing Microglass Ill Glass reinforced co polymer Element collapse rating Funnel made from steel 8 bar ISO 2941 Seal material Indicator options Nitrile Setting 1 2 bar Operating temperature range Options 20 to 80 C Magnetic pre filtration Bypass valve Fluid compatibility Opening pressure 1 6 bar Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Installation Details Dimensions ETF Length mm inches 82 100 3 22 3 94 ed 106 125 inches 4 17 4 92 150 177 5 90 6 97 200 225 7 87 8 86 260 300 10 24 11 81 B 3 54 107 4 21 Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters EIF Series Indicator Details Visual pressure indicator 48 Vdc electrical indicator 1 2 bar 250 VAC electrical indicator 1 2 bar Code G2 Code S2 S3 Code S4 mm inches mm inches mm inches Rotating part 360
194. ections Coreless Ecoglass Ill replacement No metal content in element Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration elements Reduced overall weight of 50 Lower element replacement costs Easy compaction of used elements Lower disposal cost Conversion kits available new bowl with permanent core Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Compressor lube oil e Off line filter loops e Machine tools Automotive standard e Hydrostatic drive charge pumps e Mobile equipment e Pilot lines for servo controls e Oil patch drilling equipment e Injection moulding The Parker Filtration 15 40 80CN Series Medium Pressure Filters This partial list of applications for Parker CN Series Filters has a common factor the need for an economical medium pressure range filter with excellent fatigue pressure ratings Prior to the availability of the CN filter applications such as those listed were restricted by limitations of a spin on can or forced into the higher cost range of high pressure filters _ Series fills this gap and is now available with environmentally friendly Ecoglass Ill elements Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure Rated fatigue pressure Connections Several threaded port options available flange faced ports available on 80CN 70
195. ed element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements Wide range of vacuum measurement devices Continuous filter condition monitoring Contributes to just in time service Improved protection of pump when pressure measurement device connected with pump drive management Typical Applications e Wool untangling machine e Hydraulic winch e Power packs with sophisticated pumps e Drilling blocks The Parker Filtration ATZ Series Submersible Suction Filters ATZ Filters are located below the tank s oil level offering maximum protection for the hydraulic system pump When removing the element the check valve closes automatically eliminating any chance of oil leakage Pre filtration takes place by means of a magnet column Thanks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system ATZ Filters are capable of handling flow rates up to 300 l min Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 8 Specification Operating pressure Vacuum Assembly Suction line filter mounted horizontally against tank side Connections Threads G11 2 ISO 228 or flanges 2 SAE 300PSI Filter housing Aluminium Seal material Nitrile neoprene fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 40 to 120 Bypass valve Blocked ATZ
196. ed fluid aeration foaming and reservoir noise are reduced and pump life extended by reducing cavitation to the pump inlet Diffusers manufactured to customer specifications and other sizes of diffusers are available Ordering Information Standard products table 114 1 ea s 0 42 227 112 178 86 65 0 56 2210 50 3 4 120 62 46 0 27 2203 454 2 242 86 75 0 69 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment Darker Reservoir Equipment nine Filters Metal Inline Filter Specification Installation Details 2 off fixing Minimum for bowl holes 27 2 removal Non Corrodible Inline Filter Specification Construction Max working pressure Construction Max flow Working temperature Flow direction Head zinc 90 l min 30 to 80 From outside to inside Bowl Aluminium Max working pressure Seal Weight BS1470 1050A 1987 7 bar Nitrile 1 5 Kg Element Thread Bowl tightening torque Zintec Stainless steel G1 49 t S Alternative media can be 125 micron specified Filter Selection Total assembly pressure drop flow curve Oil Viscosity 30 cSt Relative density 0 856 Flow US GPM FEET TTTT TITT TTTT
197. ed off at a later stage Reduced dielectric strength Abrasive wear in hydraulic components Fluid type PPM The water free oil falls to the bottom of the vacuum vekene 116 300 03 chamber and is passed through final particulate removal filter heav pump Lubrication fluid 400 04 See Transformer fluid 50 005 Clean dry oil re enters the reservoir system via the outlet port Free water occurs when oil becomes saturated and cannot hold any more water This water is usually seen as cloudy oil or puddles of water at the bottom of an oil reservoir Water which is absorbed into the oil is called dissolved water At higher temperatures oil has the ability to hold more water in the dissolved stage due to the expansion of oil molecules As the oil cools this ability reverses and free water will appear where not visible before In addition to temperature fluid type also determines the saturation point for your system see chart above 9o Bearing Life Remaining 0 0025 0 01 0 05 0 10 0 15 0 25 0 50 Water In Oil Effect of water in oil on bearing life based on 100 life at 01 water in oil Reference Machine Design July 86 How Dirt And Water Effect Bearing Life by Timken Bearing Co 144 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 Applications for PVS Portable Purification Systems e Paper mills Dryer lubrication LAM Vy Low watt density Ted
198. ediately to a purpose designed inline System 20 sensor but requires no power source The analogue monitor will then provide the user with an accurate and repeatable analysis of system flow pressure and temperature without having to stop the machine Designed as a sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment analogue monitors are suitable for use with all mineral oils water oil emulsions and water The lightweight monitor has 3 dayglo dial gauges and features a protective hinged cover The flow scale features double scale calibration up to 100 l min and 380 l min and has excess flow and reverse flow indication Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 Electronic Monitor Specification Construction A sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment Body moulding in Acrylonitrile Butadene Styrene ABS Key pad moulded in silicon rubber The monitor is suitable for use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions LCD details Flow section The analogue flow scale has reverse flow and overflow indication and provides a percentage reading of the digital full scale display automatically calibrated for all sizes of System 20 Sensor Pressure section Designed to indicate line pressure differential pressure and rising peak pressure Connected to a System 20 Sensor it will monitor pressure up to 420 bar 6000 psi with an accuracy of 1 FSD Tempe
199. egrated balancing valve No external piping required Safety and reliability Vent ports Purges all trapped air in filter Get the maximum performance from the elements Prevents a flabby system Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value and efficiency Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Reduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Visual electrical and electronic Check element condition at glance Optimises element life prevents indicators available bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Ship steering systems e Continuous operation industrial systems e High flow flushing systems The Parker Filtration 22PD 32PD Series High Pressure Duplex Filters Specially designed to offer continuous operation even during element change changeover valve operates on the upstream side of the filter ensuring contamination free system 124 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 210 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 cycles 210 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded Connection style Model 22PD 32PD BSPF G 1 11 4 Flange SAE 3000 M 11 4
200. en it comes to filtration By significantly reducing waste levels the E Series is designed to increase the lifespan of hydraulic machinery The Suction Return filter series features LEIF elements that can be crushed and incinerated By reducing bulk for disposal and recycling the material this cost effective solution contributes to a safer cleaner environment Through Parker s advanced Laser CM technology all vehicle operators can monitor fluid contamination on site thraugh a simple two minute test This accurate monitoring method helps prevent catastrophic failure in critical systems instantly When it comes to filtration solutions you can rely on the future is Parker Enjoy the benefits of green filtration email filtrationinfo parker com www parker com eurofilt Aerospace Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls Filtration Fluid Connectors Hydraulics Instrumentation Seal IN AGB Series 2400 I min TY 1 En D ij Pi ena 4 33 In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Features amp Benefits Filter integrated in tank Compact low cost solution Filter protected by reservoir Suitable for extreme heavy duty applications or hazardous environments No tank top parts contributes to improved esthetical design LEIF9 elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed q
201. ength 1 116 4 57 249 9 80 295 11 61 235 9 25 T CET EO ar Length 2 208 8 19 342 13 46 390 15 35 330 13 00 Flange 11 2 SAE 3000 Flange 11 4 SAE 3000 Length 3 329 12 95 462 18 19 510 20 08 450 17 72 Flange 11 2 SAE 6000 M Length 4 428 16 85 562 22 12 610 24 01 550 21 65 350 bar Flange 11 1 SAE 6000 M 118 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 Pressure Drop Curves With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total housing ph element x working viscosity 30 70 Series Empty Housing Flow US GPM TJ EE EE SE pedo pota prp gb y EE pop Tb s 140 13 26 39 53 6 79 92 16 19 132 0 70 with G16 connections with G20 connections _ 7OL with G16 connections 2 7OL with G20 connections 70B 7OT with G24 connections 7OL with G24 connections 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min 70 1 Elements with Microglass 70 2 Elements with Microglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 13 2 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 EN a 1 2 a a lt lt 2 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 70 3 Elements with Microglass 70 4 Elements
202. engths 200mm and 400mm Breather weight 0 2K9 Anti splash feature The unique design anti splash feature is standard on option 1 and allows for dipstick to be fitted if required 2101 FJ ENS 30 30 A F Reservoir Equipment ocrew On Air Breathers Compact Screw On Breathers Specification Option 2 G 4 G3 s R 2 and R3 4 040 Construction 91 4 GS s R1 2 and R3 4 cap and base mouldings in nylon 66 Element Expanded Polyurethane foam 10 micron nominal Dipstick Available for use with R and R3 4 Dipstick material ABS Pressure Drop Flow Curve Ap bar Ap PSID 2 5 Flow l sec Air 3 0 3 5 Note For pressure drop information on G s R and R consult Parker Filtration 20 A F HEX 240 20 188 Hi Lo indicators Acetal adjustable red green level indicators Dipstick lengths 200mm and 400mm packs of 10 Breather weights 0 028K9 Ordering Information Option 2 G 4 G3 s R and R3 4 Packs of 10 only AB683101 AB 683101 UC G 4 Un pressurised AB68X101 AB 68X101 UC G3 s Un pressurised AB68Y101 AB 68Y101 UC R 2 Un pressurised AB68Z101 AB 68Z101 UC Un pressurised Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to conta
203. ensate tank 31 4 Itrs 6 9 gals Dispersal elements 8 4 1 bar 60 psi Ports 3 NPTF inlet 2 NPTF outlet FLA full load amps 50 70 amps 460 V 6Ohz Disposable 933180 coalescing Packed tower 933553 PVS Specification Worksheet Section 2 cleanable 10 Water supply temperature liquid ring model Coreless Bx EPC 2 9337340 Maga MENE ETG 5 9336120 EPI HOE 9937354 11 Operating environment above below sea level Ft metres 20QE 9337360 12 Voltage Options 230Vac 3p 60Hz 185 600 380Vac 3p 50Hz 185 600 1200 1800 2700 460Vac 3p 60Hz 185 600 1200 1800 2700 575vac 60Hz 185 600 1200 1800 2700 eT 16 Any previous filtration problems with TAP Specification sheet must be completed before order can be entered Portable filtration systems Parker Portable Purification Systems PVS Ordering Information Product configurator Select the desired symbol in the correct position to construct a model code Box 1 Box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Pys 60 J 40 ps 12 AC 1 2 3 4 Description C
204. environmentally friendly filtration and offering protection against poor quality pirate elements Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Specification Assembly Inside tank Seal material Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene Operating temperature range 40 to 120 Bypass setting 0 8 1 5 and 2 0 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass Ill Ecoglass Ill for LEIF elements Also available 10um Cellulose and 4Oum stainless steel mesh Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Options Diffuser type P straight pipe no perforated plate area Diffuser type T with closed diffuser end cap and with perforated plate area recommended when oil entry in reservoir is close to the reservoir bottom or to ensure oil entry under the reservoir oil level Magnetic pack Standard Note IN AGB 2 400 and 2 500 are standard supplied without magnets Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Optional conventional style element with steel end caps The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality
205. er 5 rolls 5840134 Oil delivery unit B84779 B 84 779 Datum download software B91706 B 91 706 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 39 AU MGS100 MS150 Fluid condition monitoring 261 5100 Moisture Sensor Features amp Benefits e Continuous online moisture indication for e M12 IP68 5 way moulded cable hydraulic and lubricating systems e 8 to 30 Vdc supply voltage e Reporting of 96 relative humidity of water e Adjustable alarm limit 2 is e A purpose designed tee adaptor allows for easy installation into an existing fluid system e Heliable data on the rate of water absorption The MS100 can also be specified with a bench e Sensing cell technology using a laser trimmed top wand offering the end user greater flexibility thermoset polymer for capacitive sensing that is capable of absorbing water molecules due to its micro porous structure e Uses a thermistor for temperature compensation correction Offering total confidence in reporting the 96RH relative humidity over the sensors temperature range Typical Applications e Pulp and paper plants e Marine hydraulics e Power transmiss
206. er spare element 937733 9377370 9377680 9377730 937804Q 937808 IN2000 TXX14 10 B TXW14 2 B TXW14 5 B TXW14 10 B TXW14 20 B ST14 20 Part number spare element 937734 937736Q 937769Q 937772Q 937805Q 937807 IN2400 TXWH14 2 B TXWH14 5 B TXWH14 10 B TXWH14 20 B Part number spare element 9377350 9377700 9377710 9378060 Low Pressure Filters 43 Grab the benefits of a greener future ra poU Image Churtesy oi Kometsu FILTRATION SOLUTIONS Trust Parker to provide you with a range of green filter products that impact positively on the environment Now with new E series element ranges your customers benefit from a solution that s smarter safer and more responsible when it comes to filtration By significantly reducing waste levels E Series elements are designed to increase the lifespan of hydraulic machinery CN medium pressure filters feature Ecoglass elements that can be crushed shredded baled and when incinerated offer minimal residue causing little ar no damage to the environment Available in three models 15 40CN and 80 they provide a reliable service and trouble free operation under tough conditions Through Parker s advanced Laser CM technology all vehicle operators can monitor fluid contamination on site through a simple two minute test This accurate monitoring method helps prevent catastrophic failure in critical systems instantly When it comes to filtration solutions you can rely on the fut
207. ess steel version please consult Parker Stacking Nuts Stacking Studs Mounting Adaptors Weld Plate Thread Stacking nuts are ordered in sets only Stacking studs are ordered in sets Mounting adaptors are not ordered Weld plates are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of stacking nuts only i e 1 set of stacking studs in sets i e 1 off mounting adaptors i e 1 set of weld plates 50 stacking nuts of one size 50 stacking studs of one size 1 single piece 10 weld plates Reservoir equipment Darker i Pipe Clamp System Multiclamp Ordering Information Series 10 Product configurator 10 1 Single clamp 10 pairs 25 0 8 5 38 1 55 0 19 0 38 0 9 0 0 60 Kg 10 2 Double clamp 10 pairs 25 0 8 5 38 1 93 0 19 0 88 0 9 0 1 00 Kg 10 16 16 bay clamp 1 pair 34 0 38 1 25 0 15 0 38 1 501 5 19 0 38 0 9 0 0 80 Kg MC N 10 Stacking nut 50 11 0 33 0 M8 x 1 25 0 80 Kg MC S 10 Stacking stud 50 32 0 21 0 2 6 M8 x 1 25 0 50 Kg MC WP 10 Weld plate 10 19 1250 10 0 T20 66 0 35 Kg MC SB 10 Standard bolt 50 M8 x 1 25 0 55 Kg MCB10MO MC B 10 MO Mounting adaptor 1 27 0 25 0 8 7 0 02 Kg MC G 10 5 Split bush 10 25 5 27 0 8 5 16 0 13 Kg MC G 10 6 Split bush 10 255 270 10 3 8 0 12 Kg MC G 10 8 Split bush 10 25 5 27 0 12 14 1 2 0 12 Kg MC G 10 10 Split bush 1
208. essure indicator options Setting 0 7 or 1 2 bar Other settings on request Visual pressure gauge Electrical pressure switch Options Dipstick Second port only for TPR Il and III Magnetic pack Optional for Tanktopper Standard for Tanktopper II and Ill Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Conventional style element with steel end caps only optional for Tanktopper The LE F element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards 412 max 45 m Ref No Description Cover Magnet set Cover seal Bridge blue LEIF Element Sleeve Funnel assembly Filter housing Housing seal Airguide Cover airbreather Breather element Dipstick assembly 6 65 269 10 60 6 30 BSP 260 023 SAE 12 1 ENE EN EEE EE EE Dimensions in mm Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series 1 1 amp Ill Specification cont Tanktopper Il length 5 6 and 7 SE SE F Free element clearance 100 i Second port optional mm 3 94 ap oe 40 87 17 2 22 222 cm BSP js pes kem
209. est according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Installation Details 116 4 57 237 9 33 192 7 56 208 8 20 330 13 00 285 11 22 6 2 329 13 00 450 17 72 405 15 94 6 6 428 16 85 550 21 65 505 19 90 Flange SAE 11 2 3000 M Microglass Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 Ecoglass 111 Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass Ill contributes to ISO 14001 quality Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 3 bar visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Plug M12x1 5 50 min 2 00 inches Medium pressure filters Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 1 0 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can
210. f the catalytic effect of the degradation factor is shown below 70 60 50 40 30 20 Degradation factor Oil steel Oil copper Oil water steel Oil water copper Oil water copper steel Mineral Oil oil water Source Diagnetics Inc Oil degradation can reduce the protection against corrosion and lubrication performance Regular oil analysis is important to monitor the condition of the hydraulic or lubrication fluid This analysis is also used to obtain information related to the process of selecting system matched filter components Tanktopper Il return line filter with integrated air breather and patented LEIF element 292 The Balance between System Requirements and Filtration System Performance Parker s philosophy exceeds the traditional approach of protecting the system by means of filtration System matched filtration is not limited to a filter alone The process of system matched filtration is based on the correct implementation of suitable filtration products taking into account the requirements from the hydraulic or lubrication fluids system components and customer expectations Contamination Control Achieving the required system protection implicates a correct understanding of the system Today filters are selected based on several parameters like B values pressure drop and dirt holding capacity Filtration is built in safety meant to achieve and maintain
211. ferent power Flexibility less maintenance source locations Prevents incorrect rotation High temperature safety circuit Shuts down heater if primary Prevents system damage contacters fail Oil can never exceed 120 C 250 F Worker safety Circuit breakers utilised in No fuses to replace Fewer spare parts increased uptime electrical panel oimple diagnostics Heduced maintenance Available with EPR seals and Phosphate ester compatible opecifically designed for application stainless steel oolid state heater contacter Longer more reliable service life Heduced downtime Portable filtration systems Parker Portable Purification Systems PVS Series ISO cleanliness code 14 13 10 attainable Solid particulate Water Removes 100 of free water 80 90 of dissolved water Air Removes 100 of free air 90 of dissolved air Gases Removes 100 of free gases 90 of dissolved gases When utilising 2Q media PVS Vacuum dehydration compared to other technologies Centrifuge units Removes free water only has difficulty breaking stable emulsions larger envelope dimensions but lower flows higher initial and operating costs Desiccant units Have limited water removal capability due to absorbing material only removes air ingressed particles expensive compared to the volume of water removed Coalescer units Removes free water only has difficulty breaking stable emulsions does not work
212. g machinery e Forestry Agricultural harvestors tractors e Industrial factory pulp amp paper processes e Marine hydraulic stabilizer systems e est rig stands critical test machines e Ground support vehicles military e Fluid transfer systems skids e Commercial aerospace and ground support systems skids Detect water contamination before it shuts your application down Dynamic moisture monitoring for todays demanding mobile hydraulic systems The new lightweight MS150 moisture sensor is designed to produce accurate real time moisture indications in petroleum based synthetic oils and phosphate ester aggressive fluids below fluid saturation levels 266 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 40 Specification Pressure Port connections Maximum allowable operating pressure MAOP 10 bar 145 PSI 1 4 BSPT or 1 4 NPT Operating temperature Outputs Minimum 20 C 4 Variable see sensor outputs Maximum 85 C 185 F Supply voltage Flow through sensor cell 8 to 30 Vdc Installed in active flowstream Sensor size weight material Fluid compatibility 80mm x 43mm 0 1kg Aluminium Mineral oils petroleum based and IP ratings Phosphate ester IP54 Viscosity range Unlimited Installation Details 2 Q All dimensions in millimetres mm Dimensions are for reference only Thread Form Options MS150 BSPT NPT Water enters hy
213. g were essential elements of the plan Prior to this investment pump terminal damage could cost 10 000 for a replacement over 1000 service costs and up to 39 000 in lost production Add to this the difficulties of the mine s geography and it s easy to see the problems that have now been overcome System 20 Electronic Monitor With System 20 inline sensors installed in a hydraulic system faults can be predicted and remedied all you have to do is connect the System 20 Electronic Hand Held Monitor EM20 Designed to display flow temperature differential rising peak and line pressure System 20 Electronic can also calculate hydraulic power KW and hp at a given point in a system to establish efficiency and power consumption oystem 20 electronics versatility does not end there The 20 is automatically calibrated for all System 20 inline sensors using water or oil and can display in l min US GPM bar psi and kg cm2 Battery powered and completely portable the EM20 displays readings on the LCD and can store under a test number Data can be downloaded via an RS232 connection to Datum A sealed keyboard and fingertip control make the unit maintenance free and System 20 The Key To Predictive Maintenance The risk of fluid contamination by intrusive test devices is eliminated Using System 20 Sensors and the monitor together hydraulic fluids need never be disturbed The monitoring procedure takes only a matte
214. gree of filtration and the amount of pressure that is lost Indirectly the required element lifetime is an important parameter A larger sized element with a more effective filter element area has a positive influence on the element lifetime syst m i Siralmas Q3 3 16 14 10 13 11 86 sacilan iliis Q3 6 18 16 13 17 15 9 um 10 20 18 15 19 17 12 E Hydraulic tank Q3 20 22 20 17 21 19 13 i The given cleanliness levels are indicative values only based on average values Filter elements are chosen based on their initial clean element pressure drop It is preferred to apply a ratio of at least three between element bypass settings and element initial pressure drops Life time diagram Depending on the filter type and corresponding location a general pressure lost recommendation be given Seem ne 2 Suction Line 0 03 0 05 bar Pressure Line 1 bar End B 3 pressure Return Line 0 3 0 5 bar i range 8 Suction Return Filter 1 bar 32 End Pros sure LP range ER h 2 4 B 410 12 14 46 1E 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 Testing time contaminate added 1 0 grimin Comparing filter elements with different filter media based on the initial clean element pressure drop does not give a reliable indication of the element dirt holding capacity In this example the filter media A has a higher initial pressure drop However during its lifetime the pressure lost
215. h code 3 ETF120 Element length code 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM uU a T T T T p T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0 66 7945 00 Hx PELLE Bi NA TE 22 ERES gt T os E 8 UE er 7 gt 7 3 4 E 2 o4 epp FA gt 2 2 Dan e 17 C L IL L I L D M 2 ARR RR RR RR PP 19 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Flow l min ETF140 Element length code 4A Flow US GPM is 2 ER I I I a 3 g 3 8 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Note All pressure drop curves above show total pressure drop i e they are combined housing and element curves Low pressure filters Darker Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters EIF Series Ordering Information Standard products table FK1230 Q010 BK16 GX16 Length 2 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1230 Q010 XS FK1230 Q020 BK16 GX16 60 ETFGO Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1230 Q020 XS FK1240 Q010 BK16 GX16 90 ETF90 Length 3 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22
216. h collapse elements available For details please contact Parker Filtration Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 5 0 bar visual indicator electrical indicator Weights kg 100P 1 37 kg 100P 2 47 kg Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Mounting Clamp Item 16 Steel Zinc plated 12 75 2 81 21 022 20 1 Filter head 3 3A 2 Filter element 3 Bowl seal 3A Bowl back up ring 4 Housing 5 Cover 6 Indicator seal 7 Bypass set 3 3A 8 Visual indicator 9 Electrical indicator 10 Bypass seal 11 Reverse flow set 12 Adaptor 13 Adaptor reverse flow seal 14 Cover seal 15 Drain plug 16 Mounting clamp High pressure filters Parker B High Pressure Filters 100P Series Additional Information Filter with Normal Flow Condition Reverse Flow Valve f pmi yi Circuit symbol Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 2 3 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop can be estimated as follows The total housing ph element x working viscosity 30 100P 1 Empty Housing G11 2 SAE 24 SAE 11 2 100P 2 Empty Housing G2 SAE 32 SAE 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM poe
217. h pressure filters without bypass valve 70L 7 70B 7100 and 7200 U12H 7 0 bar Medium and low pressure filter series Note for PD Range only 2 5 bar indicators are available U14M 1 2 and 2 5 bar 15CN 40CN 80CN 22PD 32PD 40RF 50RF IL8 12M 22M 26 36 High pressure filters 18P 28P 38P FDA FDB U14H 2 5 and 5 0 bar Filter indicators Darker B Indicators Series FMUT Electrical U12H model Contact configuration U12H model P1 P2 Rotating part 360 98 105 105 205 32 32 216 2 219 78 218 83 Md 0 05 0 06 0 06 No 3 4 16 7 8 14 7 8 14 EE UNF 2A UNF 2A UNF 2A us S 8 P1 high pressure O Z c low pressure U14M model U14H model A I mode Pn 2 33 i EE Electrical connector DIN 43650 a Overvoltage category 61010 1 Contact configuration U14M amp U14H V i m TF P1 P2 P1 high pressure 14 7 C i A connect dis m Z D 5 gt gt 55 T E E O O Z Zz 3 0 125 5 i 3 25 13 250Vac 3 LO as 2 8Vdc 5 2 SN NE 3 Pn 14Vdc 5 2 4 4 3 30Vdc 4 2 3 3 3 125Vdc 0 4 005 04 04 0 05 250Vdc 0 2 02102 0 03 FMUMS Visual Auto Reset FMUM 1 Visual Manual Reset Hed colour visib
218. he lightweight reservoir can be fully adapted to meet the specific needs of each customer with each reservoir being specified as a single unit This can help OEMs to reduce inventory assembly and maintenance costs The co polymer reservoir forms part of a product family comprising filters and filtration products which have been designed to combine exceptional levels of performance and reliability in robust virtually zero maintenance units Co Polymer and Steel Reservoirs Reservoir equipment 167 Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Go Polymer amp Steel Reservoirs Features amp Benefits Both tank types can typically represent a significant contribution to cost savings Because of the differing features and benefits between the metal and co polymer tanks Parker is able to offer customers the most appropriate tank concept Agriculture X X to meet their specific requirements Construction equipment X X Marine X Saving costs with complete Parker Hydraulic Tank Material handling X Solutions Mining X e partnership in supply chain management reduces costs Road building equipment X X e An integration of reservoir functions Transportation X X Reduction of component parts Waste management e Integrated hydraulic filter and air filter benefits Environmental control X X f e Integrated oil level measurement benefits e Standard amp customised solutions offered An introduction to Parker Hyd
219. he valve position 3 up to 100 3 8 90 200 4 2 190 320 5 310 500 Example If the fluid you wish to analyse has a viscosity of 50 under normal operating conditions then the control knob on the Flow Control Device should be set to valve position 3 flow device will now automatically control the flow rate through the IcountPD to within its working range of 40 140ml min Note The Flow control device will still operate correctly even with the high pressure side at 200bar and the return back to an open system of O bar DP 200bar Parker Hannifin Hyaraulic Filter Division Europe FDCB321UK Hydraulic Connection Diagram Dimensions IcountPD High Pressure Line Side G1 8 ports either side of mounting block 4 holes 6 60 Thro Flow Control Device 38 0 Ctrs Actuator Manual flow rate adjustable via control knob Mounting Type 4 off mounting holes to suit M6 screws not supplied Mounting position Any Weight 1 7 kg 3 76 Fluid Temperature 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 F Ambient storage temperature 20 C to 40 C 4 F to 104 Viscosity range 20cSt to 500cSt If lower than 20cSt contact Parker Differential pressure range 5 to 315 bar Maximum pressure 315 bar Flow direction IN to OUT flow control function Port thread detail 1 8 BSPP test points not supplied Internal Seals Viton Fluid condition monitoring Online Particle Detector icountep
220. her with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass contributes to ISO 14001 quality High collapse elements To be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 3 bar or 7 0 0 5 bar 2 5 bar indicators to be used with 3 5 bar bypass valve and 7 0 bar indicators with no bypass function visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration High pressure filters Parker High Pressure Filters Specification indicator Internal dia 31 external dia 41 O ring size 220 134 627 4 4 mounting holes 21 dia 108 4 25 2 36 mm inches Type 70T 70L 70B Length 1 14 10 5 15 Length 2 16 5 19 14 Length 3 19 15 5 16 5 Length 4 22 18 5 19 5 Optional indicator port No SAE flange version 5 39 Seres VIG 0 M10 depth 20 0 78 Housing for SAE flange mounting doesn t have these holes L
221. here a tailormade tank design is the solution The lightweight co polymer tank is an all in one solution that keeps in mind a customer s specific design requirements Each tank is unique in terms of shape dimensions and integrated functions It is equipped with an integrated tank top mounted return line filter and tank air filter All filters and air filters are supplied as standard with the patented environmentally friendly LEIF element Reliable connections Heliable leak proof connections have always been a critical aspect for co polymer tanks Parker has developed a technology using metal attachment components All metal attachment components are moulded in with the co polymer tank wall ensuring a reliable leak proof connection between the tank and the components that are attached to it Parker Filtration has designed high tech sealing solutions for tank top mounted filters These attached connections e g a suction connection for pumps drains vents or a filler opening can easily be achieved as well as providing indications for minimum and maximum oil levels Metal attachment connections can be made available for hose couplings a flange attachment or thread attachment Co polymer reservoirs are designed to meet the stringent demands of our customers All relevant aspects are analysed from material properties and operational conditions to dynamic load and requirements for equipment servicing Customised integra
222. igurator 1000 l min ISO 228 G1 s BSP ABL1 Only None None 2000 l min 1 5 UN 16 2B ABL2 Only Visual SNG Vacuum Pressure Gauge Adaptor With Filler EE Connection Product configurator ISO 228 G1 s BSP SNG Single Adaptor Adaptor With Filler Connection Replacement elements 1 QXWL1 3 3u Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 181 Notes 182 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Parker Glass Filled Nylon and Metal Breathers IP65 Rated Metal Screw on and Lockables 1 voir equipment 183 Reservoir Equipment IP65 Rated Filler Breathers Specification for Single and 6 Hole Installation Option 1 Construction Moulded in non corrodible glass filled nylon combining strength with a lightweight design Options 1 single 63mm dia hole Filler breather installation that eliminates driled and tapped holes using self locking clamps 2 6 hole Filler Breather Installation that uses 6 x No 10 thread forming screws 3 3 hole filler breather utilises 3 x zinc and clear chromate plated steel SCrews Option 1 Filler Breathers Single Hole Installation 1 2 0 6 0 4 0 2 0 0
223. ilters High quality 420 bar in line pressure filters designed to offer high levels of protection at flows up to 450 l min Dirt sensitive systems can be protected with confidence using the 70 Series high pressure filters The 70 Series also available with environmentally friendly Ecoglass elements 116 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 420 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses 0 414 bar Connections Threads GI GT GT 59 228 1 or flanges 11 4 3000 M 11 2 3000 M 11 4 SAE 6000 11 2 6000 M Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Max torque 40 Nm Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 to 100 Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 Ecoglass 111 Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used toget
224. ily cleanable inlet strainer 5 98 pe 394mm Alternative customer selectable inlet and outlet ports plugged 15 57 Portable filtration systems Portable Hydraulic Filtration Systems Guardian Ordering Information and Product Configurator Standard products table F3 GT4E 1 10Q 1 UK F3 GT4E 1 10Q 1 EUR F3 GT4E 2 10Q 1 IND Product configurator 220 240 VAC 110 VAC 02Q Microglass 3 24 Vdc 050 200 Quick disconnect hose connections 25W 40W Wire mesh 74W WR Water removal Replacement elements 10 Microglass III G04394Q 4 5 Microglass III G04395Q 6 Microglass III G04397Q 20 Microglass III G04400 25 Wire mesh G04401 40 Wire mesh G04402 74 Wire mesh G04403 WR Water removal Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 132 United Kingdom Europe Industrial 3 pin 110 version only Battery clamps 24Vdc Only CL Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 17 Parker Filtration Unit MAX 15 I min 6 bar Portable filtration systems Hydraulic Service Equipment Filtration Unit Features amp Benefits Single
225. ion amp distribution e Oil reclamation e Industrial hydraulics e Earth moving applications e Agricultural In Line Moisture Measurement of Hydraulic amp Lubricating Oils Parkers MS100 Moisture Sensor offers fast reliable and accurate in line detection of moisture in fluids The MS100 transducer type technology has been especially designed with the preventative maintenance programme environment in mind industry accepted sensing cell device will monitor and report Relative Humidity RH moisture content in oils The water content measurement technique offers the end user benefits over the current standard form of water content reporting PPM This allows for real time preventative maintenance to be undertaken and corrective actions to be made By knowing that the water contamination is still within the oils absorbing range less than 10096 reclaiming fluid properties before additive damage occurs can initiate calculable cost savings 262 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 40 Specification Pressure Maximum alarm output lead Maximum allowable operating pressure 0 5 amps maximum continuous lead MAOP 420 bar 6000 psi Supply voltage Operating temperature 8 Vac 30mA Maximum es Calibration accuracy Minimum 15 C 5 dependent on seal material e 2 Flow through sensor cell Compensated thermal stability Installed in active flowstre
226. it supplied No 10 thread forming screws Note 2 Pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 4 4mm dependent on the material and thickness see guide below equispaced on 73mm P C D to suit supplied No 10 thread forming screws Telescopic Strainer The telescopic strainer design is ideal where reservoir depth allows to increase the surface area of the strainer improving still further its straining ability oil flow through and allowing for longer dipstick lengths Option 2 6 Hole Filler Breathers Pressurised AB 98817011 UC Pressurised O 7bar with 95mm strainer AB98812001 AB 98812001 UC Pressurised 0 2bar without strainer AB98812011 AB 98812011 UC Pressurised 0 2bar with 95mm strainer AB98812021 AB 98812021 UC Pressurised O 2bar with telescopic strainer AB98813001 AB 98813001 UC Pressurised 0 35bar without strainer AB98813011 AB 98813011 UC Pressurised 0 35bar with 95mm strainer AB98813021 AB 98813021 UC Pressurised 0 35bar with telescopic strainer AB98817001 AB 98817001 UC Pressurised O 7bar without strainer AB98817021 AB 98817021 UC Pressurised O 7bar with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Option 2 6 Hole Filler Breathers Non Pre
227. itry prevents false alarms e Purely electronic no moving components e Integrated test feature The CLS46 Liquid Level Switch is an active device which is CLS46 Capacitive Level Switch is designed to detect designed to give an alarm signal if fluid falls below a preset level the loss of fluid below its position in the tank It will only give an output signal after a few seconds of low level to eliminate false alarms due to turbulence The fact that the CLS46 Series has no moving parts and incorporates a in delay means that it is ideal in applications where mechanically operated switches mis trigger due to vibration and fluid turbulence CLS46 Series compliments the existing range of level measurement instrumentation supplied by Parker Hannifin CLS46 Series has no moving parts and it is therefore suitable for all applications particularly where space and access inside a vessel is at a minimum Technical Specification Installation Details Dimensions See drawing Electrical rating Supply voltage 7 40 Vdc Supply current 3 0mA Max load current 1 0A Alarm delay time 10 0 seconds Connections V Positive power supply GND Negative power supply or GND Output Transistor switched to GND on alarm Test Ground to operate Body Connected to ground Fluid types Water based fluids compatible with brass PTFE and flurosilicone ae Bg Construction Brass Probe Terminals S
228. ivision Europe FDHB200UK Section 44 Flowmeters amp Monitors asiflow Meters and Flowswitches Features amp Benefits e Oil and water calibrated e Works in any plane e Pressures up to 10 bar e Flows from 1 to 150 l min e Accuracy 5 FSD e Repeatability 1 FSD e Switches fully adjustable flow rate signalling e Plant and equipment protection Easiflow Meters Specification Flowswitch Specifications Flow rate 1 to 150 l min Viscosity range 10 to 200 centistokes oil Construction Cone Acetal Viewing glass Borosilicate glass Calibrated spring Stainless steel The Easiflow switch is a flow measuring device incorporating an AC DC switch suitable for controlling valves or pump motors or for activating alarm signals Seal Nitrile General flowmeter specification i ey Glass nylon RUD See material details opposite dad working pressure Repeatability Switch type specifications b as 7 4195 ESD Magnetically operated reed switch inimum working pressure l T ber Connections Electrical details Temperature range 1 BSP parallel threads Voltage range 300Vac dc Fee DR Weight Maximum current 2 5Amps 45 C to 60 Water 0 4kg Maximum load 100W resistive 70W inductive C 4 Installation Details 42 A F HEX Ordering Information Standard products table Standard products table
229. l 1 4571 helical type brazed Ordering Information Bottom Connection Symbol PGB1001250 PGB 1001 250 0 250 bar G Bottom PGB1001400 1001 400 0 400 G Bottom PGB1001010 PGB 1001 010 0 10 bar G Bottom PGB1001016 PGB 1001 016 0 16 bar G Bottom PGB1001025 PGB 1001 025 0 25 bar G Bottom PGB1001040 PGB 1001 040 0 40 bar G Bottom Note It is recommended that PGB1001060 PGB 1001 060 0 60 bar G Bottom Al enubber fitted 2 mounted PGB1001100 PGB 1001 100 0 100 bar G Bottom V Qv 1 BSP e 3i Dn pig ped PGB1001160 PGB 1001 160 0 160 bar G Bottom 22 HEX FE PGB1001600 PGB 1001 600 0 600 bar G Bottom PGB10011000 PGB 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G Bottom Installation Details Panel Mounting Bottom Connection Panel Mounting Lower Back SEINS UOTE PGE1001016 PGE 1001 016 0 16 bar G Panel PGE1001025 PGE 1001 025 0 25 bar G Panel PGE1001040 PGE 1001 040 0 40 bar G Panel PGE1001060 PGE 1001 060 0 60 bar G Panel PGE1001100 PGE 1001 100 0 100 bar G Panel PGE1001160 PGE 1001 160 0 160 bar G Panel PGE1001250 PGE 1001 250 0 250 bar G Panel PGE1001400 PGE 1001 400 0 400 bar G Panel PGE1001600 PGE 1001 600 0 600 bar Panel PGE10011000 PGE 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G Panel Dimensions mm Bottom Connection Jio 48 107 100 8 87 22 0 80
230. le when U14M model indicator on U14H model Operation U12H model M1 type push Operation here for reset Hed colour visible when indicator on Note Only visual auto reset available for models U14M and U14H FMUM1 not available High pressure High pressure _ s 14UNF 2A 919 78 70 06 7 8 1AUNF 2A 918 83 0 06 Low pressure 3 4 16 UNF 2A 162 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 22 FMUF Electronic Contact configuration NPN GV 10 36 Vdc Rotating part 360 ov Green LED Yellow LED s Hed LED E 1 Load i ov Low pressure max 300 mA Thermal lock out standard setting 20 e ndicator operates only when temperature is above setting e Green LED is blinking if temperature is lower not in U12H 5096 E B active 10096 active IP65 DIN 43650 cable connection PG9 or optinally M12 4 pin 10 to 36 Vdc max 300 mA 36 Vdc or N C NPN or PNP Enclosure class Electrical connector Input supply voltage Indication output Output type Note Do not connect output terminals 1 or 2 directly without load to power supply terminals because this will damage the equipment FMUL1 Programmable Dimensions see FMUF electronic p indicator 1 6 3 U12H model
231. le with a portable unit he particles are measured by a photo diode that converts light intensity to a voltage output which is recorded against By careful design and window sizing gravimetric levels as time high as 310mg of dirt per litre equivalent to up to 4 million particles 5 micron per 100 ml can be achieved without making the instrument susceptible to counter saturation the particle moves across the window the amount of light lost is proportional to the size of the particle This reduction in voltage is measured and recorded These high saturation point on line APC s whilst losing none of the accuracy of their laboratory counterparts enable particle counting to be carried out quickly and accurately his voltage lost relates directly to the area of the particle measured is changed into a positive voltage and then in turn changed into a capacitance value This value is counted and stored in the LaserCM computer in one of 6 channels 2 gt 5 gt 15 gt 25 gt 50 and gt 100u according to particle size Readouts are displayed on the hand held LCD in the accepted ISO and NAS standards ready for hard copy printing or RS232 computer download on board computer allows storage of up to 300 test results A focused light source is projected through a moving column of oil Fluid condition monitoring Parker Portable Particle Counter aser OM Specification
232. leanliness testing Datum Data Management Datum dedicated software provides the link between Laser CM20 System 20 EM20 or the Water in Oil and your computer management system Features e Windows based Icon driven program e Full graphic output e lables results download e rend analysis and predictive maintenance e Auto test communication allows Datum to control particle counter testing and water in oil monitoring e Certification creator using downloaded data e Customer customised fields 226 16 column printer for hard copy data A feature of the LaserCM is the on board printout data graphing option developed to support predictive maintenance procedures Laser OM Test ON LINE TEST TEST NUMBER 022 D M Y Laser CM Test Date 04 03 06 ON LINE TEST Time 15 52 CLASS T TEST NUMBER 022 Count 100ml D M Y Date 04 03 06 4 6 789157 Time 15 52 6 14 c 31250 ISO 20 15 09 NAS CLASS T 14 21 6 250 Count 100ml NAS CLASS 3 SAU 820721 Te E gt 31564 o 64 NAS CLASS 4 gt 98 14 gt 70u 0 NAS CLASS 0 ISO 4406 1996 Correlation to NAS 1638 MTD calibration comes under ISO 4406 1999 revised standards Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Introducing the new Classic There is a new addition to the proven range the Classic LCM20 Classic Only available from Parker the Cl
233. led pressure gauge calibrated O to 350 bar and a dial type thermometer with a 0 to 100 C range Unit can only operate up to 90 C For further convenience the scale on the flow meter can be rotated to ensure visibility in any situation and the installed attitude of the assembly is not critical though whenever possible the unit should be mounted with pressure gauge vertical and gauge case relief valve uppermost The unit is designed for flow to be in the direction of the arrow on the flowmeter scale and must not be installed with the flow reversed 10 110 7 4 46 350 35 4120 5 55 46 350 35 4123 2 110 11 8 46 350 35 4168 20 180 13 85 75 496 87 4169 30 270 13 85 75 496 87 4170 40 360 13 85 75 496 87 4120 3 B Safety blow out discs x 10 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 4123 Hydrotrac unit features 2 flowmeters 2 20 and 10 110 l min and 1 pressure gauge and 1 thermometer Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 51 Flowmeters amp monitors Flowmeters amp Monitors Flow Products For Compressed Air Applications Features amp Benefits Loflow Air Flowmeters e Flow measurement from 1 1 to 720 l min Max 10 bar rating Flowline Flowswitches
234. lement life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Mobile cranes e Excavators e Deck cranes e Fire fighting equipment e Hydraulic presses e Waste balers e Industrial power units e Fork lift trucks The Parker Filtration BGT Series Tank Mounted Return Line Filters BGT tanktop mounted return line filters feature pre filtration by means of a magnet column and a full flow bypass with low hysteresis Thanks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system BGI Filters are available in versions capable of handling flow rates up to 2400 l min They can operate with a maximum working pressure of 10 bar LEIF elements are available for environment frienaly filtration for versions up to 1500 l min 22 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe F
235. let The element will then need to be replaced The of blockage and returns oil to the pump inlet this bypass is fully open when the needle is at the extreme of the red sector ensures that all fluid output from the unit is filtered whatever the operating conditions A visual element Sound level condition indicator is fitted to the pump A unit is The Filtration Unit under normal conditions will operate at a sound pressure level of available without electric motor for customers who approximately 65 prefer to supply their own See installation notes and part numbers for ordering Installation Details mm inches 8 54 1 77 0 31 5 78 90088 45 La 147 4 07 4 x 0 27 F Vs BSP 9 9 1 5 G 1 3 Portable filtration systems Parker Hydraulic Service Equipment Filtration Unit Sectioned Detail Pump delivery of oil 900 L 235 USG HR Various electronic motor options Integral bypass Installation and Operational Notes The Filtration Unit is suitable for mineral based oils Maximum viscosity at start up condition 850 centistokes minimum viscosity 8 centistokes Note that at 850 centistokes output will be reduced due to opening of bypass Maximum operating temperature 90 C 194 F The inlet pipe should be as large and as short as convenient to reduce inlet depression to a minimum It should not be less than 12mm 0 47 internal diameter
236. low Pressure drop At max rated flow Ap is 1 1 bar mineral fluid at 3O cSt 140 SSU D Ports E Size 0 G3 s Size 1 G3 4 threads also available Size 2 G11 4 Repeatability 195 FSD e Accuracy Flow 2 5 full scale deflection Weight Size 0 0 5kg 1 2165 Size 1 3 5kg 8 4165 Size 2 4 4kg 9165 Aggressive Fluid Applications EPDM internal external O rings and seals G11 4 Ordering Information Standard products table STI0144100 STI 0144 100 0 6 25 Mineral 3 8 5711144100 STI 1144 100 1 20 100 Mineral Ya STI2144100 ST1 2144 100 2 80 380 Mineral 17 4 STI0148100 5 1 0148 100 0 6 25 Aggressive 3 3 STI1148100 STI 1148 100 1 20 100 Aggressive 3 4 STI2148100 ST1 2148 100 2 80 380 Aggressive 17 4 Note 1 numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Mobile Sensors are also available Contact Parker Fluid condition monitoring 241 Inline Sensors amp Monitors oystem 20 A drilling equipment operation in a zinc mine has had System 20 installed for several years System 20 Saving 50 000 Pump Damage Installing System 20 was part of a major restructuring plan to improve mining effectiveness and profitability Machine operator training and oil storage operative trainin
237. low US GPM Flow US GPM PRET poles EEE pepe arne PE Esp TERESE EJ ETE TJ ETT 0 13 26 39 53 6 79 92 106 119 132 0 13 2 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 14 20 3 20 3 17 43 17 43 14 5 14 5 Q 4 11 63 o ow 12 I 4 14 48 Es 0 0 4 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table FF1145 Q010 BS35 GT16 140 45M Length 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7005 Q010 BK FF1145 Q020 BS35 GT16 160 45M Length 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7005 Q020 BK 45M110QEBPKG161 FF1145 QE10 BS35 GT16 140 45M Length 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938978Q FC7005 QE10 BK 45M120QEBPKG161 FF1145 QE20 BS35 GT16 160 45M Length 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938979Q FC7005 QE20 BK FF1146 Q010 BS35 GT20 200 45M Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar FC7006 Q010 BK FF1146 Q020 BS35 GT20 220 45M Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar FC7006 Q020 BK 45M210QEBPKG201 FF1146 QE10 BS35 GT20 200 45M Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938982Q FC7006 QE10 BK 45M220QEBPKG201 FF1146 QE20 BS35 GT20 220 45M Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar GT ua 938983Q FC7006 QE20 BK FF1147 Q010 BS35 GT24 230 45M Length 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar 1 FC7007 Q010 BK FF1147 Q020 BS35 GT24 250 45M Length 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar FC7007 Q020 BK 45M310QEBPKG241 FF1147 QE10 BS35 GT24 230 45M Leng
238. lr requirements Parker s Filter Division Europe manufactures innovative lightweight co polymer reservoirs that can feature an integrated patented and environmentally friendly LE F filter element and an ecological air filter Ideally suited for mobile hydraulic systems such as forklift trucks telescopic handlers and agricultural sprayers the all in one design of the reservoir means that it can be specified as a complete unit helping mobile equipment manufacturers to cut costs save time and increase efficiency The environmentally friendly LEIF9 Low Environmental Impact Filter element has been designed to allow the outer metal filter sleeve to be re used As a result only the contaminated filter medium has to be disposed of as chemical waste helping to reduce disposal and processing costs by as much as 5096 Connection points for support devices such as suction pumps drains or filler openings can be easily incorporated into the lightweight reservoir with metal connectors being available for hose couplings and flange or thread attachments Each metal connector is moulded into the co polymer reservoir wall ensuring a reliable leak proof connection between the reservoir and ancillary components In addition an oil level indicator can be fully integrated into the design eliminating the need for level glasses which are fragile and a potential source of leakage if mounted incorrectly The dimensions shape and design of t
239. lter elements the disposal and processing cost may be reduced by as much as 5096 The LEIF concept safeguards the use of genuine Parker parts Reservoir equipment Darker Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Steel Reservoirs Features Benefits amp Specifications Parker steel reservoirs designed to withstand extreme Diverse tank size options are available conditions With space at a premium in most truck chassis configurations Standard steel tanks are often specified for commercial and the need to deal with toolboxes compressed air vehicle side mounting Parker steel tanks are built to last in reservoirs and other equipment tank dimensions are always extreme conditions Extreme weather conditions and heavy an issue meet the specific environment requirements duty vehicle movements can be resisted by our tank design Parker Filtration offers several tank sizes oteel tanks are fully equipped Our customers can choose from Quality design a wide choice of filter options Parker considers care for the As with co polymer tanks steel tanks offer leak proof environment The environmentally friendly LE F element is also connections and are vigorously tested against leakage applied to steel tank solutions Additionally Parker steel reservoirs Additionally they are painted with primer and topcoat to are equipped with an efficient air filter a level gauge plugs a ensure maximum protection against corrosion suction kit and mounting bra
240. ltration s unique all in one design where the return line filter and air filter are both located under one cover is a concept that offers great possibilities related to tank styling The high quality of the co polymer material ensures a long term stability of the chosen colour This all in one design features the IN AGB type return line and integrated air filter with labyrinth The labyrinth prevents oil leakage through the air filter The connection s for return line s and filler port are integrated in the tank This avoids having to have hydraulic hoses placed on top of the tank Environmentally friendly Parker considers care for the environment as a social obligation The environmentally friendly LEIF element Low Environmental Impact Filter is applied to the return line filters Cost effective and breathers type ABL and EAB The advantages of this co polymer concept are obvious IN AGB with LEIF element e Lightweight e Flexibility with respect to tank shapes e Characteristics of plastic material can be customised to meet specific requirements e Integration of several functions limits the use of individual components e The tank can be purchased and supplied as a complete unit What makes this element so special is that the metal sleeve can be re used As a result this filter element component no longer ends up in the waste disposal only the contaminated filter medium is disposed of as chemical waste With LE F fi
241. ludes full part number FMUMSKVMU12H as standard Optional Indicators mounted to lower indicator port electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration 1 i 4 re Direction A Torque 50 Nm G zx2pcs G s Indicator M3 t Venting valve Fee Mile 650 1210 Length 2 Length 3 Adaptor flange Indicator _ is a umm N LO i N c9 AS hs ud D Torque 50 Nm NAE s AMET j EEE Fi we Option M12 4pcs Adaptor flange T scan be rotated in 90 steps OUT Torque 50 Nm Medium pressure filters Medium Pressure Filters 190 Eco Series Dual System 130D G1 2 x 2pcs Venting valve 1 LO NR O A m 4 Lou 27 380 Body flange SAE 3 3000 M Supported from base Adaptor flange thread Ce G2 Parallel System 130N Length 2 780 Length 3 1340 Dimensions in mm G exX pcs G Venting Port Sizes DN80 PN16 or DN100 PN16 Supported from base OQ Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 130 System 1 1 units Indicator V Drain valve G x2pcs 130 System 3 3 uni
242. ly display the actual error code only i e ERROR 13 A full list of error codes are detailed in the IcountPD User Manual Moisture sensor output settings Moisture Sensor is an option that can be included when specifying the IcountPD The Moisture Sensor reports on the saturation levels of the fluid passing through the IcountPD sensing cell output is a linear scale reporting within the range of 596 saturation to 10096 saturation Table relating Saturation levels in the sensing cell to IcountPD outputs Fluid condition monitoring Online Particle Detector icountep Auxiliary Flow Device pressure compensated Flow control device Part Number 5840074 has been developed to give the IcountPD user greater flexibility The Flow control device will enable testing where flow ranges are outside the IcountPD specifications 40 140 ml min or where pipe diameters do not allow the IcountPD to be installed Flow control device fits onto the downstream outlet side of the IcountPD connecting through a manifold block via a self sealing quick connection test point and is fitted with a differential pressure valve This Flow control device automatically compensates for pressure and viscosity changes whilst maintaining its setting even as the workload changes oimply position the valve to match the viscosity of the oil you are testing chart below can be used to determine t
243. mall and very robust having been developed and tested extensively in industry applications where space is a restriction Dataflow Compact with its Grilamid body and BSP connections can be installed Hed wire 5V supply 5 Green wire Output signal almost anywhere and once installed will give accurate and Blue wire OV supply reliable output signalling ISO 228 aru pom T TUNI ON 1 CUIR rm 12 0 Ordering Information Standard products table DFC 9000100 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Dataflow compact transmitter Flowmeters amp monitors Parker Hannifin 283 Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 47 Flowmeters amp Monitors Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated lowmeters Brass Version Features amp Benefits Works in any plane Pressure up to 350 bar 5000 psi Flows up to 360 l min Accuracy x596 FSD Repeatability 1 FSD Direct reading Relatively insensitive to viscosity changes Oil or water calibrated Optional reed switch upgrade Specification 1 4 1 2 and 3 4 BSP thread options Construction Brass body to BS 2874 CZ114 Maximum working pressure Up to 350 bar 50 pe D Minimum working pressure Re
244. mbly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicators 10 70 abs G 4 MXA MXA8511424 0 Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 12PS10CTV1R2B Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicators 10 70 10 micron PS 12PS10CTE2R2B Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator nom E 12PS10CTPR2B Assembly with bypass amp no indicator MXA 8 amp 12PS Suction Line Filters MXA MXA8511223 Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators PS 12PS10CTV1S4B Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicator 20 10 micron Assembly without bypass with dual visual indicators 10 nom Po 12PS10CTV1SX4B Assembly without bypass with gauge type visual indicator MXA 9 amp 22PS Return Line Filters MXA Messen Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 30 y Pin 11 4 3 Micron abs filtration for Off Line and Bypass System Clean Up Maxiflow micron elements are ideal for off line or bypass clean up applications These can be specified for the 9 and 7 series return line filters MXA MXA9551424 Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10BTV1R2D Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicators ee a Po 22PS10BTE2R2D Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator 10 180 PX i 25
245. ment Service cont Replacement element part numbers Model 18P 1 18P 2 28P 1 28P 2 38P 1 38P 2 02Q G04242 G04250 G04258 G04266 G04274 G04282 05Q G04243 G04251 G04259 G04267 G04275 G04283 10Q 20Q 02QH G04290 G04298 04306 04314 904322 G04330 05QH 904291 G04299 G04307 G04315 G04323 G04331 10QH 04292 04300 G04308 G04316 G04324 G04332 20QH G04293 G04301 G04309 G04317 G04325 G04333 Model 18P 1 18P 2 28P 1 28P 2 38P 1 38P 2 02Q G04246 G04254 G04262 G04270 G04278 G04286 05Q G04247 G04255 G04263 G0427 1 G04279 G04287 10Q G04248 G04256 G04264 G04272 G04280 G04288 20Q G04249 G04257 G04265 G04273 G04281 G04289 O2QH G04294 G04302 G04310 G04318 G04326 G04334 G04295 04303 04311 04319 504327 504335 10QH 204296 504304 504312 504320 504328 504336 20QH 904297 504305 604313 104321 204329 504337 Ordering Information Standard products table 18P 1 10Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 Length 1 Nitrile Electrical Gi 18P 1 10Q M2 98 B2B2 1 80 18P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Gy 18P 1 20Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 100 18P Length 1 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G 4 18P 1 20Q M2 98 B2B2 1 100 18P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar GY 18P 2 10Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 130 18P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar 18P 2 10Q M2 98 B2B2 1 130 18P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visu
246. mm x 60mm e Integrated 10 meter PVC cable already fitted e Complete with wall mounting kit e No additional power supply required e Universal box means it can be positioned in any orientation 264 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 40 Ordering Information Standard products table moisture sensors MS1001P MS100 1P MS100 1 4 BSP with bonded seal 1005 MS100 5P MS100 16 18UNF 2A SAE J514 MS1002P MS100 2P MS100 14 BSP with integral seal MS1003P MS100 3P MS100 BSPT MS1004P MS100 4P MS100 1 4 NPT P MS1006P MS100 6P MS100 Handheld version P MS1007P MS100 7P MS100 Inline tee version P Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Standard products table accessories panel displays P9732PVC02 P 9732PVC 02 2 meter M12 IP68 PVC coated cable P9732PVC05 P 9732PVC 05 5 meter M12 IP68 PVC coated cable DDU1002 DDU 1002 110 to 240 Vac process indicator PBG8341A PBG 8341 A 11 to 30 bar graph indicator P9732PVC10 P 9732PVC 10 10 meter M12 IP68 PVC coated cable P9732PUR02 P 9732PUR 02 2 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated cable P9732PUR05 P 9732PUR 05 5 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated cable P9732PUR10 P 9732PUR 10 10 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated
247. mple progressive build up This assembly will provide easy access for servicing and replacing pipes This method also reduces the quantity of Stacking Nuts and Studs by 5096 If a factory installation is being built in phases it would be wise to leave the first phase with a lower clamping unit and Stacking Nuts in position ready to receive pipe runs for the next building phase nut not required in this position Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 31 Specification Dimension details supplied in product configurator Single Clamp eos Double Clamp A rt Multiclamp 12 or 16 holes Split Bushes 1 set of clamping units 1 pair oplit bushes are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of bushes 10 bushes of one size Ft y S E Pipe size Material Specifications Zinc plated steel with anti corrosive full passivate Multiclamp Series 10 will accept pipe or hose diameters from 6mm up can also be multi stacked using stacking studs and nuts to 20mm maximum Series 16 from 6mm up to 28mm and Series 10 and 16 clamp is supplied in lengths of 603mm and Series 32 from 10mm up to 50mm Across the 3 Series there oeries 32 in lengths of 1206mm These can be simply cut to are 26 different high quality split rubber bushes to select from the required lengths for installation to cope with any combination and number of different pipe and hose diameters in the same run Note For stainl
248. mposition Brass plated steel stainless steel Seals Fluorocarbon Hoses Nylon Kevlar braided microbore Hose length Fluid connection hose 1 2 metre 3 9 feet Flow rate Up to 400 l min 100 US GPM System 20 Sensors Higher flows with SPS Max working pressure Up to 420 Bar 6000 psi Fluid compatibility Mineral oil and petroleum based fluids Power He chargeable battery pack 12Vdc trickle charger supplied 235mm 9 25 Fuse 5 0 amp fast blow fuse included for overload protection H2Oil technology Infrared absorption spectroscopy Measurement and range PPM 0 3000 or 96 content Max operating temperature 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 C Environmental temperature O C to 41020 441 F to 1048 Test completion time 90 seconds Memory store 500 TEST scrolling memory capacity Printer facility Integral 16 column thermal printer for hard copy data Computer interface RS232 Repeatability accuracy Better than 596 typical L20mm 6 12 0 79 180mm 7 09 Viscosity range 2 100 cSt 9 460 550 500cSt with SPS Commissioning kit Includes 2 re chargeable battery packs 1 fitted to monitor 2 x thermal printer rolls fuse screwdriver 12Vdc trickle charger and user manual Data entry 24 character two line back lit dot matrix LCD Full aloha numeric keypad Data retrieval Memory access gives test search facility
249. n Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Reservoir Equipment Drive Couplings Technical Data Installation Details Materials To select coupling model check application to establish Coupling halves running load condition Sintered Steel Check chart for factor F and apply factor F to Rating of Sleeve coupling formulae This answer you now apply to Rating 100 Nylon 66 rev min below Max temp sleeve It is advisable always to check shaft sizes being used on 83 application and check with dimension H Factor F Application Electric motor Petrol diesel engine Uniform load 1 00 1 20 Medium shock 1 25 1 50 Heavy shock 1 75 2 00 HP of application x 100 x F rev min of application Rating of coupling lt G Hub withdrawal clearance Sectioned detail SAG 777 SENS ETE a Ji te p ae y rnt ko Grub screw position D 5000 0 75 1 00 0 4 40 0 66 0 44 5 38 0 4 0 104 0 84 0 28 0 10 0 AO 5000 1 32 0 75 42 0 90 0 60 0 42 0 4 0 115 0 88 0 42 0 14 0 10 5 4000 6 00 8 00 205 59 0 1250 83 0 65 0 4 0 158 0 122 0 55 0 19 0 16 0 min 38 1 max Height of keyway from base of bore Metric Imperial BS 4500 1985 BS 1916
250. n Double length without drain Bowl and dust seal Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Drain plug SAE 4 Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 Ordering Information Standard products table 15CN110QEVT1KG164 F315CN1R10QETWS350C2C219 50 15CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 9367000 15CN110QEVM3KG164 F315CN1R10QEM250C2C219 50 15CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar Gi 936700Q 15CN120QEVT1KG164 F315CN1R20QETW350C2C219 80 15CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G1 936701Q 15CN120QEVM3KG164 F315CN1R20QEM250C2C219 80 15CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GT 936701Q 15CN210QEVT1KG164 F315CN2R10QETW350C2C219 80 15CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 936704 15CN210QEVM3KG164 F315CN2R10QEM250C2C219 80 15CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 936704Q 15CN220QEVT1KG164 F315CN2R20QETW350C2C219 100 15CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G1 936705Q 15CN220QEVM3KG164 F315CN2R20QEM250C2C219 100 15CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GT 936705Q 40CN105QEVT1KG244 F340CN1ROS5QETWS350E2E219 120 40CN Length 1 5 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 51 2 9367070 40CN105QEVM3KG244 F340CN1RO5QEM250E2E219 120 40CN Length 1 5 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 172 936707Q 40CN110QEVT1KG244 F3
251. n cover optional Plugged G1 1 2 Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Conventional style element with steel end caps BGT 3 LEIF version BGT 4 conventional element Ref No Description 1 1 Nut 2 1 Washer ir 1 Cover am s 4 1 Cover seal c EN WENN 5 1 Top spring 18 EEE 6 1 Housing 2 T 1 Insert seal Li 8 1 Plug M10x1 SA Le 9 1 Bonded seal PTS 10 1 Insert ftu 11 1 LEIF element AX EE 14 1 O ring 7 j 15 1 Bypass set 8 16 1 Diffuser X 4 Length 13 and larger conventional element Co LESER Ref No Description 7 1 1 Nut 2 1 Washer 3 1 Cover f 4 1 Cover seal 5 1 Top spring 6 1 Housing 7 1 Insert seal 8 1 Plug M10x1 9 1 Bonded seal 10 1 Insert 11 1 Element seal 12 1 Element 13 1 O ring 14 1 O ring 15 1 Bypass set 16 1 Diffuser Low pressure filters Darker i Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Series Specification cont BGT 3 with diffuser Filter tank torque load 45 Nm Cover house KES torque load 30 Nm 12 View Flange SAE 2 Used for BGT 3S with 2 SAE flanged single port connection View C C Used for BGT 35 with Dual port connection 1x2 SAE flange 2x1 4
252. n to fluid management and contamination control Fluid condition monitoring Online Particle Detector icountep Dimensions Installation Details mm inches 0 8 155 110 4 37 182 7 27 60 2 4 CTRS 6 1 Typical Applications e Mobile Equipment o Earth Moving Machinery o Harvesting Forestry o Agriculture Monitoring of the hydraulics enabling the vehicles to function to there best capability under load conditions through pistons servo valves control rams and gear pumps e Industrial Equipment o Production Plants o Fluid Transfers o Pulp amp Paper o Refineries To monitor the cleanliness of the equipment throughout the production line from the machine tool controlled hydraulics through to contamination of fluid transfer Ensuring the integrity of the fluid is maintained throughout the refining process 2 mounting locations to suit M5 socket head cap screw Screw pack supplied with icountPD icountPD flange thickness 10mm 0 4 Maximum Torque 5Nm e Power Generation o Wind Turbines o Gearboxes o Lubrication Systems With continuous monitoring the optimum level is achieved in the least amount of time e Maintenance o Test Higs o Flushing Stands To increase efficiency of your equipment by continuously monitoring the cleanliness level of the hydraulic fluid Parke
253. nants in the system The effect is compounded as you now have both particulate contaminant and water working together The particulate contamination can be as simple as rust flaking from reservoir walls Anti wear additives break down in the presence of water and form acids The combination of water heat and dissimilar metals encourages galvanic action Pitted and corroded metal surfaces and finishes result Further complications occur as temperature drops and the fluid has less ability to hold water As the freeze point is reached ice crystals form adversely affecting total system function Operating functions may become slowed or erratic Electrical conductivity becomes a problem when water contamination weakens insulating properties of fluid decreases dielectric kV strength Testing your fluid for water A simple crackle test will tell you if there is water in your fluid Simply take a metal dish or spoon with a small amount of fluid Apply a flame under the container with a match If bubbles rise and crackle from the point of applied heat you have free water ParTest M fluid analysis For complete analysis Parker offers Par Test fluid analysis Your Parker representative can supply you with a fluid container mailing carton and appropriate forms to identify your fluid and its use An independent lab performs complete spectrometric analysis particle counts viscosity and water content Hesults are sent directly to
254. nd adsorption filters in many applications many industries Process amp Chemical Fluid Filtration Liquid filtration systems for beverage chemical and food processing cosmetic paint water treatment photo processing and micro chip fabrication Racor Fuel Conditioning amp Filtration Parker air fuel and oil filtration Systems provide quality protection for engines operating in any environment anywhere in the world System Contamination Monitoring On line dynamic particle analysis off line bottle sampling and fluid analysis and measurement of water content polluting the oil in a system All important and achievable cost effective solutions available to equipment manufacturers and end users alike Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Control Products Contents Filtration and Reservoir Products 1 Low pressure filters ETF Series Tanktop mounted filters Previously 1200 5 TTF Series Tanktop mounted filters 11 BGT Series Tanktop mounted filters 21 IN AGB Series In tank mounted filters 33 Tanktopper Series II amp Ill Tanktop mounted with integrated air breather 45 Suction Return Series Suction and return filters 53 Maxiflow Series Spin on filters 61 ATZ Series Suction filters 67 2 Medium pressure filters 15 40 80CN Series ris 45M 45M Eco Series Previously 1145 81 130 Eco Series Previ
255. ndards have been applied EN982 EN292 1 EN292 2 We furthermore declare that machinery incorporating Parker Hydraulic Filtration products is not allowed to be put into service until the machinery has been found and declared to be in conformity with the provisions of Directive 89 392 EEC and with national implementing legislation In line with our policy of continuous product improvement Parker Hannifin UK Ltd reserve the right to alter product data and specification without notice This does not affect your statutory rights Notes 1 Within this catalogue each product has been allocated an operating temperature and pressure range 2 The range listed for each filter is dedicated by the materials of construction and the capability of the seals specified 3 Consideration should also be given to the characteristics of the system fluid when specifying filters for extreme temperature and or pressure applications 4 The use of non Parker replacement elements and spares may invalidate your warranty Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Series 140 l min 6 bar tr EET 2929229202224 995959595959 Che PE pE Pd p 924 T pr Far gt i 2 2 Fa e 271 24 ass Aet ue Eu E amp dl el F E 0 ig ci e i G T P
256. neumatic systems and components Business and general aviation Inert oxygen generating systems e Fluid metering delivery and atomization devices Wheels and brakes Couplings fittings hoses and tubes Key Markets Key Products e Factory automation Pneumatic motion and control Transportation and automotive Air preparation ife sciences and medical e Vacuum controls and sensors e Machine tools e Flectromechanical stepper and servo motors drives and controls e Semiconductor and electronics e Human machine interface e Electric actuators gantry robots slides and linear motors e Structural extrusion Climate amp Industrial Controls Key Markets Key Products Refrigeration and air conditioning Pressure regulators Transportation mobile Check ball and service valves Process e Value added systems e Industrial machinery e Thermostatic and expansion valves e Medical life sciences e Electronic controllers Fuel cells e Contaminant controls Precision cooling Heating air conditioning hose Gerotors Key Markets Key Products Industrial machinery Hydraulic lubrication and coolant filters Process Process chemical water and microfiltration filters Mobile Compressed air and gas purification filters e Marine e Condition monitoring Oil amp gas Analytical gas generators Power generation and energy Nitrogen hydrogen and zero air generators Transportation Engine air fuel
257. nge 1 1 2 3000 M R24 x x X X options 2 6 8 SAE flange 1 6000 M H20 X X X X Options 6 and 8 70T model there is an option for 2 x indicator SAE flange 1 1 2 6000 M H24 X X x x ports on filter outlet flange standard indicator port not machined Side manifold 70B only X32 x x x x P both side indicator ports plugged with steel plug Availability standard product or other indicator chosen right side in flow direction port plugged with a plastic plug left with a steel plug x non standard ask for availability G16 L port amp G20 L port amp Media Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Filter length Media G16 T port G20 T port Side manifold G24 T port G24 L port 02Q 938771Q 938775Q 938779Q 938783Q Length 1 02Q 02QE 80 80 80 80 80 05Q 938772Q 938776Q 938780Q 938784Q 05Q 05QE 120 120 120 120 120 10Q 10Q 10QE 150 150 150 150 150 20Q 938786Q 20Q 20QE 200 230 230 230 230 O2QE 938787Q 938791Q 938795Q 938799Q Length 2 02Q 02QE 160 160 160 160 160 5 938788Q 938792Q 938796Q 938800Q 05Q 05QE 180 200 200 200 200 10QE 938789Q 938793Q 938797Q 938801Q 10Q 10QE 220 260 280 300 320 20QE 938790Q 938794Q 938798Q 938802Q 20Q 20QE 240 280 300 330 350 02QH 938803Q 938807Q 938811Q 938815Q Length 3 02Q 02QE 200 220 220 220 220 05QH 938804Q 938808Q 938812Q 938816Q 05Q 05QE 220 250 280 280 280 10QH 938805Q 938809Q 9388130 9388170 10Q 10QE 240 280 300 350 400 20QH 938806Q 938810Q 938814Q 938818Q 20Q 20QE 250 300 320 380 430
258. nitial pressure drop for this filter is max 0 02 bar 2 0 kPa EAB10 Housing Only Ap kPa 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Flow l min EAB20 Housing Only Ap kPa Flow l min EAB10 Elements T lt Flow l min EAB20 Elements T lt Flow l min Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Specification EAB10 EAB20 Optional indicator 2114 Optional indicator SEPT 2 wage Ine Pel Pe Pd n E A a Holes for locking Air flow 1000 l min max 1500 l min max Optional overpressure valve Optional mounting Optional mounting holes Strainer pese SEBS _G VI Strainer Gasket ee PPR CCC CCE 94 L r DES ee BERBER GE EE M Comes with HC73 Comes with HC73 No ce 6 hole fixing mounting Mounting Code j 6 mounting holes HC73 Air filters are an essential dimensions GET6 part of the system and Gr external GE12 G3 4 internal GS12 the element needs to be replaced regularly Reservoir equipment Darker Reservoir Equipment LAB Series Ordering Information Standard products table EAB20PO20HC73 V2 N A N A N A EAB20PO20HC73 A
259. nk top mounted Connections Threaded BSP or SAE ports Second return port available for Tanktopper and Tanktopper Ill Filter housing Aluminium head and co polymer cover Seal material Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Operation temperature range 40 to 80 Bypass setting Opening pressure 0 8 1 5 or 2 5 bar for Tanktopper Opening pressure 1 5 bar for Tanktopper Il and Ill Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved Tanktopper I length 1 and 2 Free element clearance 127 cs o uu i ur m 2 Ss Li dico EE LT Pom NN X 1430 5 2 91 0 02 NE Mounting hole fut SIE 22 oe co Y 2 Max oil level cU 0 im TE 3 E A a iz X For filter with air breather In order to keep the minimum required distance under all circumstances it is recommended to position the filter in the middle of the reservoir Indicator l 61040 Max torque load filter tank 8 Nm _ Filtration media Microglass Ecoglass for LEIF element Air breather 10 micron Abs Also available 10um Cellulose and 4Oum stainless steel mesh TPR1 Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pr
260. nless steel BS970 1 1991 209 to 105 C 10 FSD Piston etc cone locknut 816531 Calibration Connections Stainless Steel Spring Oil Specific gravity BSP parallel threads Flow cone stainless steel to BS 2056 EN 58J 0 856 at 20 C BS 970 316 16 Seal Water Specific gravity 2076 Viton Note To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Oil Standard products table 26 232 112 1 2 2 20 350 41 38 32 165 5 125 46 0 9 26 332 112 3 4 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 175 EM 26332 212 3 4 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 FM26132112 FM 26 132 112 1 4 0 2 2 0 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132212 FM 26 132 212 1 4 5 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132312 FM 26 132 312 1 4 1 9 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26232212 FM 26 232 212 1 5 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 128 46 0 9 FM26432112 FM 26 432 112 11 20 180 350 8 0 FM26432212 26 432 212 11 30 270 350 For intallation details for 17 4 flowmeters see above 8 0 FM26432312 26 482 312 11 4 40 360 350 8 0 Ordering Information Water Standard products table FM26132122 FM 26 132 122 1 4 0 2 2 0 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132222 FM 26 132 222 1 4 DETS 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132322 FM 26 132 322 1 4 1 9 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26232122 FM 26 232 122 1 2 2 20 35
261. ns The Parker FMU Series Differential Pressure Indicators The range of filter condition indicators are designed for use on a wide range of Parker filters and suitable for competitive interchange consult Parker Filtration for details Ideal for giving accurate visual electronic or electrical feedback of filter element condition in order to facilitate effective maintenance and ensuring hydraulic systems marine mobile or industrial are protected from particulate contamination Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 22 Parker Specification Maximum operating pressure The differential pressure values of 420 bar 250 bar for aluminium standard indicator models Maximum differential pressure 1 2 bar 02 210 bar 1 5 bar 0 2 Working temperature range o 20 to 85C 7 0 bar 0 5 Material of housing Go bab 95 Brass aluminium or stainless steel Indicators for other differential pressure values are optional Seals Fluoroelastomer Nitrile or EPDM Mounting torque max 75 Nm max 50 Nm for aluminium indicator body amp filter housing Marine filters 2020 2035 2040 2045 2060 2065 2070 2110 and 2520 U12H 1 5 bar Types 2035 2040 2045 and 2060 require FMU Block for connecting indicator to the filter Medium pressure filters series 45M and 130M High pressure filters series 70L 70T 70B 5000 7100 and 7200 vcn 2a Dar Hig
262. nsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the components or systems The operation of the products described here in is subject to the operating and safety procedures details of which are available upon request Sales conditions The items described in this document are available for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors Any sale contract entered into by Parker will be governed by the provisions stated in Parker s standard terms and conditions of sale copy available upon request 300 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Throughout the world Parker is serving more than 400 000 customers to improve productivity and reliability in thousands of industries Parker motion and control systems are in operation on satellites orbiting the Earth in machine tools and mobile equipment on oil rigs and refineries in hospitals and laboratories in fact wherever there s a need for motion and control you ll find Parker components and system solutions hard at work For more information visit Parker s web site at www parker com eu or call freefone 00800 27 27 5374 Key Markets Key Products e Commercial transports e Flight control systems and components Military aircraft e Hydraulic systems and components Hegional transports Fuel systems and components Aircraft engines P
263. nthetic stainless steel mesh optional Outlet 100 Microglass other u ratings and WR optional Filter bypass valve settings Inlet O 2 bar 3 psi Outlet 1 7 bar 25 psi Visual indicator 3 band visual differential clean change bypass Construction Cart frame steel filter head aluminium Filter bowl steel hoses PVC standard Motor options 220 240 VAC 110 Operating temperatures 40 C to 66 C Nitrile Portable filtration systems Parker Portable Filtration Trolley Serie Ordering Information Standard products table 10MF140SA10Q1UK 10MF 1 40SA 10Q 1 UK 1 408A 10Q 1 UK 924448 G00973Q 10MF140SA10Q1EUR 10MF 1 40SA 10Q 1 EUR 1 408A 10Q 1 EUR 924448 G00973Q 10MF240SA10Q1IND 10MF 2 40SA 10Q 1 IND 2 40SA 10Q 1 IND 924448 G00973Q Product configurator 220 240 VAC Synthetic Microglass III None Moulded 3 pin Stainless steel 110 40W oneal 02Q Microglass III 3 Magnet pack Moulded 2 pin 200 Stainless steel 050 NI mesh icroglass 3 pin industria TAW Stainless steel 3T mesh 0Q icroglass Par Gel water WR removal Replacement elements Nitrile seals Nitrile seals 40 Synthetic 10 Microglass III G02525Q 20 Microglass III G04687Q 4 5 Microglass III G00968 40 Stainless steel G00974Q 6 Microglass III G00967 74 Stainless steel
264. ntinuous operation for open and closed loop applications Flow rates up to 1000 l min Pressure filtration possible for high flow rates Excellent protection of high performance machinery Optional reverse flow valve Allows reverse flow and prevents back wash of element Ideal for applications where back flow is expected Bottom access bowl Only bottom of the bowl must be opened for element change Easy service Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and efficiency Great performance value Heliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Reduces downtime maximises element life Visual and electrical indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Drilling rigs e Power packs e Oil gas industry e Flight simulators e lestrigs The Parker Filtration Model 100P High Pressure Filters The 100P Series is designed to meet the growing demand for high pressure filters with a flow rate capacity of up to 1000 l min at 414 bar working pressure For systems where reverse flow can be expected an optional integrated reverse flow valve avoids back wash of contamination When changing the element only the end cap of the b
265. number spare element 937823Q 937880Q 937881Q 937882Q TTF90 TXWL3 2 TXWL3 5 TXWL3 10 TXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937824Q 937879Q 9378780 9378770 120 TXWL3D 2 TXWL3D 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWL3D 20 Part number spare element 937825Q 937825Q 937851Q 937876Q 125 TXWL3E 2 TXWL3E 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWLSE 20 Part number spare element 937826Q 937849Q 937852Q 937875Q 17 TXWL4 2 TXWL4 5 TXWL4 10 TXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937827Q 937848Q 937853Q 937874Q TTF230 TXWL5 2 TXWL5 5 TXWL5 10 TXWL5 20 Part number spare element 937828Q 937847Q 937854Q 937873Q TXWL5A 2 TXWL5A 5 TXWL5A 10 TXWL5A 20 Part number spare element 937829Q 9378460 9378550 9378720 TTF400 TXWL5B 2 TXWL5B 5 TXWL5B 10 TXWL5B 20 Part number spare element 9378300 9378450 9378560 9378710 115500 TXWL5C 2 TXWL5C 5 TXWL5C 10 TWXL5C 20 Part number spare element 937831Q 937844Q 937857Q 937870Q PXWL3 2 PXWL3 5 PXWL3 10 PXWL3 20 937886Q 937889Q 937892Q 937895Q PXWL4 2 PXWL4 5 PXWL4 10 PXWL4 20 937887Q 937890Q 937893Q 937896Q LT ee PXWL4A 2 PXWL4A 5 PXWL4A 10 PXWL4A 20 Part number spare element 937888Q 937891Q 937894Q 937897Q TXX2 10 B TXW2 2 B TXW2 5 B TXW2 10 B TXW2 20 B ST2 40 B Part number spare element 937721 937751Q 937754Q 937787Q 937790Q 937820 TTF90 TXX3 10 B TXW3 2 B TXW3 5 B TXW3 10 B TXW3 20 B ST3 40 B Part number spare element 937722 9377500 937755Q 937786Q 937791Q 937819 120 TXX3D 10 B TXW3D 2 B TXW3D 5 B TXW3D 10 B TX
266. o o e o o Note In compliance with international standards all Parker portable particle counters can meet the ISO Medium test dust standards The LaserCM s in addition to the complete range of Condition Monitoring products are capable of achieving certification to ISO 4406 1999 and with traceability to ISO 11171 for SRM 2806 via ISO 11943 Power lead printer ribbon bar code pen amp weather cover Batteries amp printer reel Instruction Re chargeable manual amp bar battery pack code software 224 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Operation Switch On Operating the Parker LaserOM is as simple as pressing the start button and turning the dial The test procedure is automatic and in the case of the LaserCM takes no more than 2 minutes to complete LaserCM makes the difference in industry Fully accredited to BS EN 60825 1992 and IEC 60825 1 safety of laser products Standards accredited to USA Standards and achieving full ISO certification LaserCM offers users advanced laser technology a fast dynamic and on line 2 minute system test cycle A LaserCM Aggressive Fluids model is also available suitable for monitoring corrosive fluids such as phosphate ester based lubricants used in commercial aviation MTD calibration Laser CM20 MTD Calibration variants are certified via a primary ISO 11171 calibrated automatic particle counter All MI
267. ode Description Code Description Code Model Description Code Fluorocarbon None Portable Purification System PVS 19 Ipm 4 2 gpm 185 S80VAC SOHZ 380 EPR EB 38 Ipm 8 3 gpm 600 185 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 76 Ipm 16 7 gpm 4200 575VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 Eu 8 600 460VAC 60HZ 460 170 Ipm 87 4 gpm 2700 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 1200 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 1800 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 2700 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Pressure setting Code Description Code Description Code Dry sealed DS Disposable coalescing D 4 micron Microglass III 2Q Liquid ring LR Packed tower cleanable 6 micron Microglass III 5Q m 5 10 micron Microglass 10Q 20 micron Microglass III 20Q Note Above elements are rated for Beta 200 99 596 efficiency Box 8 Box 9 Box 10 Box 11 _ Filterhousing Meater Condenser Options Description Code Model Description Code Description Code Description Code 80CN 2 None 185 12 KW 3 phase 12 Air cooled Pneumatic wheels PW IL8 39 Ecoglass Ill upgrade E EDD 8 p F Liquid cooled LC Auto condensate drain ACD Note IL8 option is available on 600 models 1200 24KW 24 Dirty filter light DFL and is standard on 1200 models and larger ena EU am Resetable hour meter RHM 2700 48 KW 48 Sigh
268. oil filtration and systems Food and beverage Fluid Connectors Key Markets Key Products Construction machinery e Rubber and thermoplastic hose e Agriculture e Industrial hose e Transportation e Tube fittings and adaptors Mobile e Tubing and plastic fittings Industrial machinery Brass fittings and valves e Oil amp gas e Hose couplings e Quick disconnects CD 5 gt gt gt Key Markets Key Products e Construction machinery Hydraulic cylinders and accumulators e Agriculture e Hydraulic valves and controls Industrial machinery Hydraulic motors and pumps e Oil amp gas Power take offs Truck hydraulics e Hydraulic systems Power generation and energy Instrumentation Key Markets Key Products Power generation Medium high pressure fittings and valves Oil amp gas Instrumentation fittings valves manifolds and regulators e Petrochemical High purity fittings valves and regulators e Microelectronics Fluoropolymer fittings valves pumps and regulators Biopharmaceutical Analytical systems Key Markets Key Products Transportation e Elastomeric O rings e Energy oil amp gas Homogeneous and inserted elastomeric shapes and diaphragms Semiconductor e Metal and plastic retained composite seals e Aerospace Polymeric and plastic dynamic seals e Fluid power e Rubber and plastic boots bellows e Life sciences e Extruded and precision cut fabric
269. ology The built in voltage regulator allows the sensors to be operated with a supply voltage of 12 36 9 36 Vdc All sensors are manufactured in our own production facility typical of Parker Hannifin s continued commitment to flexibility and quality Complete Performer range utilises ASIC technology Application Specific Integrated Circuit A comprehensive range of Pressure Transducers and Transmitters are available from Parker Filtration e One piece body and diaphragm machining ensures long term product stability All stainless steel construction 6 transducer pressure ratings with O 5Vdc and 1 6Vdc outputs e transmitter pressure ratings with a 2 wire 4 20mA output e Microdin din plug and M12 connector options programmable software AC DC display unit 0001002 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB240UK Specification Pressure ranges 25 69 100 220 100 6009 bar Pressure Tolerance Specifications 25 poo Osa x 20 0 500 Bar 60 x2 5 59 9 x 8 0 500 Bar 100 25 250 x 5 0 500 Bar 250 4 0 1000 7 0 1800 400 x2 5 1000 Ban 4 511808 Ban 600 x 151000 Ban xe 1800 Bar Electrical Supply voltage Output 12 36Vdc 5Vdc 12 36Vdc 1 evdc 9 36Vdc 4 20mA Transducer current draw 6mA Load impedance ohm gt 10 Output signal noise 0 1 FS Wiring Information Connector Industrial Micro Din
270. onal assemblies 80CN 2 936716Q 936717Q 936718Q 936719Q Model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q Model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 936758 15CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 15CN 1 928935Q 2040410 9289340 9303670 15CN 1 932610Q G04189Q 9326120 9303690 936759 15CN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 15CN 2 9289530 G04169Q 9289520 9303680 15CN 2 9326160 G04190Q 9326180 9303700 936760 40CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 40CN 1 926696Q GO4048Q 926835Q 930099Q 40CN 1 9267160 G04191Q 926836Q 9301000 936761 40CN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 40CN 2 9266970 G04167Q 9268370 9301180 40CN 2 9267179 60419209 926838Q 9301190 936763 80CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 80CN 1 9326560 9326570 9326580 9298990 80CN 1 9326590 9326600 8326610 9299030 936764 80CN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 80CN 2 9326620 9326630 9326640 9299230 80CN 2 9326650 9326660 932667Q 929927Q Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Housing port size 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 15CN 1 G1 10 30 50 80 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Metal free 15CN 2 G1 30 70 80 100 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Ecoglass 40CN 1 G1 60 120 180 260 N A N A N A N A N A 02QE 40CN 2 G1 2 80 200 280 320 N A N A 45 5 6 7 5 80CN 1 G2 150 300 370 42
271. onitor gives a full digital display e Automatically calibrated for all 3 sizes of sensor e Indicates line differential and rising peak pressure e Easily scrolled from metric to US e 900 test memory e Capable of downloading saved data to datum Typical Applications e Drilling equipment e Mining e Grinding and conveying e Industrial hydraulics e Mobile Hydraulic system users need to ensure that lost production is kept to the absolute minimum To ensure this predictive maintenance and therefore routine condition monitoring of major components Is essential oystem 20 inline sensors remain at the heart of condition and contamination monitoring Whether you re mining the coal building the new bypass harvesting the crops crossing the oceans or drilling offshore whatever the industry System 20 represents the premier system monitoring available today 240 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 Specification Sensors Installation Details Construction Machined steel body Electroless nickel coating to minimum depth of 40 microns Brass stainless steel internal components Flow capacities All suitable for use with oil water and water oil emulsion Size 0 6 25 l min 0 5 7US GPM Size 1 20 100 l min 1 5 26 US GPM Size 2 80 380 l min 5 100 US GPM Size 0 Sensor Max working pressure 998 420 bar 6000psi Capability Size 1 Sensor Reverse f
272. ons are warehouse trucks smaller sized wheeled loaders telescopic handlers dumpers mini excavators and agricultural machinery 168 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 Specifications Product Architecture Type of tank Filters amp accessories Co polymer tank with integrated filter amp air filter Steel tank with integrated options Complicated shapes X Styling of reservoir meets overall styling of vehicle X Weight reduction X Long term temperatures depends of Tmin 30 C or material properties X Tmax gt 120 C High mechanical load on tank tank contributes to strength of chassis X All in one concept X High level of tank Example of co polymer tank with mounted filters and air filters Pressurisation X Suitable for heavy duty equipment X X Design note All customised tanks are engineered solutions based on detailed analysis of customer requirements and specifications Detailed knowledge of co polymer materials implies that customised materials can be made available to meet specific demands Depending on technical and commercial requirements Parker is able to advise each customer individually about the most suitable and economical reservoir solution made from co polymer or steel Reservoir equipment Darker Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Co Polymer Reservoirs Features Benefits amp Specifications W
273. op Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series amp Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR40 Empty Housing Length code 1 Flow US GPM Pe oy ene gren ee i18 8 1 9 D 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 B Flow l min TPR40 length code 1 Flow US GPM AC ERE T Au E E QU 752 14 5 i8 8 ig 3 E 0 1 Flow l min TPR40 Element length code 1 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM ja 10 18 i8 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Flow l min Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper Il TPR80 Empty Housing Length code 2 Flow US GPM xt o ds epe ui ala Dee abes dese is Eee de es perse 0 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 2 et 20 60 70 80 90 Vin TPR80 Element length code 2 Flow US GPM Flow l min TPR80 Element length code 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM Flow l min Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR Il Empty Housing with 11 4 ports Length code 5 6 and 7 FIO E GPM LE HE A AS TT TT 4 TT TT TTT TT TT TT TT 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 0 2 2 9 0 15 2 2 04 1512 lt 0 05 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Flow l min TPR Em
274. ort size Single Station G 4 Weight Single Station 0 90 Kg Single Station Installation Details pans NE BEREIT zm aE MES 91 0 90 0 Circuit symbol 3 positions Operation Details Single Station Ordering Information Standard products table Single station gauge isolator twist to lock type 0 90 Kg Single station gauge isolator push to read type 0 90 Kg Reservoir equipment Darker i Reservoir Equipment 63mm Dia Pressure Gauges Specification Construction Glycerine 99 796 Note It is recommended that all glycerine gauges should be mounted Snubber fitted in the vertical position with gauge VAL 1 4 BSP case relief valve uppermost Pressure 14 A F HEX range up to 1000 bar available Installation Details Bottom Connection Panel Mounting Lower Back 13 32 68 62 6 5 G 4 54 14 0 21 Dimensions mm Working pressure Max 75 of the full scale value Note 1 Panel cut out 64 5 0 5 Note 2 13mm on the outside radius required to allow for fixing clamp Panel Mounted 3 hole flange OD Case Natural finish stainless steel Window Non splintering clear acrylic glass Movement Cu alloy Dial White plastic with pointer stop pin Pointer Black plastic Liquid filling Process temperature 60 C maximum Accuracy 1 696 FSD Wetted parts connector Copper alloy
275. osable 933180 coalescing gt Flow Switch Packed tower 9339553 cleanable O2QE 933734Q 5 9336120 10QE 9337359 20QE 933736Q Low Oil Oil Discharge Pump 148 Low Watt Density Heater Model 8OCN 2 Absolute Filter M ED Vacuum Gauge Cooling Water In 1 5 GPM 5 7 LPM Cooling Water Out Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump Oil Lubricator Y Seal Water Inlet 1 5 GPM 5 7 LPM Liquid Ring Vacuum m a Inlet Flow Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 Portable Purification Systems PVS 1200 Specification Flow rate Viscosity max 76 lpm 16 7 108 cSt 500sus disposable Height 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1651mm 65 tower Width Outlet pressure max 1117 6mm 44 4 1 bar 60 psi Length 1549 4mm 61 11 2 NPTF inlet 1 JIC male outlet Weight 703 1 kg 1550 lbs FLA full load amps Seal material Depending on options Fluorocarbon EPR opt x Condensate tank 31 4 Itrs 6 9 gals Dispersal elements 4L Minimum operating capacity 41 6 Itrs 9 1 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg
276. oulding e Die casting e Servo controls e Machine tools e Mobile equipment The Parker Filtration 18 28 38P Series High Pressure Filters Parker Filtration engineered the 18 28 38 series of high pressure filters to satisfy demanding applications in the mobile and industrial markets throughout the world With metric mounting and optional ISO 6149 ports this new series is truly a global design Installed downstream of the pump this new series with their wide range of high capacity Microglass elements offer excellent protection to system components otandard filters come complete with industry proven spool type bypass valve For more critical applications such as servo or proportional controls a no bypass high strength element combination ensures maximum protection The modular low hysteresis differential pressure indicator fitted to this series is unrivaled in its performance Tests prove its accuracy and foolproof design to be a major advance in indicator technology 108 ns Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 414 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses 0 414 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded internally or flange faced Connection style Model IOR 28P 38P BSPF G 3 4 le 11 4 11 2 SAE 12 16 20 24 ISO 6149 M27 M33 M42 M48
277. our fragile planet E Series filters are Parker s positive contribution to help minimize the impact on the environment with LEIF Low Environmental Impact Filters and the Ecoglass elements Product ranges that together will help reduce disposal volumes and costs For more information on Parker Filtration s hydraulic environmental solutions contact us taday H F E a PT Mie Up to 1500 l min Medium pressure up to 1400 l min Patented design High pressure up to 450 l min Re usable element sleeve Re usable support tube Contributes to 1580 14001 Contributes to ISO 14001 LEIF elements contain Ecoglass Ill Ecoglass 111 media media information Parker Filtration products and technology Sarker Tel 441011924 487000 Fax 44 0 1824 457001 Email filtrationinfo parker com Aerospace I Automation Climate amp Industrial Canirots Fillration Flusd Connectors Hydraulics I Instrumentation I Seal mL Maxiflow Series 360 l min 10 bar E Ltd Parker Hannifin i Made in Ihe 61 Spin on Filters Maxiflow Series Features amp Benefits Integrated indicator Compact and robust durable construction identification of element status High quality paint for canisters Long term protection against corrosion Improved protection of filter medium opin on filters available for suction and re
278. ously 1300 87 3 High pressure filters 15P 30P Series 95 100P Series Previously H600 and H1000 101 18 28 38P Series 107 70 70 Eco Series Previously 7000 115 22PD 32PD Series 123 4 Portable filtration systems Guardian 129 Filtration Unit 133 10MF Series 139 PVS Series Models 185 600 1200 1800 and 2700 143 Par Gel Water Removal Elements 153 Fluid Condition Monitoring and Flowmeters 8 Fluid condition monitoring LaserCM 221 Universal Bottle Sampler 229 Single Point Sampler 255 System 20 Monitors and Sensors 239 MCM20 245 Icount PD 249 Water in Oil Monitor 257 MS100 and MS150 Moisture Sensors 261 Oilcheck Monitor 269 Par Test 273 9 Transducers amp transmitters Asic Performer 277 6 Filter indicators Indicators Series 159 7 Reservoir equipment Reservoirs Co polymer and steel reservoir solutions 167 Environmental Air Filters Series 176 ABL Series 179 Glass Filled Nylon Air Breathers IP65 Rated Filler Breathers 184 Filler Breathers 186 Screw On Type Air Breathers 187 Metal Filler Breathers Filler Breathers Metal 190 Lockable Filler Breathers 192 Air Filters Spin On Air Breathers 193 Fluid Level Indication Fluid Level Temperature Gauges 197 FL Series 202 CLS46 203 Fluid Power Products Suction Elements 206 Diffusers 207 Inline Filters 208 Drive Couplings 209 Multiclamp 211 Inline Check Valves 216 Single Station Gauge
279. output to control peripheral equipment such as off line filtration via internal relay limit switches Auto testing allows for the conducting of automatic sequencing tests on flushing systems for example Optional bar code swipe wand to allow handset data loading e Contamination monitoring is now possible while e Worldwide service and technical support machinery is working LaserCM saves on production downtime e He calibration Annual certification by an approved Parker Service Centre Typical Applications e Construction machinery e Industrial plant e Hydraulic equipment amp system manufacturers e Research amp testing institutes e Offshore amp power generation e Marine e Military equipment applications Parker LaserCM Portable Particle Counter With 15 years experience in manufacturing the world s best selling white light portable particle counter 20 the progression to the LaserCM with its opto mechanical continuous wave single point source laser SPSL is both a natural and customer driven development Parker Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Specification Automatic Particle Counters APC s have been widely used for many years in condition monitoring of hydraulic fluids However it is only recently that APC s have become flexible enough to enable the instruments to be taken out of the laboratory and used on line in order to obtain the
280. ow cost solution that will take the guesswork out of oil changes saving money and time Using Oilcheck Following the simple sampling procedure The Oilcheck will ensure effective and highly repeatable results Once a clean oil sample has been placed in the Sensor Well and the TEST button has been pressed the instrument will zero on the sample Once cleaned out with a degreaser and replaced by a contaminated sample a new reading is obtained on the LCD which can be easily compared against the green amber red efficiency scale 270 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 41 Specification Using Oilcheck Case construction The Oilcheck can remove the need for costly AES and time consuming laboratory analysis of Circuitry mineral and synthetic oils used in engines gearboxes and bearing lubrication systems It detects mechanical wear and any loss of gt lubricating properties in the oil with repeat Es r accuracy of less than 5 a based oils Oranen The Oilcheck is able to show changes in the Repeatability Green amber red oil condition brought about by the ingress of Better than 5 numerical value water content fuel contamination metallic Readout content and oxidation Green amber red grading Numerical value 0 100 Battery lifetime gt 150 hours or 3 000 tests Dimensions 250mm x 95mm x 34mm E
281. owl has to be removed The filter Is ideal for applications where space is at a premium filter media used in the elements is high quality Microglass Ill glass fibre 102 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 13 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 414 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 3 106 pulses O 276 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded internally or flange faced Threads G11 2 G2 ISO 228 1 SAE 24 SAE 32 or flanges 11 2 SAE 6000 2 SAE 6000 11 2 SAE 6000 M 2 SAE 6000 M 6000 M is a SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material extruded steel max torque 200 Nm Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 to 100 Bypass valve Opening pressure 7 0 bar Options Heverse flow valve which directs back flow from port to port Installation Details Minimum element clearance Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements Hig
282. own using the MS150 temp output Sensor Outputs Example Oil type Texaco Rando 46 Saturation point 400ppm 65 150 F At the above operating condition the meter displays 10096 saturation As the meter s scale indicates a reduction in the saturation percentage there is also a corresponding reduction in PPM at a constant temperature In the example above a meter reading of 5096 saturation could be interpreted as 200ppm at 65 C 150 F 1 Supply Input Supply voltage 8 to 4 30Vdc 2 96RH Output 96 Saturation out 1 to 5Vdc 3 96RH Output 96 Saturation out 4 to 20 4 Temperature Output Temperature out 0 to 5Vdc 5 Common Input Common OVdc ground from power supply not chassis ground Indicator Options For specifications on the process indicator options see page 268 and 269 for ordering information DDU1001 DDU1002 Ordering Information Standard products table MS1503 MS150 3 1 4 BSPT moisture sensor DDU1002 DDU 1002 110 to 240 Vac process indicator MS1504 MS150 4 1 4 NPT moisture sensor DDU1001 DDU 1001 22 to 55 Vdc process indicator PBG8341A PBG 8341 A Bar graph indicator PAM8342 8342 Alarm module Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability
283. parts only to be washed away during the next operation cycle As a result components become less predictable and thus unsafe 3 Degradation Failures Gradual deterioration in the performance of a component results in its eventual repair or replacement This failure is caused by the effect of wear induced by contamination Additional generated contamination can lead to a catastrophic failure Failures or reduced system performance have a direct impact on the cost of ownership the efficiency rate and the perceived quality perception of the end users Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 53 Sources of Contamination Finding the balance What does it take to implement system matched filtration A review of the sources of contamination is the first step in finding the balance between the performance of the filtration System and the system demands Sources of Contamination oeveral sources of contamination must be taken into account when it comes to the effective implementation of system matched filtration Without adequate filtration the protection of the system is jeopardised and component or system failure is imminent System matched filtration changes the deterioration into a balanced situation representing the continuously controlled process that is needed to achieve system reliability Healising this is only possible when the required fluid cleanliness levels are maintained
284. pass Valve Cracks at 1 5 bar approximately Bypassed oil is recirculated within Power 0 18 KW 1 4 hp the pump Bypassed oil is reintroduced into the inlet port and does Speed 1400 rev min not pass the filter Bypass operates when the element is ee contaminated It is recommended that the Unit is wired and needs replacing This condition will be made clear by the visual Independently from the MEN System when indicator The Bypass Valve could also open when being used with permanently installed to facilitate the simple high viscosity fluids thus effectively reducing the unit output changing of the filter element without interrupting the main system Filter and condition indicator Filter Type Rapid replacement spin on can with 10u cellulose element Filtration unii description Ensure that end clearance 20mm is available to The Parker Filtration Unit consists of an electric permit element withdrawal motor directly coupled to a hydraulic pump 10u nominal MXR8550 which has a built in bypass fitted and spin on filter element Fluid drawn in at pump inlet is circulated Visual indicator through the filter element and is thus cleaned Has green and red zones on the dial Needle in the green zone indicates normal before being delivered from the outlet port A built operation When the needle enters the red zone the bypass valve will permit a flow in bypass valve safeguards the element in the event of oil to return to the pump in
285. pe TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Example 2 The Product Configurator Configurator examples filter including LEIF element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 15 st Configurator examples filter including conventional element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 4 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element Glass fibre 3 390 l min 11 Microglass III for disposable elements 3 500 l min 12 Cellulose Ecoglass III for Leif elements Wire mesh 4 600 l min Nom rating Abs rating 4 800 l min Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W 4 1000 l min LEIF element 02QL 05QL 10QL 20QL 4 1500 l min 4 2000 l min 4 2400 l min Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar B Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual port head and TSR series G2 1 5 bar uS E Neoprene N Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 S1 2 0 bar for BGT 3 series H Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP 2 Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP S3 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s 4 Pressure switch 220V NO NC with M10 S5 No indicator indicator ports not machined NA No indicator indicator port R plugged SP No in
286. pe FDHB200UK Reservoir Float amp Level Switches Reservoir equipment 201 Reservoir Equipment FL series Adjustable Float Switch Features amp Benefits The FL Series is a range of vertically mounted single float level switches operating on the proven reed switch and magnet principle FL Series float switch can be tailored by the user for a particular application by adjusting the length of the float switch tube It is also possible for the user to select the switching configuration by inverting the float giving either open on rise or close on rise operation The unit is supplied part assembled with detailed instructions for the user to complete assembly to the specifications of the application and to install the unit Typical Specification Installation Mounting 1 BSP threaded header Gasket 2 0mm thick sealing washer Length Adjustable up to 1500mm Electrical specification Supply voltage 240 Vac maximum 300 Vdc maximum Switching current 0 5 Thermostat ratings Normal voltage 250V Current rating 4A 10A max Material specification Header Brass Stem Brass Float Polypropylene Gasket Klingersil grade C4324 to BS7531 grade Y Other parameters Fluid types Any liquids compatible with brass and polypropylene Ordering Information Standard products table Float Switch Features Include e Float switches can be adjusted on site e Heliable design using reed switches
287. peatability 1 bar 1 FSD Temperature range Min scale reading Brass 20 to 90 10 FSD Calibration Connections Oil Specific gravity BSP parallel threads 0 856 at 20 C Wetted non wetted parts Water Specific gravity Consult Parker for information 1 0 at 20 C Viscosity range 10 to 200 cSt Gil Accuracy Note To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Oil Standard products table FM 26 122 212 0 5 4 5 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 26 122 312 17 SS 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM 26 222 112 7 p 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 FM 26 222 212 7 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 26 322 112 9 4 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 26 322 212 9 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 26122112 26 122 112 Ya 0 2 2 0 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26422112 FM 26 422 112 11 20 180 210 8 0 FM26422212 FM 26 422 212 11 4 30 270 210 For intallation details for 11 4 flowmeters see next page 8 0 FM26422312 FM 26 422 312 14 40 360 210 8 0 Ordering Information Water Standard products table FM 26 222 122 7 pu 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 FM 26 222 222 7 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 26 322 122 9 4 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 26 322 222 9 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 26122122 26 122 1
288. peration Bottle pack De gassing chamber Manual Sample tube pack Interface cable to LCM20 etc Installation Details OBS TES LIF ia 100 CTRS Fluid condition monitoring Offline Sampling Universal Bottle Sampler Usage Specifications System Flow Rate Samples are best taken from a point in the system where the flow is TURBULENT Reynolds No greater than 4000 The turbulent flow creates a mixing action Where flow is streamline or LAMINAR larger particulate may tend to settle toward the lower pipe surface and not be sampled System Condition Changes Changes in the system operating condition flow temperature pressure or vibration can result in previously sedimented contaminant being retrained into the flowing oil It is also possible that these changes may cause partially contaminated filter elements to shed particulate into the system Samples should therefore be extracted when the system is in a steady state condition and the result less likely to be distorted by contaminant peaks There are a number of proprietary sampling valves available which adhere to good theoretical principles However they do tend to generate a level of precision and cost which is unnecessary for trend monitoring B 89 911 x 50 B 89 910 89 907 oampling points should enable extraction of a sample without changing the system s condition Fine control needle valves are not
289. phase and three phase Flexibility of power output End user choice dependent on motor options application 15 l min flow Fluid transfer at a controlled rate Heliable fluid transfer from drum to system Red green visual indicator Clear indication of condition during operation High visibility during operation Hobust construction Heliability designed in Designed to be used even in the most demanding conditions opin on element Easy change element 10 micron Abs elements Lightweight design Easy to locate when and where required Take the unit to the application It s that easy Typical Applications e Fluid transfer e Small lubrication systems e Constant flushing loops e Maintenance flushing e Offline filtration in circuits where pressure and flow pulses are expected The Parker Filtration Service Equipment Designed to offer both permanent offline cleaning where higher levels of contamination are expected and portable additional clean up capability as part of your preventative maintenance package 134 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 18 Specification Electric motor Pump and bypass valve Frame Size IEC Frame 63 Foot and flange D L obe type for quiet running Flange IEC F115 Totally enclosed Flow 15 l min fan cooled Connections Inlet G 1 2 Windings 380 420 volt 3 ph 50 Hz 220 Volt 1 Outlet G3 s 8 s BSP ph S Hz 110 Volt 1 ph 50 Hz By
290. pty Housing with G1 2 ports Length code 5 6 and 7 Flow US GPM 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 64 69 9 0 15 0 1 00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 Flow l min Low pressure filters jd greges e ed d Ap PSID PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper series I amp II Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper Il cont Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR120 Element length code 5 TPR200 Element length code 6 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Pr KATE NT et FE T 8 d 2 5 Flow l min Flow l min TPR250 Element length code 7 Flow US er 5 0 2 8 Flow l min Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper III Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR Empty Housing with G11 2 ports Length code 10 and 11 Flow US GPM 013 26 30 53 66 79 92 106 110 132 145 159 172 105 108 211 205 gt 5 8 9 9 0 m Iss 39 S EE 00 RR rer 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 Flow l min TPR450 Element length code 10 TPR650 Element length code 11 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 55 ig a 4 EI 1
291. r and actuator seals or through reservoir openings Water can come into contact with these entry points through water based cutting fluids or when water and or steam are used for cleaning Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Specification Condensation is also a prime water source As fluid cools in a reservoir the temperature drop condenses water vapour on interior surfaces which in turn causes rust Rust scale in the reservoir eventually becomes particulate contamination in the System Microbial growth as a contaminant Once water enters a system growth of micro organisms begins Since water is one of the end products of the breakdown of hydrocarbon fluid once started the process is somewhat self sustaining olime is evidence of microbial growth as is the apparent increase in viscosity of the fluid obnoxious odour and discoloured fluid The results are short fluid life degraded surface finish and rapid corrosion Water generated damage and operating problems Corrosion Accelerated abrasive wear Bearing fatigue Additive breakdown Increased acid level Visosity variance Electrical conductivity Forms of water in fluid Dissolved water below saturation point Free water emulsified or in droplets Water removal filter elements Darker Water the system creates oxides slimes and resins Corrosion is an obvious by product and creates further contami
292. r 500 tests plus memory for sampling see fig 1 20 different oil calibration curves e Routine water monitoring of oil systems with H20il saves time and money promoting oil longevity e Samples that are tested are truly representative of water in the system Analysis carried out before sample hydrodynamics change e Data entry facility enables user to store unique data test log details with every test carried out Typical Applications e Off shore amp power generation e Marine e Construction machinery e Paper mills e Hydraulic equioment amp system manufacturers e Research amp testing institutes e Military equipment application The is a two channel non dispersive absorption spectrometer designed to measure the level of water content polluting the oil reducing system efficiency promoting wear and affecting safety The H20il makes it possible for an end user or service engineer to carry out quick accurate measurements taken in the field instead of remote laboratory analysis With its secured hoses the H Oil connects to an in line oystem 20 sensor or single point sampler and features a re chargeable 12Vdc power pack diagnostic computer and on board printer for effective logging and retrieval of data 258 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 39 Specification Construction Case Noryl structural foam and ABS printer cover Key pad silicone rubber Mechanical co
293. r Hannifin Hyaraulic Filter Division Europe FDCB321UK M12 Communication cable wiring configuration M12 Communication cable 1 NOT USED NOT USED 2 15292 Ground Pins Ground Fina 3 Channel ISO 4um c Channel A ISO 4um c 4 Channel ISO c or NAS Channel ISO c or NAS if selected if selected HS232 Receive Pin 3 RX232 Receive Pin3 6 RS232 Transmit Pin 2 RS232 Transmit Pin 2 Moisture sensor channel if fitted Moisture sensor channel if fitted 8 Channel C ISO 14um c Channel C ISO 14um c Important Note It is the responsibility of the end user to ensure that the cable s braided screen is terminated to a suitable earth bonding point Optional refer to the IcountPD part number specifier section in this manual A standard USB serial adaptor can be used with the recommended 9 way D type connector to convert RS232 to USB kk Limit relay alarm levels The IcountPD can be specified with a built in limit switch relay which can be triggered when a preset alarm level is reached The relay contacts can be used to switch on or off an external device M12 Supply and Relay if fitted cable 1 Product supply 9 40Vdc Product supply 9 40Vdc 2 4 20mA Supply 12 20Vdc 0 5 O 3V Supply 12 24Vdc 3 Relay Normally Closed if fitted Relay Normally Closed if fitted 4 Relay Normally Open
294. r of minutes With one System 20 monitor a user can check a complete fleet of vehicles or a factory full of hydraulic plant equipment Predicting a problem means it can be put right as part of a planned maintenance programme Simple routine monitoring with System 20 keeps machines running at a high level of operational efficiency 2 simple to use anywhere 242 System 20 Saving 325 000 A Day Lost Production The mining industry puts a considerable demand on hydraulics and there are others such as agricultural machinery harvesters or tractors and for example cement manufacturing plants that are equally demanding of hydraulic efficiency A grinding and conveying plant processes in excess of 1000 tons of ore per day in the manufacture of cement products A days lost production costs 32 000 After one year of operation the Plant Engineers decided to invest in System 20 equipment strategically placed to allow the Engineers to fault find the major components quickly and easily The result is that downtime and loss of production have been reduced by 8096 System 20 The Proven System For operators of industrial and mobile machinery who recognise the benefits of installing System 20 in a hydraulic system the System 20 hand held analogue monitor offers significant advantages particularly in intrinsically safe applications Like the System 20 electronic the analogue monitor is completely portable and can be connected imm
295. r specific needs Ordering Information Par Test laboratory fluid analysis purchase price for the Par Test sample kit includes the pre cleaned and sealed sample bottle mailing tube with a pre addressed label sample information data sheet to be completely filled out by the end user and the complete laboratory analysis Par Test laboratory analysis service Par Test complete laboratory analysis Par Test is a complete laboratory analysis performed on a small quantity of fluid The test results are very comprehensive and can include the following critical analysis e Spectrochemical analysis of over 20 wear metals and additives e Particle count reported over five size ranges The particle count is expressed as an ISO cleanliness code It is also plotted on a graph for better comparisons e Viscosity at 40 C 100 C Viscosity Index and TAN are reported Water content is expressed as a of volume Many hydraulic systems may tolerate up to 300 pom 03 of water contamination Some bearing or lube oil systems must strictly limit water content e Analysis recommendations summarises Par Test results and indicates what action should be taken to prevent any potential problems e Fast turnaround test results are mailed back to you within 24 48 hours after receiving your fluid sample Tests including Spectro chemical analysis allow 7 days Par Test concise and complete The Par Test report you receive is neatl
296. r tough cyclic Heduced downtime due to premature eight times that of a spin on operating conditions filter failures Can be utilised in applications where high pressure Heduced costs better fit for the application filters may have been only option Diametral side seal between head Proven reliability in cyclic applications No downtime no leaks and bowl Reduced importance of bowl torque Performs with real world service Dust seal Prevents contamination from building up on bowl head threads Easier service eliminates thread galling 40CN 2 meets automotive standard Automotive industry acceptance Satisfies specifications without need for 15CN meets automotive HF2 standard further testing and or approval Cast aluminium head Low profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance Reinforced Microglass replacement Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value elements and efficiency Heliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Reduces downtime maximises element life performance consistent Complete performance data disclosure All pertinent information is provided in an easy to No hidden deficiencies compare format Easy selection of proper filtration Visual electrical or electronic indicators Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing available Hight style for the application Matches your system electrical conn
297. rature section Temperature reading between 10 C and 110 C 0 F to 230 F Hose retainers Purge knob 105mm 4 13in 76mm in Ordering Information Standard products table Function keys Battery covers Display Dimensions The ABS Case is 291mm 11 46 long 105mm 4 13 wide and 76mm 3 deep overall Weight 1 4kg 3lbs Data logging Each test logs the following data Test number time amp date sensor size media tested flow rate pressure amp temperature Data download The System 20 electronic monitor is capable of downloading saved test data to a 16 column serial printer or a compatible PC via an 232 connection using datum Batteries 6 x AA batteries Re calibration Annual certification by an approved Parker Service Centre al E E a TT T p rem EE EM209000 N A System 20 electronic monitor B84779 B 84 779 Datum download software P653607 N A Monitor and sensor carrying case B85617 B 85 617 Dongle and cable assembly Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 2 4 3 Fluid condition monitoring 1000mm 39 40 nominal Inline Sensors amp Monitors o
298. raulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 18 Ideal Application Element withdrawal clearance minimum Inlet G 1 2 BSP pn Outlet Suction flange G3 s 3 BSP Return bush EIE imm 112 CTRS 4 41 _ k 12 bore minimum L Oil 90 CTRS 75 2 95 minimum 4 off holes 7 motor fleet i 10 minimum tap M6 for installation I Li 0 89 1 Q S Hr Baffle recommended gt SE75111110 Suction element Flement condition indicator Green area bypass closed Entering red area bypass cracked Extreme of red area bypass T fully open 250 minimum 9 84 Ordering Information Standard products table 10 nom filtration pump complete with 3 phase electric motor 5 92 Kg 380 420 50 Hz H E F C class F visual indicator 13 02 Ibs 10 nom filtration pump without electric motor supplied with 1 50 4 x nuts bolts and washers visual indicator 3 3 Ibs 10u nom filtration pump complete with single phase electric 6 20 Kg motor 220 50 Hz T E F C class F visual indicator 13 64 Ibs 10u nom filtration pump complete with single phase electric 6 20 Kg motor 110 50 Hz T E F C class F visual indicator 13 64 Ibs Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number sele
299. raulic Reservoir Solutions Parker s experience in designing fluid power equipment will help a system designer to save costs at every stage of e Leak proof connections hydraulic system development e Patented element for guaranteed quality filtration Flexibility related to shape amp dimension of each tank Original Equipment Manufacturers are continually looking to reduce manufacturing costs and increase operating efficiency and it s here that Parker Hannifin s European Filtration Division offers complete solutions Beside high quality steel tanks designed and supplied by Parker and featured in this brochure Parker also designs and supplies revolutionary lightweight co polymer reservoirs with tank top mounted or integrated filter and tank air filter options Co polymer tank example Typical Applications Unique tank solutions designed to meet customer needs Parker designs and supplies both co polymer and steel reservoirs Today Parker steel tank solutions are typically applied to commercial vehicle applications for example waste management and the transportation market Customers manufacturing hook arm systems truck manufacturing or vehicle body builders are further examples of potential customers for a complete steel tank assembly with the courtesy of Grove A more common use of co polymer tanks can be seen in materials handling equipment agricultural and construction equipment markets Typical applicati
300. rker Reservoir Equipment Filler Breatners Metal Metal Airbreather Filler breather Specification Locking lug option 5561 For added security certain Parker Filtration Metal Filler Breather Filters can be specified with a locking lug option UE LRU LEG HEELS Ordering Information Standard products table Threaded airbreather unpressurised SAB 1562 10 N A N A 430 N A 10p nom 0 45 G 4 0 20kg SAB 1563 10 Filler breather filter flange type unpressurised AB 1163 10 CAP 116310 CAP 1163 10 430 N A 10u nom 0 45 N A 0 24kg AB 1380 10 CAP 138010 CAP 1380 10 135 N A 10u nom 0 15 N A 0 08kg N A N A N A 430 N A 10u nom 0 45 N A 0 24kg Filler breather filter flange type pressurised PAB 1730 10 5 CAP 1730105 CAP 1730 10 5 430 0 35 bar 10u nom 0 45 N A 0 27kg PAB 1730 10 10 CAP 17301010 CAP 1730 10 10 430 0 70 bar 10u nom 0 45 N A 0 27kg Air breather threaded type pressurised SPA1731105 SPA 1731 10 5 N A N A 430 0 35 bar 10 nom 0 45 93 4 0 20kg _ PA17311010 SPA 1731 10 10 N A N A 430 0 70 bar 10 nom 0 45 GY 0 20kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 190 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 26 1731 Thre
301. rker Contact Parker Power supply B84829 5 Metre M12 8 Pin Plug and Socket Cable Kit B84654 Contact Parker Deutsch Connector Kit 2329750 RS232 To USB Converter P8401 1 M12 Cable kit consists of two 5 metre cables to enable all output options Communications cable and Relay Power Supply cable STIO148100 STI 0148 100 0 6 25 Aggressive 3 8 STI1148100 100 1 20 100 Aggressive 3 4 STI2148100 511 2148 100 2 80 380 Aggressive 11 4 1 Deutsch DT Series Connector Fluid condition monitoring Water in Oil Monitor Fluid Condition Monitoring 1201 Water in Oil Monitor Features amp Benefits e Water monitoring is now possible while e Instant accurate results are available on the machinery is working HzOil saves on display or the built in printer ensuring maintenance production downtime decisions can be taken immediately e Totally portable can be used easily in the field e Computer interface available for downloading without the need for mains power as well as in data on to the computer through the RS232 the laboratory serial port e Connects into system at pressures up to 420 e Internal diagnostics features ensures H2Oil will bar via either system 20 sensor or single point work accurately and reliably sampler e Supplied in a robust aluminium carrying case e 90 second test time e Optional oil delivery kit for simple offline e Scrolling memory fo
302. rmation Standard products table Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch Protective cover Normally open contacts G s BSP 42V 2A G g AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 Elec rating Thread connection Elec connection Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch Visual indicator 1 2 bar M10 code FMUG1EBPM 1 0L G s code FMUG2EBPGO2L TTF310QLBP2EG121 TTF90 G 4 TXWL3 10 B15 90 TTF90 Length3 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 G None 937878Q TXWL3 10 TTF320QLBP2EG121 TTF90 G TXWL3 20 B15 90 TTF90 Length3 20 Nitrle Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 G None 937877Q TXWL3 20 TTF510QLBP2EG161 TTF125 G1 TXWL3E 10 B15 MM 125 TTF125 Length 5 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps Gi None 937852Q TXWL3E 10 TTF520QLBP2EG161 TTF125 G1 TXWL3E 20 B15 MM 125 TTF125 Length 5 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 None 937875Q TXWL3E 20 TTF610QLBP2EG203 TTF170 G1 TXWL4 10 T B15 MM 170 TTF170 Length6 10 Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi G1 Diffuser type T 937853Q TXWL4 10 TTF620QLBP2EG203 TTF170 G1 TXWL4 20 T B15 MM 170 TTF170 Length 6 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi G1 Diffuser type T 937874Q TXWL4 20 TTF810QLBP2EG243 TTF300 G1 TXWLBA 10 T B15 MM 300 Length8 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937855
303. s 1 gt SAE 3000 PSI TTF length 7 and larger L24 Dipstick 6 1 gt SAE 3000 PSI 2nd port G1 2 TTF length 7 and larger LD24 Plugged filling port 8 G2 TTF length 7 and larger G32 Diffuser type T and no magnets G2 G11 TTF length 7 and larger GM32 Diffuser type P and no magnets B SUE 2 Ports A ISO 1 TSR only 320 Diffuser type T no magnets plugged filling port C Diffuser type P no magnets plugged filling port D Other combinations on request Note TTF size 2 400 and 2 500 are standard supplied without magnets Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size um c PSN Item is standard Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 123 Item is standard green option 96 efficiency based on the above beta ratio 123 Item is semi standard 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 123 Item is non standard N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 020 020 Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within N A N A 4 5 5 6 T 05Q 05QL four weeks N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 11 17 18 20 22 200 200 Low Pressure Filters 19 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Series Ordering Information cont TTF60 TXWL2 2 TXWL2 5 TXWL2 10 TXWL2 20 Part
304. s Seal material Type SR1 Nitrile suction valve fitted as standard Type SR2 Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Construction Other seal material on request Type SR1 and Type SR2 Operating temperature range Filter Precision pressure die casting Housing TE Bypass valve system Cover Glass reinforced nylon high impact and temperature resistant Main system bypass valve Weight 1 4 3 3K9 Type SR1 1 7 bar 2 5 bar optional SR2 1 7 bar 2 5 bar optional Filter LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve No P element The patented LEIF concept contributes to 15014001 Degree of filtration and can be applied with mineral and HEES type fluids SR1 Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 For other fluid types consult Parker Filtration amp SR2 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media designed to optimise fatigue life Circuit Application Example Suction Return Filter Hydraulic Circuit H Open circuit operating hydraulics 1 7 bar Bypass valve Filter element Suction return filter assembly Optional strainer Power take DU off Anti m cavitation S SRE Closed loop valve sel E I a circuit example ES i Wb 35 4 4 0 5 bar Nominal Back pressure valve E nn h 11 Note Suction return filter without optional strainer Note Suction return filter with op
305. s 5 55 l min 2 BSP Oil FS643322212 FS 643 322 212 2 switches 10 110 l min BSP Oil Product configurator 2 switches 2 20 l min BSP Oil FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch 5 46 l min 2 BSP 22 Water FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch 5 55 l min BSP FS67C Intrinsically safe hi low switch 10 110 l min 8 4 BSP Product configurator FS643 2 switches 2321 2 20 l min 2 BSP 12 Oil FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch 2322 5 46 l min 2 BSP 22 Water FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch 3321 5 55 l min 7 BSP FS67C Intrinsically safe hi low switch 3322 10 110 l min BSP Ordering example FS643332212 FS 643 332 212 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 286 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 50 Flowmeters amp Monitors Hydraulic Test Equipment Features amp Specification Flow range 2 to 360 l min Pressure range 1 to 350 bar Temperature range O C to 90 C Installation Details Safety An axial flow restrictor valve is fitted which can be adjusted under full load from open to fully closed and to complete the specification a safety blow out disc set to fail at 45
306. s Specifications Bar Graph Indicator PBG8341A Construction Housing nylon 6 6 window acrylic Power supply 22 55 Vdc 110 240 Vdc bezel board supports ABS Accuracy 0 0196 typical 0 196 typical pins phosphor bronze Sample rate 10 per second 2 5 per second Operating temp 0 55 0 50 Power supply Storage temp 10 to 70 10 to 70 11 30 Vac Display 5 digit LED 3 2 digit LED Signal input By dipswitch configuration Power output 24 24 Off differential up to 5V Weight kg 0 21 0 30 A single signal Ref OV up to 5V Panel cutout mm 92 48 0 5 93x45 0 5 B single signal Ref 1V up to 6V Dimensions mm 48x96x100 48x96x93 Cut out size 45 6mm x 45 6mm Fixing Push fit panel thickness 0 9mm to 3 2mm Sealing Designed to IP50 standard Front face may be silicon sealed after LED configuration Scale Supplied O to 10096 in horizontal Other scales in volume consult Parker Hannifin Scaling factors 1096 to 10096 range Fully adjustable Lamp intensity 4mcd each Front viewing Polarised Weight 29gms PBG8341A DDU1001 DDU1002 The MS100 Moisture Sensor has a maximum cable length of 10 meters before the output starts to degrade The MS100 extension box boosts all the outputs from the MS100 Moisture Sensor This enables the outputs to go another 10 meters Features e P6 rated container 120mm x 100
307. s up to 1500 l min A compact EAB10 with airflows up to 1000 l min is also available Construction Glass reinforced composite housing with Eco element Filter media options PO20 High quality polyester media 2um abs C015 Polyester media with water resistant layer 1 5um abs 0010 Glass fibre media 1 0um abs Mounting options With 6 screws Includes machine and plate screws a strainer and gaskets External threads 63 4 G1 Internal thread 63 4 Pressure Drop Curves e Agricultural machines e Articulated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubricating systems e Excavators e Mobile cranes e Industrial power units Options Visual gauge type vacuum pressure indicator Overpressure valve pressure setting 0 2 bar EAB10 cannot be specified with an overpressure valve and vacuum pressure gauge at the same time Advantages of the EAB filters maintenance Indicator states the need for element change Quick and easy element change no tools required Environmentally friendly EAB elements contains no metal parts therefore it can be crushed and burned minimising the volume of waste material Other features The optional indicator is located in a safe place inside the housing Housing includes mounting holes for a padlock which allows you to increase the security against theft and vandalism total housing element The recommended level of the i
308. se with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration 18P 28P TT F A Length 1 Torque A Length 2 22 27Nm 15 20 ft lbs i B Hex E amp 4 mounting holes P Torque A Length 2 35 40 Nm 25 30 ft Ibs 4 mounting holes P Length 1 Torque 80 95 Nm 60 70 ft lbs Bowl removal F a mounting holes P High pressure filters 109 High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Flange Face Details OG Thread E metric F SAE Model mm inches 11 9 209 254 50 8 19 0 M10 x 1 5 6H x 18 Deep s 16 UNC 2B x 18 deep 0 47 0 94 1 00 2 0 0 75 14 27 8 28 0 ol 25 4 M12 x 1 75 6H x 20 Deep 16 14 UNC 2B x 20 deep 0 55 1 09 1 10 2 25 1 0 SUL 33 0 66 7 31 8 M14 x 2 6H x 20 Deep 1 2 13 UNC 2B x 20 deep 0 62 1 25 1 30 2 62 1 25 110 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 Pressure Drop Curves With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar With 7 0 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 2 3 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total housing ph element x working viscosity 30
309. sed in our premier customer service and second to none customer partnerships in supply chain management Engineering and manufacturing excellence Parker Filtration s Filter Division Europe FDE manufacturing focus is driven by a number of key elements that affect all areas of the business People productivity customer satisfaction production throughput quality and lean achievements are the drivers that help the FDE achieve 1509001 QS9000 1509001 and 15014001 oignificant investment by our parent Parker Hannifin Corporation continues to give FDE flexible manufacturing Systems automated test equipment and excellent laboratory test facilities New product development programmes and on going product improvement initiatives are vital elements in maintaining a product range that meets customer demands for quality reliability and engineering excellence H amp D resources at the Parker Filtration locations in the UK Finland and the Netherlands are both complementary and comprehensive Including as examples Multipass Test Installations fatigue test unit cleanliness service water detection special analysis particle counting and analysis 3D workstations Thermal Cycle Test Chamber Salt Spray and Humidity chambers Parker Hannifin UK Ltd herewith declares that Parker Hydraulic Filtration products are intended to be incorporated into machinery covered by Directive 89 392 EEC as amended and that the following harmonised sta
310. ser Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items G1 2 BSP TPR 2 and Series Aluminium funnel is recommended for heavy duty applications sensitivity for are available within four weeks electrostatically charging or high fluid temperatures Tanktopper and Series are always supplied with metal diffuser Low pressure filters 51 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters 1 Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Ser Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL N A 6 85 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 11 18 20 22 20Q 20QL TPR 1 40 PXWL1 2 PXWL1 5 PXWL1 10 PXWL1 20 Part number spare element 937898Q 937900Q 937902Q 937904Q TPR 1 80 PXWL2 2 PXWL2 5 PXWL2 10 PXWL2 20 Part number spare element 937899Q 937901Q 937903Q 937905Q TPR 2 120 PXWL3 2 PXWL3 5 PXWL3 10 PXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937886Q 937889Q 937892Q 937895Q TPR 2 200 PXWL4 2 PXWL4 5 PXWL4 10 PXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937887Q 937890Q 937893Q 937896Q TPR 2 250 PXWL4A 2 PXWL4A 5 PXWL4A 10 PXWL4A 20 Part number spare element 937888Q 937891Q 937894Q 937897Q TPR 3 250 PXWL6 2 PXWL6 5 PXWL6 10 PXWL6 20 Part number spare element 937906Q 93790
311. sfer at a controlled rate Typical Applications e Fluid transfer e Offline reservoir clean up e Injection moulding machines e Royal navy surface fleet systems e Paper mills e Industrial equipment e Mobile equipment e Marine system support The Parker Filtration Guardian portable filtration systems Guardian is a portable filtration system with two main functions to ensure that new dirty fluid often contaminated during handling is delivered to the system at a specific cleanliness and to permit periodic clean up of existing fluid to original condition Recommended fluids Petroleum based oils water emulsions and diesel fuels Application Example A hydraulic system reservoir had become heavily contaminated and the hydraulic system was in danger of a catastrophic failure from particulate and water contamination These contaminants were introduced from various points airborne wear and introduction of new dirty fluids The Guardian filtration system was installed into the hydraulic systems reservoir and run completely off line for a period of time until acceptable contamination levels were achieved This off line attachment allowed the hydraulic system to continue operating without costly downtimes Additionally a Water Removal Element was also fitted to the Guardian which radically reduced the water contamination within the entire system This customer will only now introduce new fluids in
312. ssive bottle assembly B84224 B 84 224 Mineral oil extension hose coupling B84225 B 84 225 Aggressive oil extension hose coupling B84788 B 84 788 Mineral oil waste hose B84787 84 787 Aggressive waste hose Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring Notes 238 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK oystem 20 9 s em O o pe 3 LL 239 oystem 20 Features amp Benefits Covering a wide range of flow rates fluid types and applications Parker s System 20 sensors are designed to be used with System 20 electronic or analogue monitors contamination monitors and the H Oil Specially developed System 20 sensors are available for use with aggressive fluids EPDM Seals e oystem 20 monitors combined with the inline sensor give the user accurate and instant readings of flow pressure and temperature without the need to shut down the system e For use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions e Analogue Monitor utilises 3 Day Glo dial gauges with a protective hinged cover e Calibrated up to 380 l min with dual scale bar psi amp US GPM also available e EM20 Electronic M
313. ssurised AB98810021 AB 98810001 UC AB 9881001 1 UC Filler breather without strainer Filler breather with 95mm strainer AB 98810021 UC Filler breather with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 1 8 5 Note 3 Reservoir mounting guide Sheet thickness mm Hole size mm 1 2 4 0 2 0 4 10 3 15 4 30 4 0 4 30 5 0 4 40 2101 167 po te Reservoir equipment Reservoir Equipment Filler Breatners Option 3 Filler Breathers 3 Hole Installation Im mi LE irm m mati pr e n miner New Options Fully Tested LT m L UTERE As part of the design development FI Huna programme for the new IP65 Filler ER Breathers extensive performance and E endurance testing was carried out to 44 A ensure durability and efficiency 024 Note Form 3 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 24 4 dependent on the material and thickness see chart for guide equispaced on 41 3 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied 3 hole Filler Breathers 6 hole available AB68110 Filer breather without strainer AB68118 Filer breather with 95mm strainer Not
314. standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 198 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 28 Size 2 Installation Details Drive slot Black line Hed line Size 2 Ordering Information Standard products table FILT 221 Fluid level temp 127mm M10 FLT 223 Fluid level temp 127mm M12 90 C 0 15Kg Fluid level 127mm M10 90 0 15Kg FL ES Fluid level 127 12 90 0 15Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Size 3 Installation Details gt lt LL JA S EN NR Size 3 Ordering Information Standard products table EET S271 Fluid level temp 254mm M10 90 C 0 23Kg FLT 323 Fluid level temp 254mm M12 90 0 23Kg FL 311 Fluid level 254mm M10 90 0 23Kg FL FL 313 Fluid level 254mm M12 90 0 23Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 199 Notes 200 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Euro
315. standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Reservoir must be capable of withstanding pressurisation 194 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 27 e High capacity air breathers and filler breathers designed for the removal of airborne contamination in hydraulic systems to support environmental maintenance e Ideal for high flow systems and heavily contaminated environments e Disposable spin on elements quickly and easily replaced e 3 micron absolute quality filtration elements e Models available 1700 l min and 3000 l min OA Mounting face for standard and large breather 73 PCD mu hole in tank TT IC 288 boss or spot face 6 fitting holes Strainer 30 mesh 1 6 micron surface finish 25 6 equispaced 600 microns on 73 PCD _ Large breather filter Specification Maximum operating temperature Weights 20 to 90 Large 00834001 1 0 Kg Construction materials 00834002 1 65 Kg Epoxy coated steel components to resist corrosion 100834003 1 90 Kg resistant paint finish on large breathers Each breather filler is supplied with mounting gaskets and ne self tapping screws Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral oils and water oil emulsions Ordering Information
316. standards _ Insert AGB LEIF 3series 1 3 Series 4 Series Ref No Description 1 1 Top spring ula 2 1 Insert 7 1 i 3 1 Insert seal 4 LEIF Element gu 5 1 Sleeve 5 p 2 6 1 Gasket Gy P 8 1 O ring E 8 1 Bypass set a 9 1 Diffuser n EE m JE nsert AGB LEIF 4 series n 6 ERES Ref No Description 1 1 Top spring 2 1 Insert 3 1 Insert seal at A 1 Inner sleeve 5 1 LEIF element 6 Outer sleeve xe 2 1 O ring 8 1 O ring 9 1 Bypass set 10 1 Diffuser _ 181 9 Low pressure filters Darker i In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Specification cont 79 1122135 20 4 6 45120188 85180 4 12 79 173 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 79 217 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 79 267 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 79 1981135 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 1161284 48 125 5 8 77 42 112611221117 5 15 1161360 48 25 5 8 77 42 112611221117 5 15 116 559 48 25 5 8 77 42 112611221117 5 15 116 579 48 25 5 8 77 42 112611221117 5 15 E 116 599 48 25 5 8 77 42 126 122 117 5 15 138 325 62
317. stems For more information about our products send your inquiry to your nearest sales location see contact information at the back of this catalogue Important information on product ordering and part numbers Parker Filtration has recently undertaken a review of its part numbering with a view to standardising on a common part number style for all Filtration products As a result of the many acquisitions we have made over the past 10 years it became clear to us that there was a need to standardise on a clear format for our part numbers Accordingly in this new catalogue you will find the new part number system with a product configurator and a supersedes reference relating to previous part numbers issued in earlier editions of our generic catalogues In the event that the previous reference you have is not shown in this catalogue could we ask you to please contact our Epic Centre details of which are on the back cover of this catalogue For additional information and an example explained turn to page 2 BSP ports offered in this catalogue conform to 150228 Supply chain management service and support Parker is addressing operation efficiency by expanding the Systematic approach called Lean Manufacturing Value stream analysis flow manufacturing reduced set ups manufacturing cell flexibility and fool proofing systems are all contributing to the continuous improvement in our manufacturing sites Lean is also expres
318. surised O 2bar with telescopic strainer AB98213001 AB 98213001 UC Pressurised 0 35bar without strainer AB98213021 AB 98213021 UC Pressurised 0 35bar with telescopic strainer AB98217001 AB 98217001 UC Pressurised O 7bar without strainer AB98217011 AB 98217011 UC Pressurised O 7bar with 95mm strainer AB98217021 AB 98217021 UC Pressurised O 7bar with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 0 10 SEN With Anti Splash 15 0 5 1 Flow l sec Air Option 1 Single Hole Filler Breathers Non Pressurised AB 98210011 UC Filler breather with 95mm strainer AB 98210021 UC Filler breather with telescopic strainer AB 98210001 UC Filler breather without strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 25 Filler Breathers 6 Hole Installation Option 2 Note 1 Un pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 4 4mm dependent on the material and thickness see guide below equispaced on 70 73mm P C D to su
319. synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration ae Ez TAE E Length 1 A Length 1 A Length 2 p Length 2 Element removal LE clearance 65mm 2508 Element removal clearance 65mm 2 50 25 4 1 00 Nominal Hex E JA SAE 4 Drain plug 25 4 Nominal Hex Length 1 A Length 2 Bi SAE 4 Drain plug Element removal clearance 65mm 2 507 E 25 4 1 00 Nominal Hex E 15CN 156 6 2507 465 254 71 1 ONE DOME EC 53 4xM6 1 0x7 9 deep 20 27 Nm 6 17 9 87 1 83 1 09 2 80 3 38 2 88 8 25 1 50 0 90 1 69 1 44 40CN roe Il 26 cre ee mie ee seo SS SS SUE 53 4 8 1 25 13 deep 57 68 Nm dos 52 18 2 222 297 80CN wr Os e EN ses S me m ey 77175 69 4 8 1 25 16 deep 80 95 Nm 11 06 15 81 8 06 1 95 4 91 6 25 8 25 5 96 4 00 1 62 8 12 1 63 Note add 45mm for T and F indicators Medium pressure filters Darker i Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80CN Series 80CN Flange Face Details SAE 2 3000 M Flange face mounting holes M12 1 75 x 22 deep Pressure Drop Curves With 1 7 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 0 5 bar With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure
320. t e Hydraulic equipment amp system manufacturers e Paper processing e Steel rolling mills e Military equipment application The Parker MCM20 Proven as a portable particle counter able to operate in any condition MCM20 and its principles are available to users where continuous permanent installed monitoring is required 20 utilises the latest laser diode method of particle counting as per our standard LaserCM The unit is enclosed in a metal casing with access to the hydraulic connection DC input power fuse holder and PC PLC connection ports located on the front panel The internal workings are manufactured onto a removable chassis for ease of service and calibration 246 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 37 Specification Test cycle time Variable between 30 seconds and 3 minutes Repeat test time Continuous Mode or between 30 seconds and 1440 minutes 24 Hours Principle of operation Optical scanning analysis and measurement of actual particles Particle counts 6 channels either ACFTD or MTD calibrated International codes ISO 7 22 0 12 Storage temperature 40 to 80 Operating temperature 5 to 60 C hydraulic oil temperature Unit control connection Terminal protocol via RS 232 or optional handset Data retrieval Local PC PLC program or by optional handset Calibration By accepted on line methods confirmed by
321. t flow indicator SFI Inlet control valve ICV CE marked CE CSA marked CSA Explosion proof Class Division Il Zone I and I Note 1 Contact parker for part number profile availability 152 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 LEE FILIJ dab ry ram qmm ge sc ie CR rbd BELT TA a DEC T mu ur Di rf dl m m mi prs s m ee LL EL ELLE EE ER RSS a a erre dd Mu td bud XIII LE s me IRA ELA ELT TE ER a n pe PORE ERE TATE PET EE EEE TERS DERE ENEE N ENEE a HET RT art par RAR d 7 ucl 9 gt ps 4 Water Removal Filter Elements Par Ge Par Gel filter elements are an effective tool hydraulic power and lubrication systems There is more to proper fluid maintenance than just removing particulate matter You need to remove water as well Parker has developed Par Gel water removal elements to be used in combination with particulate filters to provide significant benefits e Less component wear consequently less component generated contaminants e Significant reduction of cos
322. t number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Examples of standard part number product ordering PTDVB2501B1C1 O 5 volt output transducer PTXB0251B1C2 4 20mA output transmitter 250 bar maximum pressure 25 bar maximum pressure 1 4 BSP with ED seal 1 4 BSP with ED seal Industrial micro din 9 4mm connector M12 connector See accessories for IP68 protected cable PTDSB4001B1C2 1 6 volt output transducer 400 bar maximum pressure 1 4 BSP with ED seal M12 connector See accessories for IP68 protected cable Condition Monitoring website www parker com cmc Condition Monitoring email conmoninfo parker com For further information on other Parker Products call EPIC free on 00800 27 27 5374 Brochure Ref FDHB240UK Hydraulic Filter Division Europe Copyright 2007 Parker Hannifin Corporation All rights reserved loumeters amp Monitors 72 am og o LL Flowmeters amp Monitors oFlow Oil and Water Flowmeters Features amp Benefits e Easy to read permanent printed scales e large scale definition for precise measurement e Easy panel mounting assembly e Negligible pressure drop characteristics e 10 bar pressure rating e Simple to use Specification Installation Details Construction Maximum working Simple to fit easy to use Body Grillon TR55 temperature Back body half ABS 7020 60 The Lo
323. talling Parker Filtration patented filter assemblies such as the Suction and Return Series and LEIF Low Environmental Impact Filter elements can provide the end user and OEM with some positive benefits e can provide increased OEM spares business e Guaranteed Parker quality with every replacement filter element e Supports OEM end user loyalty to Parker elements e Support aftermarket sales and machinery performance e Parker patented elements promote quality and reliability to end users Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Monitoring Products Providing tne products and service our customers expect A Global Product Range With this catalogue we offer our customers an easy way to find technical specification and ordering information about Parker hydraulic filtration fluid contamination monitoring and fluid power products Products shown in this catalogue have a broad range of applications Our filter products are particularly designed for hydraulic and lubrication systems and transmissions The fluid power products are also used in many industries and applications Typical applications can vary from road sweepers fork lift trucks agriculture harvesting machines grass cutting equipment lorry mounted cranes forestry equipment press brakes industrial power units waste management trucks drilling equipment marine military equipment paper mills water treatment and filtration sy
324. ted metal attachment Tank also features integrated level measurement Level measurement Oil level indication can be fully integrated into the tank design This feature eliminates the need for level glasses which are fragile and an additional potential source of leakage when mounted incorrectly Example of customised co polymer tank 170 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 Features Benefits amp Specifications Integrated air breather with optional water removal media Air flow through air breather labyrinth line connection Integrated return line filter type IN AGB filter has In to Out flow direction Pressure gauge or switch Oil level indication Example of a customised tank with an integrated return line filter and air filter The ultimate all in one design LEIF elements A more frequent use of co polymer tanks located on e Environmentally friendly filtration the outside of mobile equipment often results in specific He usable steel element sleeve requirements relating to styling Patented elements result in guaranteed quality of filtration Saves element disposal costs typically by up to 5096 Supports ISO 14001 certification Despite the compact design of Parker tank top mounted filters and air filters these parts can influence aspects related to styling or cabin accessibility This concept is ideal for applications where space is at a premium Parker Fi
325. tems are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 30 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL N A 6 85 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 11 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL BGT390 TXWL8A 2 TXWL8A 5 TXWL8A 10 TXWL8A 20 Part number spare element 937832Q 9378430 9378580 9378690 BGT500 TXWL8C 2 TXWL8C 5 TXWL8C 10 TXWL8C 20 Part number spare element 9878880 9378420 9378590 9378680 BGT600 TXWL10 2 TXWL10 5 TXWL10 10 TXWL10 20 Part number spare element 937834Q 937841Q 937860Q 937867Q BGT800 TXWL11 2 TXWL11 5 TXWL11 10 TXWL11 20 Part number spare element 937835Q 937840Q 937861Q 937866Q BGT1000 TXWL12 2 TXWL12 5 TXWL12 10 TXWL1 2 20 Part number spare element 937836Q 937839Q 937862Q 937865Q BGT1500 TXWL13 2 TXWL13 5 TXWL13 10 TXWL13 20 Part number spare element 937837Q 9378380 9378630 9378640 BGT390 TXX8A 10 B TXW8A 2 B TXW8A 5 B TXW8A 10 B TXW8A 20 B ST8A
326. tented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Strainer located in filter head Strainer filters all bypass fluid by using a system matched degree of filtration Improved protection of system Strainer can be inspected and cleaned during service events High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level Significant reduction of oil foaming Multiple ports availability Flexibility related to suction and return line More compact solutions can be realised hose s arrangement The use of manifold blocks can be avoided Easy to integrate with cooler circuit Typical Applications Mobile equipment with both open and closed hydraulic circuits For example e Road sweepers e Road rollers e Fork lift trucks e Loading shovels e Telescopic handlers e Dump trucks e Skid steers e Agricultural harvesting machines e Mini excavators The Parker Filtration Tank Top Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters A t
327. ter elements there is only one solution The ParFit interchange element range With over 10 000 standard off the shelf variations there s ParFit element to fit most sizes and makes of OEM filters on mobile construction agricultural and industrial plant Every ParFit filter element is manufactured in Europe to the highest standards and is backed by our unrivalled technical support and money back guarantees That means that you can reduce stockholdings cut costs and be sure of the ultimate performance with long trouble free operating life ParFit filters are available from ParkerStores and authorised distributors throughout the UK To find your nearest ParkerStore Email filtrationinfoldparker cam or find the ParFit you need using our element selector at www parker com parfit www parker com parfit Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls Filtration Fluid Connector 5 Hydraulic Parker series 300 l min 67 Suction Filters ATZ Series Features amp Benefits Cast aluminium construction Compact and robust durable construction Suitable for heavy duty industrial applications Integrated check valve Filter element can be changed when the filter housing is submerged under the oil in the tank Improved protection of sophisticated pumps Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferrous particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extend
328. th 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938986Q FC7007 QE10 BK 45M320QEBPKG241 FF1147 QE20 BS35 GT24 250 45M Length 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar 9389870 FC7007 QE20 BK Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Medium pressure filters 85 Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Model 123 Item is standard green option Medium pressure filter T port 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Length Code Element media Glass fibre Length 1 Media code Length 2 Microglass element 02Q 05Q Length 3 Ecoglass Ill element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Length 4 4 Note When using Ecoglass Ill elements a bowl with reusable Eco adaptor is required Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indic
329. the requester Excessive free water must be removed from the system before filtering is attempted In systems with gross amounts of water 196 to 296 by volume settling or vacuum dehydration should be considered before using Par Gel filter elements Water Removal Filter Elements Par Ge Features amp Benefits Removing water Using a Par Gel water removal element is an effective way of removing free water contamination from your hydraulic system It is highly effective at removing free water from mineral base and synthetic fluids The Par Gel filter media is a highly absorbent copolymer laminate with an affinity for water However hydraulic or lubrication fluid passes freely through it and the water is bonded to the filter media Photo above shows dry Par Gel filter media and the same media swollen with absorbed water Parker technology and expertise at your disposal Choosing the correct filters can save money and minimise problems caused by particulate and water contaminants in hydraulic and lubricating fluids Parker provides hard data and advice on choosing from a wide range of filter configurations flow patterns and flow oressure capabilities 80CN 1 80CN 2 Capacity CC amp amp O1 O1 Flow l min How many filter elements will need Suppose you would like to remove water from contaminated oil stored in a 750 litre tank The tank is found to have
330. tional strainer Low pressure filters Darker i Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Series A Element removal distance C Optional Tank hole out out J dipstick Ans La on a 115 PCD lt Alternative position Y Optional for indicators indicator 2 holes 911 0 115 PCD L Minimum oil level SR2 Optional second return port eo DSH Alternative position for indicators 4 holes 011 0 on a 165 PCD K square Minimum oil level 127 Dimensions mm inches Type SAL 106 55 280 29 75 26 28 70 96 361 ritos 105 2 4 17 Qaim 11 0 1 17 1 02 1 10 2 76 3 78 14 21 28t02 87 4 13 2 83 142 64 380 81 45 36 100 137 440 10110103 145 81 Type SRL2 5 59 2 52 14 96 3 19 1 42 3 94 5 39 17 32 5 71 3 19 Element removal distance for dimension C 56 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 Indicator Details Protective cover Normally open contacts e gt Normally closed contacts G s BSP Principles of Operation Suction Return Series filter This one filter assembly is designed to carry out two specific functions 1 Filter system return line oil 2 Supply filtered oil under positive pressure to the closed loop hydrostatic circuits
331. tions Code Replacement Supersedes G1 BSP 2 ports one supplied as No diffuser required 1 elements plugged connection Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 9379690 FC1220 Q002 XS Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request 937970Q FC1220 Q005 XS Magnets E 9379480 1220 0010 5 Diffuser type P and magnets F 937949Q FC1220 Q020 XS Other combinations on request 937971Q FC1230 Q002 XS Note ETF filters are standard supplied without magnets and 937972Q _FC1280 Q005 XS including diffuser type P 1230 0010 5 1230 0020 5 9379730 1240 0002 5 9379740 1240 0005 5 Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c FC1240 Q010 XS 2 10 100 200 1000 FC1240 0020 XS 9o efficiency based on the above beta ratio 937975Q FC1250 0002 XS 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 9379760 FC1250 0005 XS N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 FC1250 Q010 XS N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 FC1250 Q020 XS N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 9379770 FC1260 Q002 XS 6 11 17 18 20 22 9379780 FC1260 Q005 XS 937956Q FC1260 Q010 XS 937957Q FC1260 Q020 XS 937979Q 2 0002 Xs 937980Q 12750005 X9 9379810 FC1275 Q010 XS du a Key Denotes part number availability 9379820 FC1275 Q020 XS Item is standard Item is standard green option Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with
332. tles e Minimal working parts e Internal auto setting fuse for overload protection e Simple maintenance procedures Typical Applications e Batch sampling e Aircraft rig certification e Oil research e Laboratory testing e ransfer line monitoring Providing The Dynamic Link To All Portable Particle Water Counters The UBS off line has microprocessor technology to recognise and adjust to the connecting monitor including the LaserCM and Water in Oil Monitor Simple To Use UBS The oil sample is drawn into the UBS Off line where it is secured free from further contamination in a bottle together with a clean waste bottle by a peristaltic self priming pump oimple operation and efficient testing are assured once the UBS Off line is connected to any of the CM monitors and powered up using it s own power source The oil sample requires agitation and de gassing before carrying out the contamination test A de gassing kit option is available and consists of a vacuum chamber and pump Standard with UBS 9002 230 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 34 Specification Viscosity range 2 to 250 cSt Operating temp 5 to 80 Test time 2m15s 4m15s Flush 2m 12 Vdc power supply Extruded aluminium construction Unit weight Kg 4 Mineral oil and petroleum based compatibility Fluorocarbon seal Phosphate Ester group compatibility EPDM seals CE certified e Military approved Manual o
333. tly downtime and replacement of failed components e Increased efficiency of the system thereby improving machine productivity e Less frequent replacement and disposal of contaminated fluid e Reduced chance of catastrophic failure Water as a contaminant Whether you used a mineral base or synthetic fluid each will have a water saturation point Above this point the fluid cannot dissolve or hold any more water This excessive water is referred to as free or emulsified water As little as 03 300 ppm by volume can saturate an hydraulic fluid Many mineral base and synthetic fluids unless specifically filtered or treated in some way will contain levels of water above their saturation point 10 Water 1000 PPM in controlling water related problems in ne T 1 H PIT PT PT r 03 Water 300 PPM mos nma gon n m mma a EEE vrd ius T Fo sammer p Ap aE EFE rel SF Feimin ei 1 3 Cr E a i a i es DER E I i TE Water is everywhere Storage and handling Fluids are constantly exposed to water and water vapour while being handled and stored For instance outdoor storage of tanks and drums is common Water settles on top of tanks and drums and infiltrates the container or is introduced when the container is opened to add or remove fluid In service Water can get into the system via worn oylinde
334. to 90 Pressurised air breathers Available in 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Pressurisation options 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure Pressure Drop Flow Curve AB98XXX Screw on Non Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves 1 7 jo yo Ja en EE 0 2 15 T Note For pressure drop information on the Option 1 Pressurised consult Parker Filtration Option 1 G 2 G3 4 AB98610101 AB 98610101 UC G Un pressurised AB98612101 AB 98612101 UC G 2 pressurised 0 2 bar AB98613101 AB 98613101 UC G pressurised 0 35 bar AB98617101 AB 98617101 UC G pressurised 0 7 bar AB98410101 AB 98410101 UC G Un pressurised AB98412101 AB 98412101 UC pressurised 0 2 bar AB98413101 AB 98413101 UC pressurised 0 35 bar AB98417101 AB 98417101 UC G s pressurised 0 7 bar Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 96 Reservoir equipment Darker Pressurisation valve Nylon Nitrile Dipstick Available for use with all options Dipsticks are available in 2 lengths and in packs of 10 Dipstick material ABS Hi Lo indicators Acetal Adjustable red green level indicators Dipstick l
335. to full pressure rating Heliable indicators for heavy duty applications Reliable and continuous control of the filter in all applications Cartridge screw in type indicators Easy mounting Heliable sealing no leakage Visual electrical and electronic indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Hight style for the application Match your system s electrical connections oeveral indication settings Optimized for each bypass setting Hight indicator for application Visual indicators Local monitoring of the element condition Reliable low cost indicator Flectrical indicator with change over switch Option of Normally Open N 0 and Normally Closed N C function Approved for low voltage and high voltage use including machine control Systems and PLC s Electrical indicator with 4 LEDs Thermal lock out No false alarm because of low temperature oil Visual early warning with yellow LED Allows time to schedule element change Pre alarm with yellow LED and wired output Indicates upcoming element change Alarm with red LED and wired output Clear indication for element change Programmable and ATEX certified Hight indicators for special applications Improved machine surveillance indicators available Typical Applications e Industrial equipment e Mobile equipment e Marine offshore applicatio
336. to his hydraulic application by using the Guardian filtration system and in addition utilises the Guardian off line option to maintain and protect his system Contamination levels are monitored by an LCM202021 which controls the Guardians operation Hesult reliability and complete confidence restored L Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 17 Specification is Non conductive carrying handle 47 bar differential L i 1 Quick access zero leakage S 1 Ve Cor Y 11 5 NH hose connections 1 1 I 140 minimum element removal clearance ds Removable element i 1 Ak XT mm Dune TREN LAST cer 208mm eut UM DE ee ESU ales dc 1 1 Rs HE vl nani y TS out rer e AALS Vibration isolating rubber feet 4 pls 3 4 wire reinforced flexible outlet eee gt hose 1 6m 68 inches length _ 1 Ir inlet hose 1 6m TT 63 inches length 3 4 wire reinforced 3 4 11 5 NH hose thread outlet flexible outlet hose 1 6m 63 inches length On off switch Motor is UL recognised amp listed i 195mm 7 68 51mm 2 00 KE ES sp al am me 2 LI 1 Visible amp eas
337. tor 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Electrical indicator 1 Electronic 4 LED PNP 1 Electronic 4 LED NPN F2 Visual M3 indicator always as standard Other indicator options are additional and the indicator must be mounted to lower indicator port Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code 130M 130D 130N 130S Options Code Thread G1 2 G24 S x 130M standard HEROS Thread G2 G32 S x 130D 2 units 21 SAE flange 2 3000 M R32 x 3 units 31 SAE flange 2 2 3000 M S 130N 1 1 units L port HEGE SAE flange 3 3000 M S 2 2 units L port 41 DN80 flange D80 S S 130 1 1 units T port 21 DN100 flange S S 2 2 units T port 41 343 units T port 44 4 units T port 1 1 units L port 2 2 units L port 3 3 units L port 44 4 units L port Availability S standard option x non standard ask for availability not available Media Length 2 Length 3 2 9387210 9387250 9387220 9387260 Length 2 2 400 500 500 10QE 938723Q 938727Q 20QE 938724Q 938728Q ee 200 me ee 10QE 550 650 700 20QE 600 750 800 Length 3 Media Length 2 Length 3 050 600 800 850 020 9387330 9387370 100 630 900 950 050 9387340 9387380 200 650 950 1000 100 9387350 9387390 200 9387360 9387400 Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c
338. trile Electrical 3 5 bar GY 1 100 2 50 2 2 1 120 Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar G1 30P 1 10Q TW3 50 C2C2 1 120 Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar G1 2 100 2 50 2 2 1 170 Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar EG 30P 2 10Q TW3 50 C2C2 1 170 30P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar Gi Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Model Code 123 Item is standard green option High pressure filter T port 123 Item is semi standard High pressure filter T port 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Length Code Element media Glass fibre Length 1 Media code Length 2 Microglass element 02Q 05Q DQ 20Q Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug P 3 5
339. ts 1770 EL De 1122 Drain valve G x2pcs 1574 130 System 2 2 units Indicator FPC V JS Drain valve G x2pcs 130 System 4 4 units Indicator FPC V m TL P j Y rz li Jih aan 47 L 107 3 Medium pressure filters Darker Medium Pressure Filters 190 Eco Series G xX2pcs G s Venting valve PET 4 Out Indicator port f Edu ps J L 393 408 Valve supported from base L Model G x2pcs Gi s Venting valve Handle turns counter clockwise Out 366 376 Indicator port 2185 462 513 Valve supported from base Parker i C Model Valve Assembly Connection T Model Length 2 780 Length 3 1340 Dimensions in mm Slow fill valve Out P j TIT T m 11118 z Port sizes DN80 PN16 or DN100 PN16 G x2pcs Qus Venting valve 491 501 Valve supported from base Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 Pressure Drop Curves recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 0 8 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total housing ph
340. turn line filtration Flexible product offering otandardisation of components High quality filter medium Filter medium suitable for fatigue load due to high frequent flow fluctuation Extended element life time Typical Applications e Telescopic handlers e Refuse vehicles e Road sweepers e Compactors e Industrial power units e Grass cutters e Press brakes The Parker Filtration Maxiflow Full Flow Filters for Suction or Return Maxiflow type MXA8 and MXAO9 feature two integral red green indicators incorporated into the head Fitted as standard they ensure maximum indicator visibility and early warning of filter condition Maxiflow type MXA7 features one integral indicator 62 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 7 Specification Preferred Series MXA PS Series Maximum working pressure 10 bar 10 bar Filter head material Aluminium LM24 Aluminium alloy Filter bowl material Steel Steel Seal material Nitrile Buna nitrile Operating temperature range 30 to 90 30 to 110 Bypass Return line 1 05 bar Return line 1 5 bar Suction line O 17 bar Suction line 0 10 bar No bypass option No bypass option Fluids Mineral oils Mineral oils Element media Microglass media Microglass media Cellulose media Cellulose media Installation Details MXA 8 MXA 9 12PS 22PS MXA 7 2 mounting holes WL taps i 123 4 84 70 Minimum for
341. uality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferrous particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Agricultural machines e Articulated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubrication systems e Excavators The Parker Filtration IN AGB In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters The low cost high performance return line IN AGB filter features filter media a bypass construction with low hysteresis magnetic pre filtration and a high dirt holding capacity The range is capable of handling flow rates from 30 l min up to 2400 l min LE F elements are available for flow rates up to 1500 l min meeting the most stringent demands for
342. ugged 1 Not plugged Q Special on request Setting 0 3 bar Thread connection M10x1 Code FMUV2VBMM10L Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 Setting 0 3 bar efficiency based on the above beta ratio Thread connection M10x1 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Switch type NO or NC N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 Protection IP54 terminal IPOO N A 6 275 9 10 12 Performance 125 250 VAC Li 0 5A Lr 2 0A max 6 11 Iy 18 20 22 12 28 Vdc Li 1 0A Lr3 0A max FMUU2VBMM OL ATZ 1 120 FXX1 R 10 FXWI R 2 FXWI R 5 FXWI R 10 FXW1 R 20 SF1 R 40 1 5 2 Doe Part number spare element 937958 937960Q 937962Q 937964Q 937966Q 937967 FE Wil ATZ 2 300 FXX3 10 FXW3 2 FXW3 5 FXW3 10 FXW3 20 SF3 40 require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Part number spare element 937959 937961Q 937963Q 937965Q 9379660 937968 72 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 8 Parker 15 40 80CN Series MAX 600 I min 70 bar ge ee parker gp Medium pressure filters 73 15 40 80CN Series Features amp Benefits 56 bar fatigue rating Ability to provide reliable service unde
343. uid condition monitoring Portable Particle Counter aser OM Features amp Benefits Test time Particle counts International codes Data retrieval Max working pressure Max flow rate Working conditions Computer compatibility 2 minutes 2 5 15 25 50 and 100 microns 4 6 14 21 38 and 70 microns c ISO 7 22 NAS 0 12 Memory access gives test search facility 420 bar 400 l min when used with system 20 Sensors Higher with single point sampler consult Parker LaserCM will operate with the system working normally Interface RS232 connection 9600 baud rate Special diagnostics are incorporated into the LaserCM microprocessor control to ensure effective testing Routine contamination monitoring of oil systems with aserCM saves time and saves money Data entry allows individual equipment test log details to be recorded Data retrieval of test results from memory via hand set display Automatic test cycle logging of up to 300 tests can be selected via hand set display Totally portable can be used as easily in the field as in the laboratory Automatic calibration reminder Instant accurate results achieved with a 2 minute test cycle Data entry allows individual equipment footprint record Data graphing selectable via the integral printer Auto 300 test cycle logging via LCD handset input RS232 serial port computer interface Limit level
344. uires no experience Anyone can use Multiclamp and only the basic everyday tools are required From one pipe to almost any number because each Multiclamp position can be visually sighted and its position adjusted an almost guaranteed straight run can be obtained Equally changes of plane or direction can be achieved simply and securely F T NUS d Series 10 6 0mm 20 0mm 1 4 3 4 4 Series 16 6 0mm 28 0mm 1 4 1 Series 32 10 0mm 50 0mm 5 2 Your maximum pipe size will determine the series to use There is a degree of versatility provided by the rubber bushes You choose from single or multistacked Multiclamp whichever suits your particular installation requirements 212 varying diameter tubes pipes hoses and cables in all industries Group pipe sizes together to obtain the most economical use of three basic Multiclamp Series Some sites will require all pipes mounted in one single plane either vertical or horizontal When stacked modules are preferred the only work to be done on the Multiclamp is to saw off the desired length If a large number of pipe lines are to be run it is recommended that the upper clamping unit is simply cut into two lines only and progressively assembled by securing two pipes at a time It will be recognised that most odd lengths on site will be used and one man can easily cope with a large number of pipe lines by this si
345. ulding equipment e Industrial amp mobile equipment e Transferring fluid from drums or storage tanks to system reservoirs e Off line conditioning of existing fluids e Complimenting existing system filtration The Parker Filtration 10MF portable filtration system Parkers portable filtration units are designed for on site preventative maintenance of fluid systems An internal pump draws fluid through a primary clean up filter and then pushes the fluid through a high quality polishing filter to remove particulate contamination down to 4um c absolute Water can also be removed by installing Parker s Par Gel water removal elements to the outlet filter Once the water comes into contact with the Polymer element it will be removed from the fluid An all round solution for contamination control in your critical system 140 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 19 Specification Pump drive options 0 75kW Electric motor 220 240v A C Single phase 50HZ 0 75kW Electric motor 110V A C Single phase 50HZ Pump 38 l min pressure balanced gear pump Filters Moduflow CF2 1 amp RF2 1 filters Electrical details On Off switch 2 metre cable Weight 45 4 kg Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Max recommended fluid viscosity 108 St Seals Nitrile Installation Details Filter elements Inlet sy
346. ulse output available for totalising batching e Works in any plane e Accepts reverse flow e Maximum flow 150 l min e Negligible pressure drop e Pressures up to 10 bar e Low cost Simple to install e For use with most liquids e Factory calibrated Accuracy 2 e DIN 43650 plug connection included Specification Connections 1 BSP parallel threads Construction Borosilicate glasstube Nitrile seals Weight Body Glass filled nylon 0 7Kg Hotor and locater Acetal 1 Washers and shaft Stainless steel Calibration 4 to 20mA 4mA 0 l min Hotor tips Stainless steel Max working pressure 10 bar oil water 20mA 100 l min Calibration pulse output per litre ne K factors Flow indication Oil 51 14 C Min 2 l min Water 44 25 Max 150 l min Accepts reverse flow Electrical details 4 to 20mA Supply 24Vdc Accuracy 4294 FSD Pulse output Supply 24Vdc Temp range open collector transistor 5 C to 80 C oil 5 C to 60 C water Digital Display Specification DFT 990 only For indicator options please refer to MS150 section of the catalogue reference DDU1001 and DDU1002 indicators 4 to 20mA On Site Calibration Set your system to zero flow Connect a multimeter across terminals 1 20mA and gt OmA Dia 2 Set the zero to read 4mA on your multimeter Dia 1 Set your system to full flow and set the span to read 20mA on your m
347. ultimeter Dia 1 Note Minimum span setting 30 l min 282 Installation Details 42 A F HEX Ordering Information Standard products table DFT 980 Dataflow Pulse output transmitter DFT 990 Dataflow 4 20mA transmitter Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Dataflow 4 2 transmitter can be connected to a Digital Display Unit DDU1001 or DDU1002 Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Flow setup Plug wiring Set zero flow to 4mA Set full flow to 20mA OMA 20 Slider Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 46 Flowmeters amp Monitors Dataflow Compact Inline Flow transmitter Features amp Benefits Specification Construction Body Grilamid TR55 Rotor 1896 PTFE filled Pulse output signal for flows up to 25 l min Lightweight and robust Operates in any plane Simple to install Low cost flow measurement Negligible pressure drop Accepts reverse flow 5 male connection Water or compatible clear fluids only Ideal for washing machines showers and vending machines Repeatability 58 Temperature range Dataflow Compact The Low Cost Transmitter The Dataflow Compact Transmitter was designed to offer OEM s and end users alik
348. umber selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Low pressure filters In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio ISO 16889 particle size c Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL N A 6 85 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 11 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL TXWL 2 TXWL 5 TXWL 10 TXWL 20 Part number spare element 937822Q 937885Q 937884Q 937883Q INGO TXWL2 2 TXWL2 5 TXWL2 10 TXWL2 20 Part number spare element 937823Q 937880Q 937881Q 937882Q IN90 TXWL3 2 TXWL3 5 TXWL3 10 TXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937824Q 937879Q 937878Q 937877Q IN120 TXWL3D 2 TXWL3D 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWL3D 20 Part number spare element 937825Q 937850Q 937851Q 937876Q IN125 TXWL3E 2 TXWL3E 5 TXWL3E 10 TXWLSE 20 Part number spare element 937826Q 937849Q 937852Q 937875Q IN170 TXWL4 2 TXWL4 5 TXWL4 10 TXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937827Q 937848Q 937853Q 937874Q IN230 TXWL5 2 TXWL5 5 TXWL5 10 TXWL5 20 Part number spare element 937828Q 937847Q 9378540 9378730 00 TXWL5A 2 TXWL5A 5 TXWL5A 10 TXWL5A 20 Part number spare element 937829Q 9378460 9378559 9378720 400 TXWL5B 2 TXWL5B 5 TXWL5B 10 TXWL5B 20 Part number spare
349. ure is Parker Enjoy the benefits of green filtration email filtrationinfo parker com www parker com eurofilt Aerospace Automation Climate amp Industrial Controls Filtration Fluid Connectors Hydraulics Instrumentation Seal Tanktopper Series LI amp Il MAX 650 l min 10 bar 45 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series 1 1 amp Ill Features amp Benefits Return line filter with Integrated airbreather All in one filter More compact design cost reduction due to elimination of loose airbreather Airbreather equipped with high quality labyrinth No oil leakage through the airbreather Improved efficiency of airbreather No oil leakage on the tank in the environment Second port and dipstick available Filler port and level glass function can be integrated in filter oignificant reduction of reservoir accessories Airbreather element always supplied with spare return line filter elements Both filter elements can be replaced during the service event Improved protection of system due to change of airbreather element LEIF9 elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferrous particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration
350. ve one thing in common the need for clean hydraulic fluid Put your hydraulic systems in the care of Parker Filtration We are committed to designing and building the best filters available to industry 96 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 Specification Pressure ratings Flow fatigue characteristics Maximum allowable operating pressure 207 bar Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 138 bar 24 Connections Microglass III Inlet and outlet connections are threaded Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material Connection style Model reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 24 bar 15P 30P ISO 2941 BSPF G 3 4 1 coll gh collapse elements ISO 6149 M27 M33 High collapse elements available For details please contact Filter housing Parker Filtration Head material extruded aluminium anodised 6061 16 Indicator options Bowl material impacted aluminium anodised 6061 16 Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 3 bar Seal material visual M3 Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer electrical T1 Operating temperature range electronic F1 electronic F2 NPN IOOC For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Bypass valve Weights kg Opening pressure 3 5 bar Model Length 1 Length 2 Filter element 1 6 2 1 Degree of
351. versal bottle sampler Includes aluminium case and accessories Accessories 89 907 Sample bottle pair with plain cap 89 911 Sample bottle pair with oil extraction hose 89 910 Sample bottle pack 50 x B8991 1 S840054 N A Power supply and socket S890005 N A De gassing chamber and pump B89603 B 89 603 De gassing chamber only B89902 B 89 902 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability E BT Fluid condition monitoring 233 Notes 234 Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Fluid condition monitoring 235 Single Point Sampler SPS Features amp Benefits The Single Point Sampler provides a means to connect a CM20 or to a single pressure test point and balance the differential pressure across the system to provide a controlled flow of oil into the monitor and away into a waste oil receptacle Lightweight compact and easy to use design Fingertio operated control valve even at high pressures 420 bar 6 000PSI rated Facilitates testing from large diameter pipes Capability to test up to 500cSt viscosity oils pressure permitting Pressure compensated flow control mechanism Possible to control the valve with th
352. vision Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Mutticlamp Reservoir equipment 211 Pipe Clamp System Multiclamp When only the best Clamping System will do specify Multiclamp Multiclamp is system system of components each one engineered to a high standard that together build to provide effective all purpose pipework clamping Multiclamp offers creative and cost effective environmental benefits to the system designer and installer Creating accurate runs of Secure Multiclamp installations ensure leak free noise free and vibration free system The neat design of pipe line runs offers easy maintenance of machinery and plant equipment Visual planning of line runs is straightforward with Multiclamp accurate installations can be achieved without skilled labour keeping costs down and quality up Planning with Multiclamp These notes have been compiled to assist in planning your Multiclamp system Multiclamp offers considerable flexibility For example it can fit in with a factory installation that is being built in phases Should a last minute change in pipe diameter occur during installation an alternative rubber bush is likely to be all that is required Not a complete and expensive re think of the installation Multiclamp metal components can be sprayed to match a vehicle livery or plant installation and if installed properly should require no maintenance Installation is simple and req
353. well in viscous fluids gt 23cSt much larger in size compared to PVS Typical Performance Tank size 227 litres 50 gallons Run time 62 minutes Parker model PVS 600 37 9 l min Water content ppm Start 10 000 PPM 1 0 Stop 50 0 005 Start ISO 21 18 16 Stop ISO 16 14 11 Contamination level Stop Start Estimated Water Removal Time 5000 ppm 0 5 to 150 ppm 0 015 Reservoir Size Litres 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 TERS D meg M 100 e e LOT em d Total Hours A 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 Reservoir Size Gallons Parker Hannifin Hydraulic Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 146 Portable Purification Systems PVS 185 Specification Flow rate Viscosity max 19 lom 4 2 108 cSt 500sus disposable Height 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1651mm 65 tower Width Outlet pressure max 825 5mm 32 5 4 1 bar 60 psi Length Ports 1206 5mm 47 57 3 4 JIC male inlet 3 4 male outlet Weight 294 8 kg 650 Ibs FLA full load amps Seal material 15 41 amps Fluorocarbon EPR opt Depending on voltage used Condensate tank 15 5 3 4 gals Dispersal elements ale Minimum operating capacity 18 9 ltrs 4 2 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg
354. with Microglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM a i8 T Q lt 4 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 50 Flow l min Flow l min High pressure filters Parker B Eco Series Pressure Drop Curves cont 70 1 Elements with Ecoglass 70 2 Elements with Ecoglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM PIT JEE ETTER T p porn Eee TTTT TTTTT ITTTTT TITTT ITTTT TTTTTTITTTTITTTT TTTTTITTTT 0 13 26 39 I 79 92 Y 119 132 13 26 39 53 66 79 op 106 119 132 1 4 20 3 20 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 70 3 Elements with Ecoglass 70 4 Elements with Ecoglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM E 238 OQE jc E EE BEL E 5 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 120 Parker Hannifin FDHB200UK Section 15 Hydraulic Filter Division Europe Ap PSID Ap PSID Ordering Information Standard products table FF7005 Q010 BS35 GL16 150 701 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar Gilg FC7005 Q010 BK FF7005 Q020 BS35 GL16 230 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar Gii FC7005 Q020 BK FF7006 Q010 BS35 GL20 280 TOU 2 10 Nitril
355. x 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 3 1 1 2 Box 3 Model Length Code Element media Glass fibre High pressure filter with L port Length 1 Media code High pressure filter with T port 70 Length 2 Microglass element 02Q 05Q High pressure filter with side manifold mounting 70B Length 3 Ecoglass Ill element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Length 4 High collapse element 02QH 05QH 10QH 20QH Note When using Ecoglass elements reusable Eco adaptor is required Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator No bypass 7 0 bar N 8 code 2 Electrical indicator T1 No bypass No indicator P X 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP r1 When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N O 2 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4 LED PNP N C Electronic 4 LED FA Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Options Thread G 1 S S X Standard Thread G 1 S S S S No bypass 2 Thread 1 X S S S Drain port 4 SAE flange 1 3000 M R20 x x x x side indicator ports 6 SAE fla
356. y e Visual indication of limit parameters Standard products table MCM202022 N A MTD calibrated mineral MCM202022HS 20 2022 5 MTD calibrated mineral with handset MCM202021 N A ACFTD calibrated mineral MCM202021HS MCM20 2021 HS ACFTD calibrated mineral with handset MCM202061 N A ACFTD calibrated aggressive MCM202062 N A MTD calibrated aggressive MCM202061HS MCM20 2061 HS ACFTD calibrated aggressive with handset MCM202062HS 20 2062 5 MTD calibrated aggressive with handset B94106 B 94 106 Handset blue B94107 B 94 107 Handset red B94802 B 94 802 2m mineral hose assembly B94801 B 94 801 2m aggressive hose assembly Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 248 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 37 icountep Brochure FDCB321UK October 2007 Fluid condition monitoring Online Particle Detector icountep Features amp Benefits Diagnostic Self Check Start up Time 5 seconds Measurement Period 5 to 180 seconds Reporting interval through RS232 O to 3600 seconds Digital LED display update time Every second Limit Relay Output Changes occur 1 ISO code at set limit Hysteresis ON or customer set Hysteresis OFF
357. y for a defined particle size N particles upstream 8x um N particles downstream Bx um particles upstream gt x um particles downstream gt x um The ISO 4572 standard formerly required only the gt 75 value That standard has now been upgraded and replaced by ISO 16889 reporting the B value of 2 10 75 100 200 and 1000 for each filter medium or pleat pack The corresponding efficiencies are given below Efficiency 50 00 90 00 98 67 99 00 99 50 99 99 Taking into account 75 gt 10 element the removal efficiency is 98 67 of particles larger than 10 micron Too often filter elements are compared by looking at one B value only The focus high B values is misleading and does not always provide the required information Comparison B value Beta value Number of particles at upstream of filter gt 10 micron Removal efficiency Number of particles at downstream of filter gt 10 micron Statements that B200 filter improves the fluid cleanliness level by a factor 2 6 66 500 25 000 are misleading Fluid cleanliness codes are based on several particle sizes More information is needed to determine the overall removal performance of filter media comparison between two 10 micron filter medias Bota versus size Particle size micron Filter element blue I 10 gt 75 Filter element red 810 gt 200
358. y organised You may quickly analyse the test results or compare them to a previous sample Using the same unit number on your sample information form will allow up to four test results listed on a single Par Test report form Par Test belongs in your regular maintenance program Comprehensive and accurate fluid analysis will help you prevent major hydraulic or lube oil system problems Order Par Test today see below details and see how easy and complete fluid analysis can be IMPORTANT Parker Filtration has three European laboratory locations able to receive and process fluid samples One location in the UK one location in The Netherlands taking care of Central European analysis and a location in Finland to provide ocandinavian analysis Decide on the Option required and contact the relevant Parker location UK Email filtrationinfo parker com option 2 only Holland Email filtration netherlands parker com all options Finland Email filtration finlandGparker com option 2 only Option 1 Sample bottle plus particle membrane water microscopic photo analysis Holland only Option 2 Sample bottle plus particle water spectro chemical analysis Finland and UK only Option 3 Sample bottle plus membrane water microscopic photo analysis Holland only Option 4 Sample bottle plus particle membrane water spectro chemical microscopic photo analysis Holland only Note Please allow 24 48 hours of labor
359. ystem 20 Analogue Monitor Specification Construction Temperature section A sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment The temperature dial gives readings between 10 C and 110 C Body moulding in Acrylonitrile Butadene Styrene ABS The monitor OF t0 2 59 is suitable for use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions Dimensions The monitor has 3 dayglo dial gauges and features a protective The ABS Case is 292mm 11 5in long 108mm 4 25in wide and hinged cover 67mm 2 64in deep overall Gauge details Weight 1 4kg 305 viscosity chart is provided for mineral oil applications where monitoring is required at variable viscosities cSt Flow section The flow scale has double scales for size 1 and 2 sensors only Calibrated up to 100 l min 26 US GPM and 380 l min 100 US GPM The flow dial has excess flow indication When the system is in reverse flow or when the high pressure lines to the sensor have been transposed a below zero indication is given Pressure section Dial readings in both bar and psi up to 420 bar 6000psi Hose retainers System flow rate System pressure 292mm 11 50in System temperature Oo S Purge knob 108mm 4 25in 198mm 7 79in Ordering Information Standard products table STM 6211 110 Oil l min Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale

LEIF - Parker

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents